WO2021241114A1 - User equipment (ue), core network device, access and mobility management function (amf), and session management function (smf) - Google Patents

User equipment (ue), core network device, access and mobility management function (amf), and session management function (smf) Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021241114A1
WO2021241114A1 PCT/JP2021/016867 JP2021016867W WO2021241114A1 WO 2021241114 A1 WO2021241114 A1 WO 2021241114A1 JP 2021016867 W JP2021016867 W JP 2021016867W WO 2021241114 A1 WO2021241114 A1 WO 2021241114A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
nssai
information
area
procedure
rejected
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/016867
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
周一郎 千葉
靖夫 菅原
陽子 久下
雄大 河崎
晶貴 泉
真史 新本
Original Assignee
シャープ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by シャープ株式会社 filed Critical シャープ株式会社
Priority to JP2022527610A priority Critical patent/JPWO2021241114A1/ja
Publication of WO2021241114A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021241114A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W12/00Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
    • H04W12/06Authentication
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/02Access restriction performed under specific conditions
    • H04W48/04Access restriction performed under specific conditions based on user or terminal location or mobility data, e.g. moving direction, speed
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/30Connection release
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/02Processing of mobility data, e.g. registration information at HLR [Home Location Register] or VLR [Visitor Location Register]; Transfer of mobility data, e.g. between HLR, VLR or external networks
    • H04W8/04Registration at HLR or HSS [Home Subscriber Server]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/22Processing or transfer of terminal data, e.g. status or physical capabilities
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/14Backbone network devices

Definitions

  • One aspect of the present invention relates to UE (User Equipment), core network device, AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function), and SMF (Session Management Function).
  • UE User Equipment
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
  • SMF Session Management Function
  • 3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Project
  • SAE System Architecture Evolution
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • 3GPP TS 23.501 V16.4.0 (2020-03); 3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Services and System Aspects; System Architecture for the 5G System; Stage 2 (Release 16) 3GPP TS 23.502 V16.4.0 (2020-03); 3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Services and System Aspects; Procedures for the 5G System; Stage 2 (Release 16) 3GPP TS 24.501 V16.4.1 (2020-03); 3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Core Network and Terminals; Non-Access-Stratum (NAS) protocol for 5G System (5GS); Stage 3 (Release 16) 3GPP TR 23.700-40 V0.3.0 (2020-01); 3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Services and System Aspects; Study on enhancement of network slicing; Phase 2 (Release 17) GSM Association Official Document NG.116-Generic Network Slice Template Version 2.0 16 October 2019
  • 5G Core Network 5G Core Network
  • 5G defines network slices, which are logical networks that provide specific network functions and specific network characteristics for specific service types and specific groups.
  • the network slice may be a logical network provided for a terminal having a low latency function, or may be a logical network provided for a sensor terminal used for IoT (Internet of Things). good.
  • eNS Evolution of Network Slicing
  • Phase 2 of eNS a service area (area of service) that can be accessed by the UE is defined for each network slice, and the addition of a function to provide services to the UE according to the area is considered.
  • One aspect of the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and is to provide a method for realizing a function for eNS in 5GS.
  • the transmission / reception unit receives a control message including the first identification information from the control device, and the control message is registered.
  • the first identification information is Allowed NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) or Rejected NSSAI
  • the control message is a registration refusal message or a non-registration request message. If there is, the first identification information is Rejected NSSAI, the first identification information includes S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) and area information, and the control unit is the first.
  • NSSAI Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
  • S-NSSAI Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
  • the S-NSSAI and the area information are stored in association with each other, and when the first identification information is Rejected NSSAI, the S-NSSAI includes a reason value.
  • the reason value indicates that the user is not in a place where the S-NSSAI can be connected, and based on the reception of the first identification information, the S-NSSAI cannot be used in the connected area. It is characterized by recognizing that.
  • the core network device includes a control unit and a transmission / reception unit, and the transmission / reception unit receives a registration request message including UE capability information from a UE (User Equipment) and sends the UE to the UE.
  • a registration acceptance message including the first identification information is transmitted, and the first identification information is Allowed NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information), Rejected NSSAI, or Pending NSSAI, and the first identification information is
  • the capability information of the UE includes S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) and indicates that the UE supports the area of service
  • the first identification information further includes the S-. It is characterized by including area information associated with NSSAI.
  • the UE User Equipment
  • the UE includes a control unit and a transmission / reception unit, and the transmission / reception unit receives a control message including first identification information and network capability information from the control device.
  • the first identification information includes S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) and the area information.
  • the control unit is characterized in that the S-NSSAI and the area information are associated and stored in association with each other based on the reception of the first identification information.
  • the UE User Equipment
  • the UE includes a storage unit, a control unit, and a transmission / reception unit
  • the storage unit corresponds to S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) and area information.
  • the control unit establishes a PDU (Protocol Data Unit) session associated with the S-NSSAI
  • the UE indicates the area indicated by the area information from the area indicated by the area information.
  • the transmission / reception unit performs a PDU session release procedure for releasing the PDU session, and the control unit deletes the S-NSSAI from the allowed NSSAI and sends the rejected NSSAI to the above.
  • the transmission / reception unit is set so as to be stored in S-NSSAI and the start of the PDU session establishment procedure and the PDU session change procedure using the S-NSSAI is prohibited.
  • the UE User Equipment
  • the UE includes a storage unit, a control unit, and a transmission / reception unit
  • the storage unit corresponds to S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) and area information.
  • S-NSSAI Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
  • the control unit receives the S from rejected NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information).
  • NSSAI Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
  • -Delete NSSAI and set the transmitter / receiver so that allowed NSSAI stores in the S-NSSAI and allows the start of the PDU session establishment procedure and PDU session change procedure using the S-NSSAI. It is characterized by doing.
  • the UE User Equipment
  • the UE includes a control unit and a transmission / reception unit, and the transmission / reception unit receives a registration acceptance message including Pending NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) from the control device.
  • Pending NSSAI includes S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) and area information, and executes a network slice authentication approval procedure using the S-NSSAI based on the reception of the transmission / reception unit and the Pending NSSAI.
  • the control unit deletes the S-NSSAI and the area information from the Pending NSSAI when the control unit moves out of the area indicated by the area information during the execution of the network slice authentication approval procedure. And.
  • the core network device includes a control unit and a transmission / reception unit, and the transmission / reception unit transmits a registration acceptance message including Pending NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) to a UE (User Equipment).
  • Pending NSSAI includes S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) and area information
  • the transmission / reception unit is described when the UE is located in the area indicated by the area information.
  • the network slice authentication approval procedure using S-NSSAI is executed, and the UE indicates an area indicated by the area information from the areas indicated by the area information during the network slice authentication approval procedure using the S-NSSAI. When the user moves out of the network slice authentication approval procedure, the network slice authentication approval procedure is canceled.
  • An AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
  • the transmission / reception unit is from a UE (User Equipment) via a first area.
  • S-NSSAI Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
  • NSSAI Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
  • the storage unit stores the S-NSSAI and the area information associated with the S-NSSAI.
  • the control unit confirms the area information based on the reception of the S-NSSAI, and if the area information includes the first area, the UE is indicated by the area information. If the area information does not include the first area, it is determined that the UE is not in the area indicated by the area information.
  • An SMF Session Management Function
  • the control unit manages the PDU session in association with the area information, and the transmission / reception unit has the UE (User Equipment) moved from the area indicated by the area information to the outside of the area indicated by the area information.
  • the first identification information indicating the above is received from the AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function), and the control unit releases the PDU session or corresponds to the PDU session based on the reception of the first identification information. It is characterized by releasing attached user plane resources.
  • eNS can be supported in 5GS, and a network slice service based on the area accessed by the UE can be provided.
  • EPS / 5GS It is a figure explaining the outline of the mobile communication system (EPS / 5GS). It is a figure explaining the detailed structure of the mobile communication system (EPS / 5GS). It is a figure explaining the apparatus configuration of UE. It is a figure explaining the structure of the access network apparatus (gNB) in 5GS. It is a figure explaining the structure of the core network apparatus (AMF / SMF / UPF) in 5GS. It is a figure explaining the registration procedure. It is a figure explaining the Network Slice specific authentication and authorization procedure. It is a figure explaining the change / update procedure of a UE setting. It is a figure explaining the non-registration procedure which a network starts.
  • gNB access network apparatus
  • AMF / SMF / UPF the core network apparatus
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining the outline of the mobile communication system 1 used in each embodiment
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining a detailed configuration of the mobile communication system 1.
  • the mobile communication system 1 is composed of UE_A10, access network_A80, core network_A90, PDN (PacketDataNetwork) _A5, access network_B120, core network_B190, and DN (DataNetwork) _A6. It is stated that
  • these devices / functions may be described by omitting symbols such as UE, access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, DN, etc. ..
  • Fig. 2 shows the devices / functions of UE_A10, E-UTRAN80, MME40, SGW35, PGW-U30, PGW-C32, PCRF60, HSS50, 5GAN120, AMF140, UPF130, SMF132, PCF160, UDM150, N3IWF170, etc. An interface for connecting these devices / functions to each other is described.
  • these devices / functions are described as UE, E-UTRAN, MME, SGW, PGW-U, PGW-C, PCRF, HSS, 5GAN, AMF, UPF, SMF, PCF, UDM, N3IWF, etc. , Symbol may be omitted.
  • the EPS Evolved Packet System
  • 4G system is configured to include an access network_A and a core network_A, but may further include a UE and / or a PDN.
  • 5GS which is a 5G system, is configured to include a UE, an access network_B, and a core network_B, but may further include a DN.
  • the UE is a device that can connect to network services via 3GPP access (3GPP access network, also called 3GPPAN) and / or non-3GPP access (non-3GPP access network, also called non-3GPPAN).
  • 3GPP access network also called 3GPPAN
  • non-3GPP access network also called non-3GPPAN
  • the UE may be a terminal device capable of wireless communication such as a mobile phone or a smartphone, and may be a terminal device capable of connecting to EPS or 5GS.
  • the UE may be equipped with a UICC (Universal Integrated Circuit Card) or an eUICC (Embedded UICC).
  • UICC Universal Integrated Circuit Card
  • eUICC embedded UICC
  • the UE may be expressed as a user device or a terminal device.
  • the access network_A corresponds to E-UTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) and / or wireless LAN access network.
  • E-UTRAN Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • eNB45 may be described by omitting a symbol like eNB. If there are a plurality of eNBs, each eNB is connected to each other by, for example, an X2 interface.
  • one or more access points are arranged in the wireless LAN access network.
  • access network_B corresponds to 5G access network (5GAN).
  • 5GAN is composed of NG-RAN (NG Radio Access Network) and / or non-3GPP access network.
  • NG-RAN NG Radio Access Network
  • gNB NR Node B
  • gNB122 may be described by omitting a symbol like eNB.
  • the gNB is a node that provides the NR (New Radio) user plane and the control plane to the UE, and is a node that connects to the 5GCN via an NG interface (including an N2 interface or an N3 interface).
  • gNB is a base station device newly designed for 5GS and has a different function from the base station device (eNB) used in EPS, which is a 4G system.
  • eNB base station device
  • EPS base station device
  • each gNB is connected to each other by, for example, an Xn interface.
  • the non-3GPP access network may be an untrusted non-3GPP (untrusted non-3GPP) access network or a trusted non-3GPP (trusted non-3GPP) access network.
  • the unreliable non-3GPP access network may be a non-3GPP access network that does not perform security management in the access network, for example, a public wireless LAN.
  • the reliable non-3GPP access network may be an access network defined by 3GPP, and may include TNAP (trusted non-3GPP access point) and TNGF (trusted non-3GPP Gateway function).
  • E-UTRAN and NG-RAN may be referred to as 3GPP access.
  • wireless LAN access network and non-3GPP AN may be referred to as non-3GPP access.
  • the nodes arranged in the access network_B may be collectively referred to as NG-RAN nodes.
  • the device included in the access network_A and / or the access network_B and / or the access network_A, and / or the device included in the access network_B is the access network or the access network device. May be called.
  • core network_A corresponds to EPC (Evolved Packet Core).
  • EPC includes, for example, MME (Mobility Management Entity), SGW (Serving Gateway), PGW (Packet Data Network Gateway) -U, PGW-C, PCRF (Policy and Charging Rules Function), HSS (Home Subscriber Server), etc. Be placed.
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • SGW Serving Gateway
  • PGW Packet Data Network Gateway
  • PGW-C Packet Data Network Gateway
  • PCRF Policy and Charging Rules Function
  • HSS Home Subscriber Server
  • core network_B corresponds to 5GCN (5G Core Network).
  • 5GCN 5G Core Network
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
  • UPF User Plane Function
  • SMF Session Management Function
  • PCF Policy Control Function
  • UDM Unified Data Management
  • 5GCN may be expressed as 5GC.
  • the core network_A and / or the core network_B, the device included in the core network_A, and / or the device included in the core network_B are the core network, or the core network device or the core network. Sometimes referred to as an internal device.
  • the core network is a mobile network operator (Mobile) that connects the access network (access network_A and / or access network_B) with the PDN and / or DN. It may be an IP mobile communication network operated by Network Operator; MNO), it may be a core network for a mobile communication operator that operates and manages mobile communication system 1, or it may be an MVNO (Mobile Virtual Network Operator). ), MVNE (Mobile Virtual Network Enabler), and other virtual mobile communication operators and virtual mobile communication service providers.
  • MNO IP mobile communication network operated by Network Operator
  • MNO Mobile Virtual Network Operator
  • MVNE Mobile Virtual Network Enabler
  • the core network (core network_A and / or core network_B) and the access network (access network_A and / or access network_B) may be different for each mobile communication operator.
  • the PDN may be a DN (Data Network) that provides a communication service to the UE.
  • the DN may be configured as a packet data service network or may be configured for each service.
  • the PDN may include a connected communication terminal. Therefore, connecting to the PDN may be connecting to a communication terminal or server device arranged in the PDN. Further, sending and receiving user data to and from the PDN may be sending and receiving user data to and from a communication terminal or server device arranged in the PDN.
  • PDN may be expressed as DN
  • DN may be expressed as PDN.
  • access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, at least a part of DN, and / or one or more devices included in these are referred to as a network or network device. May be called. That is, the fact that the network and / or the network device sends and receives messages and / or executes the procedure means that the access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, and DN are used. It means that at least a part and / or one or more devices contained therein send / receive messages and / or perform procedures.
  • the UE can connect to the access network.
  • the UE can also connect to the core network via the access network.
  • the UE can connect to the PDN or DN via the access network and core network. That is, the UE can send / receive (communicate) user data with the PDN or DN.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • non-IP communication may be used.
  • the access network_A, the core network_A, the access network_B, the core network_B, the PDN_A, and the DN_A may be configured with devices not shown in FIG.
  • core network_A and / or core network_B and / or PDN_A and / or DN_A includes AUSF (Authentication Server Function) and AAA (Authentication, Authorization, and accounting) server (AAA-S). May be good.
  • AAA server may be located outside the core network.
  • AUSF is a core network device equipped with an authentication function for 3GPP access and non-3GPP access. Specifically, it is a network function unit that receives an authentication request for 3GPP access and / or non-3GPP access from the UE and executes the authentication procedure.
  • each device / function is described one by one in FIG. 2 for the sake of simplification of the figure, a plurality of similar devices / functions may be configured in the mobile communication system 1.
  • the mobile communication system 1 has multiple UE_A10, E-UTRAN80, MME40, SGW35, PGW-U30, PGW-C32, PCRF60, HSS50, 5GAN120, AMF140, UPF130, SMF132, PCF160, and / or UDM150.
  • Devices / functions such as the above may be configured.
  • each storage unit in each device / function appearing below may be, for example, a semiconductor memory or SSD (semiconductor memory unit). It consists of Solid State Drive), HDD (Hard Disk Drive), etc.
  • each storage unit has not only the information originally set from the shipping stage, but also devices / functions other than its own device / function (for example, UE and / or access network device, and / or core network device, and /. Or, various information transmitted / received to / from PDN and / or DN) can be stored.
  • each storage unit can store identification information, control information, flags, parameters, and the like included in control messages transmitted and received in various communication procedures described later. Further, each storage unit may store such information for each UE. In addition, each storage unit may store control messages and user data sent and received between 5GS and / or devices / functions included in EPS when interwork is performed between 5GS and EPS. can. At this time, not only those transmitted / received via the N26 interface but also those transmitted / received without the N26 interface can be stored.
  • the UE is composed of a control unit_A300, an antenna 310, a transmission / reception unit_A320, and a storage unit_A340.
  • the control unit_A300, the transmission / reception unit_A320, and the storage unit_A340 are connected via a bus.
  • the transmitter / receiver_A320 is connected to the antenna 310.
  • the transmission / reception unit_A320 is a functional unit for wireless communication with the base station device (eNB or gNB) in the access network via the antenna. That is, the UE may send / receive user data and / or control information to / from the access network device and / or the core network device and / or the PDN and / or DN by using the transmission / reception unit_A320. can.
  • the base station device eNB or gNB
  • the storage unit_A340 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of the UE.
  • the gNB is composed of a control unit_B500, an antenna 510, a network connection unit_B520, a transmission / reception unit_B530, and a storage unit_B540.
  • the control unit_B500, network connection unit_B520, transmission / reception unit_B530, and storage unit_B540 are connected via a bus.
  • the transmitter / receiver_B530 is connected to the antenna 510.
  • Control unit_B500 is a functional unit that controls the operation and function of the entire gNB.
  • the control unit_B500 realizes various processes in gNB by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B540 as needed.
  • the network connection part_B520 is a functional part for gNB to communicate with AMF and / or UPF. That is, the gNB can send and receive user data and / or control information to and from the AMF and / or the UPF using the network connection unit_B520.
  • the transmission / reception unit_B530 is a functional unit for wireless communication with the UE via the antenna 510. That is, the gNB can transmit / receive user data and / or control information to / from the UE by using the transmission / reception unit_B530.
  • gNB in 5GAN can communicate with AMF via the N2 interface by using the network connection part_B520, and UPF via the N3 interface. Can communicate with. Further, the gNB can communicate with the UE by using the transmission / reception unit_B530.
  • the storage unit_B540 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of gNB.
  • Control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire AMF.
  • the control unit_B700 realizes various processes in AMF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as needed.
  • the network connection unit_B720 is a functional unit for AMF to connect to the base station equipment (gNB) in 5GAN and / or SMF, and / or PCF, and / or UDM, and / or SCEF. That is, the AMF uses the network connection _B720 to the user between the base station equipment (gNB) in 5GAN and / or the SMF and / or the PCF, and / or the UDM, and / or the SCEF. Data and / or control information can be sent and received.
  • the AMF within the 5GCN can communicate with the gNB via the N2 interface by using the network connection _A620 and with the UDM via the N8 interface. It can communicate, it can communicate with the SMF via the N11 interface, and it can communicate with the PCF via the N15 interface.
  • AMF can send and receive NAS messages to and from the UE via the N1 interface by using the network connection unit_A620.
  • the N1 interface is logical, communication between the UE and AMF is actually done via 5GAN.
  • the AMF supports the N26 interface, it can communicate with the MME via the N26 interface by using the network connection unit_A620.
  • the storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of AMF.
  • AMF has a function to exchange control messages with RAN using N2 interface, a function to exchange NAS messages with UE using N1 interface, a function to encrypt and protect the integrity of NAS messages, and registration management.
  • the RM status for each UE is managed.
  • the RM state may be synchronized between the UE and AMF.
  • the RM state includes a non-registered state (RM-DEREGISTERED state) and a registered state (RM-REGISTERED state).
  • RM-DEREGISTERED state the UE is not registered in the network, and the UE context in the AMF does not have valid location information or routing information for the UE, so the AMF cannot reach the UE.
  • the RM-REGISTERED state the UE is registered in the network, so the UE can receive services that require registration with the network.
  • the RM state may be expressed as a 5GMM state.
  • the RM-DEREGISTERED state may be expressed as the 5GMM-DEREGISTERED state
  • the RM-REGISTERED state may be expressed as the 5GMM-REGISTERED state.
  • 5GMM-REGISTERED may be in a state where each device has established a 5GMM context or a state in which a PDU session context has been established.
  • UE_A10 may start sending / receiving user data or control message, or may respond to paging. Further, when each device is 5GMM-REGISTERED, UE_A10 may execute a registration procedure other than the registration procedure for initial registration and / or a service request procedure.
  • each device may be in a state where the 5GMM context has not been established, the location information of UE_A10 may not be known to the network, or the network reaches UE_A10. It may be in an impossible state. If each device is 5GMM-DEREGISTERED, UE_A10 may start the registration procedure or establish the 5GMM context by executing the registration procedure.
  • the CM status for each UE is managed.
  • the CM state may be synchronized between the UE and AMF.
  • the CM state includes a non-connected state (CM-IDLE state) and a connected state (CM-CONNECTED state).
  • CM-IDLE state the UE is in the RM-REGISTERED state, but does not have a NAS signaling connection established with the AMF via the N1 interface.
  • the CM-IDLE state the UE does not have an N2 interface connection (N2 connection) or an N3 interface connection (N3 connection).
  • N2 connection N2 interface connection
  • N3 connection N3 interface connection
  • the CM-CONNECTED state it has a NAS signaling connection established with AMF via the N1 interface.
  • the CM-CONNECTED state the UE may have an N2 interface connection (N2 connection) and / or an N3 interface connection (N3 connection).
  • the CM state in 3GPP access and the CM state in non-3GPP access may be managed separately.
  • the CM state in 3GPP access may be a non-connected state in 3GPP access (CM-IDLE state over 3GPP access) and a connected state in 3GPP access (CM-CONNECTED state over 3GPP access).
  • the CM state in non-3GPP access includes the non-connected state (CM-IDLE state over non-3GPP access) in non-3GPP access and the connection state (CM-CONNECTED state over non-3GPP access) in non-3GPP access. ) And so on.
  • the disconnected state may be expressed as an idle mode
  • the connected state mode may be expressed as a connected mode.
  • the CM state may be expressed as 5GMM mode (5GMM mode).
  • the non-connected state may be expressed as 5GMM non-connected mode (5GMM-IDLE mode)
  • the connected state may be expressed as 5GMM connected mode (5GMM-CONNECTED mode).
  • the non-connected state in 3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM non-connected mode (5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access) in 3GPP access
  • the connected state in 3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM connection mode (5GMM-) in 3GPP access. It may be expressed as CONNECTED mode over 3GPP access).
  • non-connected state in non-3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM non-connected mode (5GMM-IDLE mode over non-3GPP access) in non-3GPP access, and the connected state in non-3GPP access is non.
  • -3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM connection mode (5GMM-CONNECTED mode over non-3GPP access).
  • the 5GMM non-connection mode may be expressed as an idle mode, and the 5GMM connection mode may be expressed as a connected mode.
  • AMF may be placed in the core network_B.
  • AMF may be an NF that manages one or more NSIs (Network Slice Instances).
  • the AMF may be a shared CP function (CCNF; Common CPNF (Control Plane Network Function)) shared among a plurality of NSIs.
  • CCNF Common CPNF (Control Plane Network Function)
  • N3IWF is a device and / or function that is placed between non-3GPP access and 5GCN when the UE connects to 5GS via non-3GPP access.
  • the SMF consists of a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740.
  • the control unit_B700, network connection unit_B720, and storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus.
  • the SMF may be a node that handles the control plane.
  • Control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire SMF.
  • the control unit_B700 realizes various processes in the SMF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as needed.
  • the network connection part_B720 is a functional part for SMF to connect with AMF and / or UPF, and / or PCF, and / or UDM. That is, the SMF can send and receive user data and / or control information between the AMF and / or the UPF, and / or the PCF, and / or the UDM by using the network connection unit_B720.
  • the SMF within the 5GCN can communicate with the AMF via the N11 interface by using the network connection _A620 and with the UPF via the N4 interface. It can communicate, it can communicate with the PCF via the N7 interface, and it can communicate with the UDM via the N10 interface.
  • the storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of SMF.
  • SMF has session management functions such as establishment / modification / release of PDU sessions, IP address allocation and management functions for UEs, UPF selection and control functions, and appropriate destinations (destination). ), UPF setting function for routing traffic to), function to send and receive SM part of NAS message, function to notify that downlink data has arrived (Downlink Data Notification), AN via N2 interface via AMF It has a function to provide SM information peculiar to AN (for each AN) transmitted to, a function to determine the SSC mode (Session and Service Continuity mode) for the session, a roaming function, and the like.
  • SSC mode Session and Service Continuity mode
  • the UPF consists of a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740.
  • the control unit_B700, network connection unit_B720, and storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus.
  • the UPF may be a node that handles the control plane.
  • Control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire UPF.
  • the control unit_B700 realizes various processes in the UPF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as needed.
  • the network connection unit_B720 is a functional unit for the UPF to connect to the base station device (gNB) and / or SMF and / or DN in 5GAN. That is, the UPF uses the network connection _B720 to send and receive user data and / or control information between the base station equipment (gNB) in 5GAN and / or the SMF and / or the DN. Can be done.
  • the UPF within the 5GCN can communicate with the gNB via the N3 interface by using the network connection _A620 and with the SMF via the N4 interface. It can communicate, it can communicate with the DN via the N6 interface, and it can communicate with other UPFs via the N9 interface.
  • the storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of UPF.
  • the UPF acts as an anchor point for intra-RAT mobility or inter-RAT mobility, as an external PDU session point for interconnecting the DN (ie, as a gateway between the DN and the core network_B).
  • Data forwarding function ), packet routing and forwarding function, ULCL (Uplink Classifier) function that supports routing of multiple traffic flows to one DN, and multi-homed PDU session support.
  • It has a branching point function, a QoS (Quality of Service) processing function for userplane, a function for verifying uplink traffic, a function for buffering downlink packets, and a function for triggering downlink data notification (Downlink Data Notification).
  • QoS Quality of Service
  • the UPF may also be a gateway for IP communication and / or non-IP communication.
  • the UPF may have a function of transferring IP communication, or may have a function of converting between non-IP communication and IP communication.
  • the multiple gateways may be a gateway connecting the core network_B and a single DN.
  • the UPF may have connectivity with other NFs, or may be connected to each device via the other NFs.
  • the user plane is user data transmitted and received between the UE and the network.
  • the user plane may be transmitted and received using a PDN connection or a PDU session.
  • the user plane may be transmitted and received using the LTE-Uu interface and / or the S1-U interface and / or the S5 interface and / or the S8 interface and / or the SGi interface.
  • the user plane may be transmitted and received via the interface between the UE and NG RAN and / or the N3 interface and / or the N9 interface and / or the N6 interface.
  • the user plane may be expressed as a U-Plane.
  • control plane is a control message sent and received to control the communication of the UE.
  • the control plane may be transmitted and received using a NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) signaling connection between the UE and the MME.
  • NAS Non-Access-Stratum
  • the control plane may be transmitted and received using the LTE-Uu interface and the S1-MME interface.
  • the control plane may be transmitted / received using the interface between the UE and NG RAN and the N2 interface.
  • the control plane may be expressed as a control plane or a C-Plane.
  • the U-Plane (User Plane; UP) may be a communication path for transmitting and receiving user data, and may be composed of a plurality of bearers.
  • the C-Plane (Control Plane; CP) may be a communication path for transmitting and receiving control messages, and may be composed of a plurality of bearers.
  • the network refers to at least a part of the access network_B, core network_B, and DN. Further, one or more devices included in at least a part of the access network_B, the core network_B, and the DN may be referred to as a network or a network device. That is, the fact that the network performs transmission / reception and / or processing of messages may mean that devices (network devices and / or control devices) in the network execute message transmission / reception and / or processing. .. Conversely, the fact that a device in the network performs transmission / reception and / or processing of a message may mean that the network executes transmission / reception and / or processing of a message.
  • the SM (session management) message (also referred to as NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) SM message) may be a NAS message used in the procedure for SM, and is sent and received between UE_A10 and SMF_A230 via AMF_A240. It may be a control message to be performed. Further, the SM message includes a PDU session establishment request message, a PDU session establishment acceptance message, a PDU session establishment reject message, and a PDU session modification request (PDU session modification).
  • PDU session modification PDU session modification
  • the procedure for SM or SM procedure includes PDU session establishment procedure (PDU session establishment procedure), PDU session modification procedure (PDU session modification procedure), and PDU session release procedure (UE-requested PDU session release procedure). It may be.
  • each procedure may be a procedure started from UE or a procedure started from NW.
  • the MM (Mobility management) message may be a NAS message used for the procedure for MM, and may be a control message sent / received between UE_A10 and AMF_A240.
  • the MM messages include a Registration request message, a Registration acceptance message, a Registration reject message, a De-registration request message, and a De-registration accept message.
  • Messages, configuration update command messages, configuration update complete messages, service request messages, service accept messages, service reject messages, notifications Messages, Notification response messages, etc. may be included.
  • the procedure for MM or MM procedure is registration procedure (Registration procedure), deregistration procedure (De-registration procedure), generic UE configuration update procedure, authentication / approval procedure, service request procedure ( Service request procedure), paging procedure (Paging procedure), notification procedure (Notification procedure) may be included.
  • non5GS service may be a service other than the 5GS service, and may include an EPS service and / or a non-EPS service.
  • the PDN (Packet Data Network) type indicates the type of PDN connection, and includes IPv4, IPv6, IPv4v6, and non-IP.
  • IPv4 When IPv4 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4.
  • IPv6 When IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv6.
  • IPv4v6 When IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4 or IPv6.
  • non-IP it indicates that communication is performed by a communication method other than IP, not communication using IP.
  • a PDU (Protocol Data Unit / Packet Data Unit) session can be defined as a relationship between a DN that provides a PDU connectivity service and a UE, but it is established between the UE and an external gateway. It may be connectivity.
  • the UE can send and receive user data to and from the DN using the PDU session.
  • the external gateway may be UPF, SCEF, or the like.
  • the UE can use the PDU session to send and receive user data to and from devices such as application servers located on the DN.
  • DNN Data Network Name
  • DNN may be identification information that identifies the core network and / or the external network such as DN.
  • DNN can also be used as information for selecting a gateway such as PGW_A30 / UPF_A235 to connect the core network_B190.
  • the DNN may correspond to an APN (Access Point Name).
  • the PDU (Protocol Data Unit / Packet Data Unit) session type indicates the type of PDU session, and includes IPv4, IPv6, Ethernet, and Unstructured.
  • IPv4 When IPv4 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4.
  • IPv6 When IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv6. If Ethernet is specified, it indicates that Ethernet frames will be sent and received. Further, Ethernet may indicate that communication using IP is not performed.
  • Unstructured it indicates that data is sent / received to the application server etc. in the DN by using the point-to-point (P2P) tunneling technology.
  • P2P point-to-point
  • the PDU session type may include an IP in addition to the above. IP can be specified if the UE can use both IPv4 and IPv6.
  • PLMN Public land mobile network
  • PLMN is a communication network that provides mobile wireless communication services.
  • PLMN is a network managed by an operator who is a (mobile) telecommunications carrier, and the operator can be identified by the PLMN ID.
  • PLMN may mean PLMN ID.
  • the PLMN that matches the MCC (Mobile Country Code) and MNC (Mobile Network Code) of the IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity) of the UE may be Home PLMN (HPLMN).
  • the visited PLMN (Visited PLMN; VPLMN) may be a PLMN different from HPLMN or HEPLMN (Home Equivalent PLMN).
  • PLMN may mean core network.
  • the UE may have an Equivalent HPLMN list for identifying one or more EHPLMNs (Equivalent HPLMN, equivalent HPLMN) in USIM.
  • the PLMN different from HPLMN and / or EHPLMN may be VPLMN (Visited PLMN or vPLMN).
  • the requested PLMN means the network to which the message is sent when the UE sends the message. Specifically, it may be the PLMN selected by the UE when the UE sends a message.
  • the required PLMN is the PLMN requested by the UE and may be the current PLMN. Further, when the UE is in the registered state, the requested PLMN may be the registered PLMN.
  • the SOR transparent container information element may include information for indicating the optimum roaming destination network for the UE to be roamed by HPLMN and / or VPLMN.
  • the SOR transparent container information element may include list of preferred PLMN / access technology combinations.
  • SOR transparent container information element and / or list of preferred PLMN / access technology combinations may be included in the "Secured packet" encrypted by PLMN (HPLMN) by the security function, and is called “Secured packet”. It may be done.
  • the SOR application function which is one of the entities in the core network, may provide UDM with information including list of preferred PLMN / access technology combinations.
  • the AMF may refer to the information including the list of preferred PLMN / access technology combinations provided to the UDM, generate a SOR transparent container information element based on this information, and send it to the UE.
  • list of preferred PLMN / access technology combinations may be a list composed of a combination of PLMN (preferred PLMN) and access technology (access technology), and each combination may be arranged in descending order of priority. ..
  • the combination of PLMN and access technology has the highest priority and can be used. Allowable combinations may be selected.
  • a network slice is a logical network that provides specific network capabilities and network characteristics.
  • UEs and / or networks can support network slices (NW slices; NS) in 5GS.
  • Network slices may also be referred to simply as slices.
  • a network slice instance is composed of an instance (entity) of a network function (NF) and a set of necessary resources, and forms a network slice to be arranged.
  • NF is a processing function in the network and is adopted or defined in 3GPP.
  • NSI is an entity of NS composed of one or more in core network_B.
  • NSI may be configured by a virtual NF (Network Function) generated by using NST (Network Slice Template).
  • UE and / or devices in the network are 1 or more based on NSSAI and / or S-NSSAI and / or UE usage type and / or registration information such as 1 or more NSI IDs and / or APN. Can be assigned to NS.
  • the UE usage type is a parameter value included in the UE registration information used to identify the NSI.
  • the UE usage type may be stored in the HSS.
  • AMF may select SMF and UPF based on UE usage type.
  • S-NSSAI Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
  • S-NSSAI may be composed only of SST (Slice / Service type), or may be composed of both SST and SD (Slice Differentiator).
  • SST is information indicating the operation of NS expected in terms of functions and services.
  • the SD may be information that interpolates the SST when selecting one NSI from a plurality of NSIs represented by the SST.
  • the S-NSSAI may be information peculiar to each PLMN, or may be standard information shared among PLMNs.
  • the network may store one or more S-NSSAI in the registration information of the UE as the default S-NSSAI. If the S-NSSAI is the default S-NSSAI and the UE does not send a valid S-NSSAI to the network in the registration request message, the network may provide the NS related to the UE.
  • the S-NSSAI transmitted / received between the UE and the NW may be expressed as S-NSSAI IE (Information element).
  • the S-NSSAI IE transmitted and received between the UE and NW indicates the S-NSSAI composed of the SST and / or SD of the registered PLMN, and / or the S-NSSAI of the HPLMN to which the S-NSSAI is mapped.
  • SST and / or SD may be configured.
  • One or more S-NSSAIs stored by the UE and / or NW may be composed of SST and / or SD, and S-NSSAI composed of SST and / or SD, and / or S-NSSAI thereof.
  • An SST and / or SD indicating the S-NSSAI of the mapped HP LMN may be configured.
  • NSSAI Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
  • S-NSSAI Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
  • Each S-NSSAI included in NSSAI is information that assists the access network or core network in selecting NSI.
  • the UE may memorize the NSSAI permitted by the network for each PLMN.
  • NSSAI may be the information used to select AMF.
  • the UE may apply each NSSAI (allowed NSSAI and / or configured NSSAI, and / or rejected NSSAI, and / or pending NSSAI, and / or the first NSSAI) to the PLMN and EPLMN.
  • Mapped S-NSSAI is an HPLMN S-NSSAI mapped to the registered PLMN S-NSSAI in a roaming scenario.
  • the UE may store one or more mapped S-NSSAI mapped to the configured NSSAI and the S-NSSAI included in each access type allowed NSSAI. Further, the UE may store one or more mapped S-NSSAI of the first NSSAI and / or the rejected NSSAI and / or the S-NSSAI contained in the pending NSSAI.
  • the Network Slice-Specific Authentication and Authorization (NSSAA) function is a function for realizing authentication and authorization peculiar to network slices. With network slice-specific authentication and authorization, UE authentication and authorization can be performed outside the core network such as 3rd Party. PLMN and network devices equipped with NSSAA function can execute NSSAA procedure for a certain S-NSSAI based on the registration information of UE. Further, the UE equipped with the NSSAA function can manage, store, and transmit / receive the pending NSSAI and the third rejected NSSAI. In this paper, NSSAA may be referred to as network slice-specific authentication and authorization procedures and authentication and authorization procedures.
  • the S-NSSAI that requires NSSAA is the S-NSSAI that requires NSSAA, which is managed by the core network and / or the core network device. Further, the S-NSSAI requiring NSSAA may be an S-NSSAI other than HPLMN, in which the S-NSSAI requiring NSSAA is mapped S-NSSAI, which is managed by the core network and / or the core network device.
  • the core network and / or the core network device may store S-NSSAI that requires NSSAA by associating and storing information indicating whether S-NSSAI and NSSAA are required.
  • the core network and / or the core network device further indicates S-NSSAI requiring NSSAA and information indicating whether NSSAA is completed, or indicating that NSSAA has been completed, permitted or succeeded. Information may be associated with and stored.
  • the core network and / or the core network device may manage S-NSSAI requiring NSSAA as information not related to the access network.
  • configured NSSAI (configured NSSAI) is NSSAI supplied and stored in the UE.
  • the UE may store the configured NSSAI for each PLMN.
  • the UE may store the configured NSSAI in association with the PLMN.
  • the configured NSSAI associated with the PLMN may be expressed as the configured NSSAI for the PLMN, the configured NSSAI for the PLMN, the configured NSSAI for the PLMN, or the configured NSSAI associated with the PLMN.
  • the UE may store a configured NSSAI that is not associated with the PLMN and is valid for all PLMNs, and such a configured NSSAI may be referred to as a "default configured NSSAI".
  • the configured NSSAI may be associated with multiple PLMNs, and these multiple PLMNs may be EPLMNs.
  • the configured NSSAI may be information set by the network (or PLMN).
  • S-NSSAI included in configured NSSAI may be expressed as configured S-NSSAI.
  • configured S-NSSAI may be configured to include S-NSSAI and mapped S-NSSAI.
  • the PLMN S-NSSAI may be expressed as "configured S-NSSAI”
  • the S-NSSAI in which the configured S-NSSAI is mapped to the HPLMN may be expressed as "mapped S-NSSAI for the configured NSSAI for PLMN".
  • requested NSSAI is NSSAI provided from the UE to the network during the registration procedure.
  • the S-NSSAI included in the requested NSSAI transmitted by the UE may be the allowed NSSAI stored in the UE or the S-NSSAI included in the configured NSSAI.
  • the S-NSSAI included in the requested NSSAI transmitted by the UE may be the S-NSSAI included in the allowed NSSAI stored in the UE.
  • the requested NSSAI may be information indicating the network slice requested by the UE.
  • the S-NSSAI included in the requested NSSAI may be expressed as requested S-NSSAI.
  • requested NSSAI is included in an RRC (Radio Resource Control) message that includes a NAS message or NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) message sent from the UE to the network, such as a registration request message or a PDU session establishment request message. Will be done.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • NAS Non-Access-Stratum
  • allowed NSSAI is information indicating one or more network slices allowed by the UE.
  • allowed NSSAI is information that identifies the network slice that the network has allowed to connect to the UE.
  • the UE and / or NW may store and manage allowed NSSAI in association with PLMN as UE information.
  • allowed NSSAI may be associated with multiple PLMNs, and these multiple PLMNs may be EPLMNs.
  • the allowed NSSAI associated with PLMN and access type may be expressed as allowed NSSAI for PLMN and access type, or allowed NSSAI for PLMN access type.
  • S-NSSAI included in allowed NSSAI may be expressed as allowed S-NSSAI.
  • the allowed S-NSSAI may be configured to include S-NSSAI and mapped S-NSSAI.
  • rejected NSSAI is information indicating one or more network slices for which the UE is not allowed.
  • rejected NSSAI is information that identifies network slices that the network does not allow connections to the UE.
  • the rejected NSSAI may be information that includes one or more combinations of the S-NSSAI and the reason for rejection value.
  • the refusal reason value is information indicating the reason why the network rejects the corresponding S-NSSAI.
  • the UE and the network may appropriately store and manage the rejected NSSAI based on the rejection reason value associated with each S-NSSAI.
  • rejected NSSAI may be included in the NAS message sent from the network to the UE, such as the registration acceptance message, the setting update command, the registration refusal message, or the RRC message including the NAS message.
  • S-NSSAI included in rejected NSSAI may be expressed as rejected S-NSSAI.
  • the rejected NSSAI may be any of the first to fourth rejected NSSAI, the pending NSSAI, and the first NSSAI, or may be a combination thereof.
  • S-NSSAI included in rejected NSSAI may be expressed as rejected S-NSSAI.
  • the rejected S-NSSAI may be configured to include S-NSSAI and mapped S-NSSAI.
  • UE and / or NW may store and manage rejected NSSAI in association with PLMN as UE information.
  • the rejected NSSAI may be associated with multiple PLMNs, and these multiple PLMNs may be EPLMNs.
  • the rejected NSSAI associated with the PLMN may be expressed as the rejected NSSAI for the PLMN or the rejected NSSAI for the PLMN.
  • the UE and / or NW may further store the second rejected NSSAI and / or the second rejected S-NSSAI in association with the registration area.
  • the UE and / or NW may store the second rejected NSSAI and / or the second rejected S-NSSAI in association with the access type and / or registration area.
  • the first rejected NSSAI is a set of one or more S-NSSAI that cannot be used in the current PLMN among the S-NSSAI included in the requested NSSAI by the UE.
  • the first rejected NSSAI may be a 5GS rejected NSSAI for the current PLMN, a rejected S-NSSAI for the current PLMN, or an S-NSSAI included in the rejected NSSAI for the current PLMN. There may be.
  • the first rejected NSSAI may be a rejected NSSAI stored in the UE or NW, or may be a rejected NSSAI transmitted from the NW to the UE.
  • the first rejected NSSAI When the first rejected NSSAI is a rejected NSSAI transmitted from the NW to the UE, the first rejected NSSAI may be information that includes one or more combinations of the S-NSSAI and the reason value.
  • the reason for refusal value at this time may be "S-NSSAI (S-NSSAI not available in the current PLMN) which is not possible with the current PLMN or SNPN", and the S-NSSAI associated with the reason for refusal value is It may be information indicating that it is not possible with the current PLMN or SNPN.
  • the S-NSSAI included in the first rejected NSSAI may be expressed as the first rejected S-NSSAI.
  • the first rejected NSSAI may be applied to the entire registered PLMN.
  • the UE and / or NW may treat the S-NSSAI contained in the first rejected NSSAI and the first rejected NSSAI as information regardless of the access type. That is, the first rejected NSSAI may be valid information for 3GPP access and non-3GPP access.
  • the UE may delete the first rejected NSSAI from the memory when it transitions to the non-registered state with both 3GPP access and non-3GPP access to the current PLMN.
  • the UE transitions to the unregistered state with respect to the current PLMN via one access, or if the registration with the new PLMN is successful via one access, or with the registration to the new PLMN via one access. If the UE fails and transitions to the unregistered state, and the UE is not registered via the other access (unregistered state), the UE deletes the first rejected NSSAI.
  • the UE when the UE transitions to the non-registered state with respect to the current PLMN via one access, the UE is registered with the current PLMN via the other access (registered state). The UE does not have to delete the first rejected NSSAI.
  • the second rejected NSSAI is a set of one or more S-NSSAIs that are not available in the current registration area among the S-NSSAIs that the UE has included in the requested NSSAI.
  • the second rejected NSSAI may be a 5GS rejected NSSAI for the current registration area.
  • the second rejected NSSAI may be a rejected NSSAI stored by the UE or NW, or may be a rejected NSSAI transmitted from the NW to the UE.
  • the second rejected NSSAI may be information that includes one or more combinations of the S-NSSAI and the reason value.
  • the reason for refusal value at this time may be "S-NSSAI (S-NSSAI not available in the current registration area)", which is not possible in the current registration area, and the S-NSSAI associated with the reason value is It may be information indicating that it is not possible in the current registration area.
  • the S-NSSAI included in the second rejected NSSAI may be expressed as the second rejected S-NSSAI.
  • the second rejected NSSAI may be valid within the current registration area and may be applied to the current registration area.
  • the UE and / or NW may treat the S-NSSAI contained in the second rejected NSSAI and the second rejected NSSAI as information for each access type. That is, the second rejected NSSAI may be valid information for each of 3GPP access or non-3GPP access. That is, once the UE transitions to the unregistered state for a certain access, the UE may delete the second rejected NSSAI associated with the access from the memory.
  • the third rejected NSSAI is an S-NSSAI that requires an NSSAA, and is a set of one or more S-NSSAIs for which the NSSAA for that S-NSSAI has failed or has been revoked.
  • the third rejected NSSAI may be an NSSAI stored in the UE and / or the NW, or may be an NSSAI transmitted / received between the NW and the UE.
  • the third rejected NSSAI may be information that includes one or more combinations of the S-NSSAI and the reason for rejection value.
  • the reason for refusal value at this time may be "S-NSSAI (S-NSSAI not available due to the failed or revoked NSSAA) which is impossible due to the failure or cancellation of NSSAA" and is associated with the reason for refusal value. It may be information indicating that NSSAA for S-NSSAI has failed or was canceled.
  • the S-NSSAI included in the third rejected NSSAI may be expressed as the third rejected S-NSSAI.
  • the third rejected NSSAI may be applied to the entire registered PLMN, to the registered PLMN and / or EPLMN, or to all PLMNs.
  • the fact that the third rejected NSSAI applies to all PLMNs may mean that the third rejected NSSAI is not associated with the PLMN, and that the third rejected NSSAI is associated with the HPLMN. You can do it.
  • the UE and / or NW may treat the third rejected NSSAI and the third rejected S-NSSAI as information that does not depend on the access type. That is, the third rejected NSSAI may be valid information for 3GPP access and non-3GPP access.
  • the third rejected NSSAI may be an NSSAI different from the rejected NSSAI.
  • the third rejected NSSAI may be the first rejected NSSAI.
  • the third rejected NSSAI may be a 5GS rejected NSSAI for the failed or revoked NSSAA, a rejected S-NSSAI for the failed or revoked NSSAA, or a rejected NSSAI for the failed or revoked NS. It may be the included S-NSSAI.
  • the third rejected NSSAI is a rejected NSSAI in which the UE identifies slices rejected due to the failure or cancellation of NSSAA from the core network. Specifically, the UE does not initiate the registration request procedure for the S-NSSAI included in the third rejected NSSAI while storing the third rejected NSSAI.
  • the third rejected NSSAI may be identification information including one or more S-NSSAI received from the core network in association with the rejection reason value indicating the failure of NSSAA.
  • the third rejected NSSAI is information that does not depend on the access type. Specifically, if the UE remembers the third rejected NSSAI, the UE attempts to send a registration request message containing the S-NSSAI contained in the third rejected NSSAI to both 3GPP and non-3GPP access.
  • the UE can send a registration request message including S-NSSAI included in the third rejected NSSAI based on the UE policy.
  • the UE may delete the third rejected NSSAI based on the UE policy and transition to a state in which a registration request message including the S-NSSAI included in the third rejected NSSAI can be sent.
  • the UE may remove the S-NSSAI from the third rejected NSSAI. good.
  • the fourth rejected NSSAI is an S-NSSAI that requires area restriction by the area of service, and is a set of one or more S-NSSAI rejected from the network because there is no UE in the area where the S-NSSAI is permitted. Is.
  • the fourth rejected NSSAI may be an NSSAI stored in the UE and / or the NW, or may be an NSSAI transmitted / received between the NW and the UE.
  • the fourth rejected NSSAI When the fourth rejected NSSAI is transmitted from the NW to the UE, the fourth rejected NSSAI may be information that includes one or more combinations of the S-NSSAI and the reason for refusal value.
  • the reason for refusal value at this time may be "S-NSSAI which is impossible because it is outside the area where the service of S-NSSAI is provided", and the service of S-NSSAI associated with the reason for refusal value. It may be information indicating that it is not possible because the UE is outside the area where is provided.
  • the S-NSSAI included in the fourth rejected NSSAI may be expressed as the fourth rejected S-NSSAI.
  • the fourth rejected NSSAI may be information that further includes one or more combinations of S-NSSAI and area information.
  • the UE and / or NW is the fourth rejected.
  • the S-NSSAI included in the NSSAI and the fourth rejected NSSAI may be treated as information that does not depend on the access type.
  • the fourth rejected NSSAI may be a pending NSSAI, a first NSSAI, or information different from these.
  • the first NSSAI is information including one or more S-NSSAIs that have reached the maximum number of UEs for each network slice.
  • the first NSSAI may be rejected NSSAI, allowed NSSAI, or pending NSSAI.
  • the first NSSAI may be an NSSAI stored in the UE and / or the NW, or may be an NSSAI transmitted from the NW to the UE.
  • the first NSSAI When the first NSSAI is sent from the NW to the UE, the first NSSAI is the S-NSSAI and the mapped S-NSSAI, the rejection reason value, the backoff timer value, and the validity period of the backoff timer value.
  • the information may include one or a plurality of information indicating a range and information including at least one.
  • the reason for refusal value at this time may be "S-NSSAI that has reached the maximum number of UEs for each network slice", and the maximum number of UEs that can be allowed for S-NSSAI associated with the reason for refusal value has been reached. It may be the information to be shown.
  • the reason for refusal value may be the reason for refusal value included in rejected NSSAI, flag information, or 5GMM cause.
  • the value of the backoff timer is the period during which the UE is prohibited from transmitting the MM message and the SM message using the S-NSSAI related to the corresponding S-NSSAI or the mapped S-NSSAI. It may be information indicating.
  • the information indicating the valid period range of the backoff timer value is whether the backoff timer value is applied to the current PLMN (Public Land Mobile Network), all PLMNs, or the current registration. It may be information indicating whether the area is valid.
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • the first NSSAI may be applied to the entire registered PLMN, may be valid for all PLMNs, may be applied, may be valid within the registered area, and may be valid with the registered PLMN. It may be applied to the EPLMN, or it may be applied to one or more PLMNs to which the TAI contained in the TA list (TAI list or registration area) belongs.
  • the fact that the first NSSAI applies to all PLMNs may mean that the first NSSAI is not associated with the PLMN, or that the first NSSAI is associated with the HPLMN. ..
  • the UE and / or NW shall be the first NSSAI and / or NW.
  • the S-NSSAI included in the first NSSAI may be treated as information that does not depend on the access type. If the first NSSAI is valid within the registration area, or if it applies to one or more PLMNs to which the TAI contained in the TA list (TAI list or registration area) belongs, the UE and / or NW will be the first.
  • the NSSAI of 1 and the S-NSSAI included in the 1st NSSAI may be treated as information for each access type.
  • the first NSSAI may be allowed NSSAI, rejected NSSAI, pending NSSAI, or information different from these.
  • a pending NSSAI is a set of one or more S-NSSAIs that the UE cannot and / or cannot use.
  • the pending NSSAI may be a set of S-NSSAI whose network requires network slice specific authentication and whose network slice specific authentication has not been completed.
  • the pending NSSAI may be a 5GS pending NSSAI.
  • the pending NSSAI may be an NSSAI stored in the UE and / or the NW, or may be an NSSAI transmitted / received between the NW and the UE.
  • the pending NSSAI When the pending NSSAI is an NSSAI transmitted from the NW to the UE, the pending NSSAI may be information that includes one or more combinations of the S-NSSAI and the reason for refusal value.
  • the reason for refusal value at this time may be "S-NSSAI (NSSAA is pending for the S-NSSAI)", and the S-NSSAI associated with the reason for refusal value is the S-NSSAI. It may be information indicating that the UE is prohibited or pending from use until NSSAA for NSSAI is completed.
  • the pending NSSAI When the pending NSSAI is an NSSAI transmitted from the NW to the UE, the pending NSSAI may be a set of a combination of S-NSSAI and mapped S-NSSAI.
  • the pending NSSAI may be applied to the entire registered PLMN, one or more EPLMNs of the registered PLMN and the registered PLMN, or all PLMNs.
  • the fact that pending NSSAI applies to all PLMNs may mean that pending NSSAI is not associated with PLMN, or that pending NSSAI is associated with HPLMN.
  • UE and / or NW may treat S-NSSAI included in pending NSSAI as information that does not depend on the access type. That is, the pending NSSAI may be valid information for 3GPP access and non-3GPP access.
  • the pending NSSAI may be an NSSAI different from the rejected NSSAI.
  • the pending NSSAI may be the first rejected NSSAI.
  • Pending NSSAI is an NSSAI composed of one or more S-NSSAI in which the UE identifies the slice that is pending the procedure. Specifically, the UE does not start the registration request procedure for the S-NSSAI included in the pending NSSAI while storing the pending NSSAI. In other words, the UE will not use the S-NSSAI contained in the pending NSSAI during the registration process until the NSSAA for the S-NSSAI contained in the pending NSSAI is completed.
  • pending NSSAI is information that does not depend on the access type. Specifically, when the UE remembers the pending NSSAI, the UE does not attempt to send the registration request message containing the S-NSSAI contained in the pending NSSAI to both 3GPP access and non-3GPP access.
  • the area of service may be attribute information indicating the area in which the UE can access a specific network slice, in other words, the area of service allows the UE to establish a PDU session for a specific S-NSSAI. It may be information composed of one or more to indicate an area.
  • the information about the area or area indicated (specifying) by the area of service may be a Tracking Area (TA), a registration area, or may be composed of one or a plurality of TAs (). It may be information (indicating a service area for each S-NSSAI), may be composed of one or more cells (coverage of eNB and / or gNB), or may be an area based on geolocation information. May be good.
  • the area based on the geolocation information may be composed of the coverage of one or more eNBs and / or gNBs mapped to the geolocation information, and one or more TAs mapped to the geolocation information. It may be composed of.
  • the area of service may be composed of one or more entries, and each entry may contain information indicating a country and / or a region. Specifically, it may include one or more entries containing information indicating the country and / or region to which the service of the network slice is provided, based on the roaming agreement between HPLM and VPLMN.
  • the state in which the UE is in the area of service may be a state in which the UE is connected or exists in the above-mentioned area associated with the S-NSSAI attempting to connect, and the UE may be present.
  • the state where is outside the area of service may be a state in which the UE does not exist in the above-mentioned area associated with the S-NSSAI at which the UE attempts to connect.
  • the area indicated by the area of service may be determined by the Network Slice Provider (NSP), which provides the network slice service, or may be determined based on the network policy, and is not limited thereto.
  • NSP Network Slice Provider
  • the area where the S-NSSAI service is provided is also referred to as the service area.
  • the tracking area is a single or multiple range that can be represented by the location information of UE_A10 managed by the core network.
  • the tracking area may be composed of a plurality of cells. Further, the tracking area may be a range in which a control message such as paging is broadcast, or a range in which UE_A10 can move without performing a handover procedure. Further, the tracking area may be a routing area, a location area, or the same as these.
  • the tracking area may be TA (Tracking Area).
  • the tracking area may be identified by a TAI (Tracking Area Identity) composed of TAC (Tracking area code) and PLMN.
  • the registration area (Registration area or registration area) is a set of one or more TAs assigned to the UE by AMF.
  • UE_A10 may be able to move without transmitting and receiving a signal for updating the tracking area while moving within one or a plurality of TAs included in the registration area.
  • the registration area may be a group of information indicating an area where UE_A10 can move without executing the tracking area update procedure.
  • the registration area may be identified by a TAI list consisting of one or more TAIs.
  • the TAI included in the TAI list may belong to one PLMN or may belong to a plurality of PLMNs. If multiple TAIs included in the TAI list belong to different PLMNs, those PLMNs may be EPLMNs.
  • the UE ID is information for identifying the UE.
  • the UE ID is SUCI (SUbscription Concealed Identifier), SUPI (Subscription Permanent Identifier), GUTI (Globally Unique Temporary Identifier), IMEI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity), or IMEISV (IMEI Software Version).
  • SUCI SUbscription Concealed Identifier
  • SUPI Subscribe Permanent Identifier
  • GUTI Globally Unique Temporary Identifier
  • IMEI International Mobile Subscriber Identity
  • IMEISV IMEI Software Version
  • the UE ID may be other information set in the application or network.
  • the UE ID may be information for identifying the user.
  • Management of the maximum number of UEs connected to a slice is to manage the maximum number of UEs that can be registered in the network slice or S-NSSAI at the same time.
  • the UE registered in the network slice or S-NSSAI may mean that the S-NSSAI indicating the network slice is included in the allowed NSSAI and stored.
  • Supports the function of managing the maximum number of UEs connected to a slice The device in the network can memorize whether or not the maximum number of UEs connected to a slice needs to be managed for each S-NSSAI, and the registered UEs It is possible to confirm whether or not the maximum number of constants has been reached during the registration procedure.
  • each device that supports the function of managing the maximum number of UEs connected to a slice may be able to store the first NSSAI.
  • the maximum number of UEs connected to a slice may be expressed as the maximum number of UEs connected for each slice, or the maximum number of UEs that can be registered in a network slice or S-NSSAI, or the maximum number of UEs or a constant. ..
  • the backoff timer is a timer for prohibiting the transmission of MM messages by the UE and / or the start of procedures by SM messages.
  • the backoff timer is managed and executed by the UE.
  • the backoff timer may be associated with S-NSSAI.
  • the UE prohibits, restricts, or restricts the transmission of MM messages and / or the transmission of SM messages using the S-NSSAI while the backoff timer associated with the S-NSSAI is valid. It may be in the state of being done.
  • These regulations may be regulations based on 5GS congestion management, or may be regulations including regulations based on 5GS congestion management.
  • the backoff timer may be a timer that is started and / or stopped in S-NSSAI and / or PLMN units.
  • the UE is now allowed to send MM and / or SM messages that were prohibited by the PLMN before the change in the new PLMN, based on certain conditions described below, during the counting of this timer. It may be set. If it is expressed that the transmission of MM message and / or SM message, which was prohibited by PLMN before the change, is allowed, the same S-NSSAI and / as S-NSSAI associated with the backoff timer. Or it is permissible to send MM messages and / or SM messages using S-NSSAI related to the same S-NSSAI and / or S-NSSAI related to the mapped S-NSSAI of the same S-NSSAI. It may mean.
  • the backoff timer may be a timer for prohibiting the transmission of MM messages using a specific NSSAI.
  • the UE may be configured not to send MM messages using that particular NSSAI and / or NSSAI containing a particular S-NSSAI while this timer is counting.
  • the UE may be set to allow the transmission of MM messages prohibited by the PLMN before the change in the new PLMN based on the specific conditions described later during the counting of this timer.
  • -It may mean that the transmission of MM messages using NSSAI containing the same S-NSSAI as NSSAI is allowed.
  • NSSAI including S-NSSAI related to S-NSSAI associated with the backoff timer may mean that the transmission of MM messages using NSSAI including S-NSSAI related to the mapped S-NSSAI of S-NSSAI associated with the off-timer is allowed.
  • the backoff timer may be a timer associated with noNSSAI and prohibiting the transmission of MM messages using noNSSAI.
  • UE_A10 may be set not to send MM messages using noNSSAI during the counting of this timer.
  • UE_A10 may be set to allow the transmission of MM messages prohibited by the PLMN before the change in the new PLMN based on the specific conditions described later during the counting of this timer.
  • it when it is expressed that the transmission of the MM message prohibited by the PLMN before the change is permitted, it may mean that the MM message using no NSSAI is permitted.
  • the backoff timer may be a 5 GMM timer and / or an EMM (EPS mobility management) timer. Further, the backoff timer may be a timer T3448 or a timer equivalent to the timer T3448. In other words, the backoff timer may be the same timer as the timer for restricting the communication of user data via the control plane, or may be the same timer.
  • EMM EPS mobility management
  • the first identification information in the present embodiment may be the capability information (capability) of the UE indicating that the UE supports the area of service.
  • the first identification information is cored with information including area information and / or reason values associated with the network slice (S-NSSAI) that the UE has requested and / or has been granted from the core network to the core network. It may be ability information indicating that it has a function of transmitting, receiving, recognizing, storing, and processing with and from a network. Further, it may be shown that the UE supports the function of receiving, recognizing, and processing the information about the area of service from the core network by transmitting the first identification information to the core network.
  • S-NSSAI network slice
  • the UE that supports the area of service has the ability to send, receive, recognize, store, and process information about the provided area of service with and from the core network, and the UE-led or UE-led for the area of service. It may have the ability to perform network-driven procedures.
  • a UE that supports an area of service may have a function of recognizing, storing, and processing information about an area associated with S-NSSAI received from the core network.
  • -It may have a function to recognize, store, and process the reason value related to the area of service associated with NSSAI.
  • the first identification information may be identification information for requesting the core network for the ability information of the core network indicating that UE_A10 supports the area of service.
  • the information indicating the area may be the third identification information described later.
  • the first identification information may be the capability information of the UE indicating whether or not the UE supports the area of service.
  • the second identification information in the present embodiment is the ability information of the core network indicating that the core network supports the area of service.
  • the second identification information contains information about the area of service, including the area information associated with the network slice (S-NSSAI) requested by the UE and / or the UE and / or the reason value. It may be ability information indicating that it has a function of transmitting, receiving, recognizing, storing, and processing with and from the UE.
  • S-NSSAI network slice
  • the core network supports the function of receiving, recognizing, and processing the information about the area of service from the UE by transmitting the second identification information to the UE.
  • the UE that supports the area of service has the ability to send, receive, recognize, store, and process information about the provided area of service with and from the core network, and the UE-led or UE-led for the area of service. It may have the ability to perform network-driven procedures.
  • a UE that supports an area of service may have a function of recognizing, storing, and processing information about an area associated with S-NSSAI received from the core network.
  • -It may have a function to recognize, store, and process the reason value related to the area of service associated with NSSAI.
  • the second identification information may be the identification information transmitted to UE_A10 based on the first identification information received from the UE.
  • the information indicating the area may be the third identification information described later.
  • the third identification information in the present embodiment may be information indicating an area where the S-NSSAI service is provided.
  • the area indicated by the third identification information may be information related to the area or area indicated (specifying) by the above-mentioned area of service, may be Tracking Area (TA), or may be a registration area. It may be information composed of one or more TAs (indicating a service area for each S-NSSAI), or it may be composed of one or more cells (eNB and / or gNB coverage). It may be an area based on geolocation information.
  • TA Tracking Area
  • eNB and / or gNB coverage may be an area based on geolocation information.
  • the identification information may be composed of the coverage of one or more eNBs and / or gNBs mapped to the geolocation information. It may be identification information composed of one or more TAs mapped to geolocation information.
  • the third identification information may be the area information included in the fourth rejected NSSAI.
  • the fourth identification information in the present embodiment is a reason value indicating that the UE is connected or is outside the area where the service of the network slice (S-NSSAI) attempting to connect is provided. You can do it. Further, the fourth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the UE has moved out of the area. Further, the fourth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the user is not in a place where the S-NSSAI can be connected.
  • the fourth identification information may be a reason value (cause value) included in the rejected NSSAI information element (Information Element; IE), or may be another identification information associated with S-NSSAI. May be good.
  • IE Information Element
  • the procedures used in each embodiment include registration procedure, Network Slice-Specific Authentication and Authorization procedure, Generic UE configuration update procedure, and network-initiated non-registration procedure (Network-). Initiated de-registration procedure) is included. Is included. Each procedure will be explained below.
  • HSS and UDM, PCF and PCRF, SMF and PGW-C, and UPF and PGW-U are each the same device (that is, the same physical device).
  • the case where it is configured as hardware, the same logical hardware, or the same software) will be described as an example. However, the content described in this embodiment is also applicable when they are configured as different devices (ie, different physical hardware, or different logical hardware, or different software).
  • data may be transmitted / received directly between them, data may be transmitted / received via the N26 interface between AMF and MME, or data may be transmitted / received via UE.
  • the registration procedure is a procedure for the UE to take the initiative in registering with the access network_B and / or the core network_B and / or the DN.
  • the UE can execute this procedure at any time, for example, when the power is turned on, as long as it is not registered in the network. In other words, the UE can start this procedure at any time if it is in the unregistered state (5GMM-DEREGISTERED state).
  • each device (especially UE and AMF) can transition to the registration state (5GMM-REGISTEDED state) based on the completion of the registration procedure.
  • each registration state may be managed by each device for each access. Specifically, each device may independently manage the registration status (registered or unregistered status) for 3GPP access and the registration status for non-3GPP access.
  • the registration procedure updates the location registration information of the UE in the network and / or periodically notifies the network of the status of the UE from the UE and / or updates certain parameters about the UE in the network. It may be the procedure of.
  • the UE may start the registration procedure when it has mobility across the TA (tracking area). In other words, the UE may start the registration procedure when it moves to a TA different from the TA indicated by the held TA list (TAI list or registration area). In addition, the UE may initiate this procedure when the running backoff timer or other timer has expired. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process when the context of each device needs to be updated due to disconnection or invalidation of the PDU session. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process if there is a change in capability information and / or preferences regarding the establishment of the UE's PDU session. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process on a regular basis.
  • the UE may be based on the completion of the UE configuration update procedure, or on the basis of the completion of the registration procedure, or on the basis of the completion of the PDU session establishment procedure, or on the basis of the completion of the PDU session management procedure, or in each procedure.
  • the registration procedure may be initiated based on the information received from the network or based on the expiration or suspension of the backoff timer.
  • the UE is not limited to these, and can execute the registration procedure at any timing.
  • the procedure for transitioning from the state in which the UE is not registered in the network to the state in which the UE is registered is referred to as an initial registration procedure (initial registration procedure) or a registration procedure for initial registration (registration procedure for initial registration).
  • the registration procedure executed while the UE is registered in the network can be changed to the registration procedure (registration procedure for mobility and periodic registration update) or the transfer and regular registration procedure (registration procedure for mobility and periodic registration update). Mobility and periodic registration procedure) may be used.
  • New AMF141 in Fig. 6 indicates the AMF in which UE_A10 is registered by this procedure
  • old AMF142 means the AMF in which the UE was registered by the procedure prior to this procedure. If the AMF is not changed in this procedure, the interface between old AMF 142 and new AMF 141 and the procedure between old AMF 142 and new AMF 141 do not occur, and new AMF 141 may be the same device as old AMF 142. In the present embodiment, when AMF is described, it may mean new AMF 141, old AMF 142, or both. Note that new AMF141 and old AMF142 may be AMF140.
  • UE_A10 starts the registration procedure by sending a registration request message to new AMF141 (S600) (S602) (S604). Specifically, the UE sends an RRC message including a registration request message to 5GAN120 (or gNB) (S600).
  • the registration request message is a NAS message sent and received on the N1 interface. Further, the RRC message may be a control message transmitted / received between the UE and 5GAN120 (or gNB).
  • NAS messages are processed in the NAS layer, and RRC messages are processed in the RRC layer.
  • the NAS layer is a layer higher than the RRC layer.
  • UE_A10 can send the first identification information and / or the requested NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) by including it in the registration request message and / or the RRC message.
  • UE_A10 may send the registration request message and / or the RRC message with identification information indicating the type of this procedure.
  • the identification information indicating the type of this procedure may be 5GS registration type IE, and this procedure is for initial registration, for updating registration information due to movement, or for periodical update of registration information. Alternatively, it may be information indicating that the registration procedure is for emergency registration.
  • the UE_A10 may include the ability information of the UE in the registration request message in order to notify the network of the functions supported by the UE_A10, or may include the first identification information as the ability information of the UE.
  • the capability information of the UE may be 5GMM capability of 5GS.
  • UE_A10 may send this identification information by including it in a control message different from these, for example, a control message of a layer lower than the RRC layer (for example, MAC layer, RLC layer, PDCP layer). It should be noted that UE_A10 may indicate that UE_A10 supports each function by transmitting these identification information, may indicate a request of UE, or may indicate both of them. .. The information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating the request for using each function may be transmitted / received as the same identification information or may be transmitted / received as different identification information.
  • UE_A10 may include S-NSSAI (NSSAA is pending for the S-NSSAI) requested by UE_A10 in requested NSSAI. Further, UE_A10 may indicate the request of the S-NSSAI by including the S-NSSAI in the requested NSSAI.
  • S-NSSAI NSSAA is pending for the S-NSSAI
  • UE_A10 determines whether or not to send the first identification information, requested NSSAI to the network, UE capability information and / or UE policy, and / or UE status, and / or user registration information, and / Or may be selected and determined based on the context held by the UE.
  • UE_A10 if UE_A10 has NSSAA functionality or requests at least one S-NSSAI that identifies slices that require NSSAA, it will send capability information in the registration request message to indicate that it supports NSSAA functionality. May be good.
  • UE_A10 treats this UE as a UE with NSSAA function to the network by sending capability information indicating that it supports the NSSAA function, and requests that the authentication and approval procedure by the NSSAA function be performed in the procedure related to UE. You may.
  • UE_A10 can be sent by including the SM message (for example, PDU session establishment request message) in the registration request message, or by sending the SM message (for example, PDU session establishment request message) together with the registration request message.
  • the PDU session establishment procedure may be started during the registration procedure.
  • 5G AN120 When 5G AN120 (or gNB) receives an RRC message including a registration request message, it selects the AMF to which the registration request message is forwarded (S602).
  • the 5GAN120 (or gNB) can select AMF based on one or more identification information contained in the registration request message and / or the RRC message including the registration request message. Specifically, 5GAN (or gNB) may select new AMF141 to which the registration request message is sent based on the first identification information.
  • the new AMF141 When the new AMF141 receives the registration request message, it can execute the first condition determination.
  • the first conditional determination is for determining whether or not the network (or new AMF141) accepts the UE request.
  • new AMF141 executes the procedure from S606 to S612 if the first condition determination is true.
  • new AMF141 may execute the procedure of S610 without executing the procedure of S606 to S608 when the first condition determination is false.
  • the new AMF141 may request the UE context from the old AMF142 and determine the first condition after receiving the UE context from the old AMF142 (S606, S608). In that case, new AMF141 may execute S610 and / or S612 if the first condition determination is true. On the other hand, new AMF141 may execute S610 when the first condition determination is false.
  • the control message transmitted and received by the S610 may be a registration acceptance message, and when the first condition determination is false, it may be a registration acceptance message.
  • the control message transmitted and received by the S610 may be a Registration reject message.
  • the first condition determination is the reception of the registration request message and / or each identification information contained in the registration request message, and / or the subscriber information, and / or the network capability information, and / or the operator policy, and It may be executed based on / or the state of the network and / or the user's registration information and / or the context held by AMF.
  • the S-NSSAI contained in the requested NSSAI received from the UE is the information that identifies the slice that requires the NSSAA procedure
  • the result of the NSSAA procedure of the S-NSSAI that the AMF corresponds to the UE is successful.
  • the first condition determination may be true if it is remembered to be. Alternatively, if the UE does not have S-NSSAI allowed and there are no plans to assign allowed NSSAI to the UE in the future, the first condition determination may be false.
  • the S-NSSAI included in the requested NSSAI received from the UE by AMF is information that identifies a slice that requires management of the maximum number of UEs to be connected to the slice, and if the maximum number of UEs has not been reached, the first The condition determination may be true.
  • the first condition determination may be true if it can be expected that the allowed NSSAI will be assigned to the UE in the future.
  • AMF does not have S-NSSAI allowed for UE, and when the first NSSAI is assigned to UE, the first condition determination may be true or false.
  • the new AMF141 executes the procedures of S606 and S608, and the new AMF141 is included in the message received from the UE_A10. If the AMF shown in the identification information is new AMF141, the procedure for S606 and S608 is not executed. In other words, if an AMF change occurs due to this procedure, the S606 and S608 procedures are executed, and if the AMF change does not occur, the S606 and S608 procedures are skipped.
  • the UE context sent from new AMF141 to old AMF142 may include UE ID and allowed NSSAI. Further, the UE context may include configured NSSAI and / or rejected NSSAI, NSSAI and / or pending NSSAI, and / or a first NSSAI. Also, allowed NSSAI and / or configured NSSAI and / or rejected NSSAI and / or pending NSSAI and / or first NSSAI included in the UE context, and S-NSSAI included in each NSSAI are sent to the UE. Information on whether or not the notification has been completed may be linked.
  • information on S-NSSAI that requires the NSSAA procedure, and / or information indicating that the NSSAA procedure has been completed for the UE, indicating that the authentication was successful, and / or information indicating that the authentication has failed. May be included.
  • the S-NSSAI information that requires management of the maximum number of UEs connected to the slice, and / or the information indicating that the maximum number of UEs has been reached, and / or the maximum number of UEs connected to the slice have been reached. Information indicating whether or not it may be included.
  • Information on the characteristics of these S-NSSAIs may be managed as one piece of information. Specifically, whether or not the network requires NSSAA for each S-NSSAI and whether or not NSSAA is successful. , Information indicating whether or not the maximum number of UEs connected to the slice needs to be managed and whether or not the maximum number of UEs connected to the slice has been reached may be stored in association with each other.
  • the new AMF141 may send the control message including one or more identification information among the second to fourth identification information.
  • the third identification information may be transmitted one or more in association with each S-NSSAI included in allowed NSSAI and / or rejected NSSAI, and the fourth identification information is included in rejected NSSAI.
  • One or more may be transmitted in association with each S-NSSAI.
  • new AMF141 may indicate that the network supports each function including the function related to the area of service by transmitting these identification information and / or the control message, and the request of the UE is accepted. It may indicate that the request has been made, it may indicate that the request from the UE is not permitted, or it may indicate information that combines these.
  • two or more identification information of these identification information may be configured as one or more identification information.
  • the information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating the request for using each function may be transmitted / received as the same identification information or may be transmitted / received as different identification information.
  • new AMF141 transmits the control message (registration acceptance message or registration refusal message) including one or more of the second to fourth identification information based on the reception of the first identification information from the UE. You may.
  • the new AMF141 is included in the Allowed NSSAI, Rejected NSSAI, or Pending NSSAI transmitted by the new AMF141 if the first identification information received from the UE indicates that the UE supports the area of service.
  • Area information associated with one or more S-NSSAIs may be sent to the UE.
  • new AMF141 may send the second identification information and the area information associated with S-NSSAI and its S-NSSAI to the UE when the core network supports the area of service.
  • the S-NSSAI and area information at this time may be one or more S-NSSAI and area information included in Allowed NSSAI, Rejected NSSAI, or Pending NSSAI.
  • the area information associated with S-NSSAI which may be included in Allowed NSSAI, Rejected NSSAI, or Pending NSSAI transmitted from new AMF141 to UE, is Allowed NSSAI, Rejected NSSAI, or Pending NSSAI. It may be independent information.
  • Control may be executed not to transmit the area information associated with S-NSSAI included in Allowed NSSAI, Rejected NSSAI, or Pending NSSAI transmitted by new AMF141 to the UE.
  • the new AMF141 when the new AMF141 detects that the UE does not support the area of service, the new AMF141 will be described above even if the S-NSSAI requested by the UE is an S-NSSAI that requires the area of service.
  • the area information associated with S-NSSAI does not have to be transmitted to the UE, and Allowed NSSAI, Rejected NSSAI, or Pending NSSAI that does not include the area information may be transmitted to the UE.
  • the area information associated with S-NSSAI which may be included in Allowed NSSAI, Rejected NSSAI, or Pending NSSAI transmitted from new AMF141 to UE, is Allowed NSSAI, Rejected NSSAI, or Pending NSSAI. It may be independent information.
  • new AMF141 associates the service area information for each S-NSSAI included in the requested NSSAI sent by UE_A10 in the registration request message with each S-NSSAI as the third identification information, and uses it as a control message. It may be included and sent to the UE.
  • the information on the service area for each S-NSSAI may be held by each AMF that supports the area of service in the core network, or in the core network or core that manages the service area for each S-NSSAI.
  • AMF may request and acquire a device outside the network.
  • the UE is within the service area of S-NSSAI. It may be determined whether it is outside or outside, the fourth identification information is determined, associated with each S-NSSAI, included in the control message, and sent to the UE.
  • the area information for each S-NSSAI included in configured NSSAI and the area information or location information to which the UE is connected are taken into consideration in the third and third stages.
  • the fourth identification information may be determined and included in the control message and sent to the UE.
  • the registration acceptance message does not include the second identification information but contains the third and / or fourth identification information, so that the UE_A10 has the core network supporting the area of service. You may recognize that it is.
  • the registration acceptance message or registration refusal message may be sent to UE_A10 without including the second to fourth identification information.
  • UE_A10 may recognize that the core network does not support the area of service because the registration acceptance message or registration refusal message does not contain the second to fourth identification information.
  • control message transmitted to the UE is a registration acceptance message
  • one or a plurality of S-NSSAIs included in allowed NSSAI and / or rejected NSSAI in the message are associated with each other.
  • the third and / or fourth identification information of the above may be included.
  • control message transmitted to the UE is a registration refusal message
  • each process that the UE shown above executes based on the reception of each identification information may be executed during this procedure or after the completion of this procedure, or may be executed based on the completion of this procedure after the completion of this procedure. good.
  • the third and / or the fourth identification information is associated with the S-NSSAI contained in the allowed NSSAI and / or the rejected NSSAI and is included in the control message and transmitted to the UE. It may be associated with S-NSSAI included in PendingNSSAI and sent to the UE by including it in the control message.
  • Allowed NSSAI and / or Rejected NSSAI included in the registration acceptance message may include S-NSSAI and a third identification information. Then, the UE may store the S-NSSAI and the third identification information in association with each other based on the reception of the Rejected NSSAI. Further, the S-NSSAI may include a fourth identification information, and it may be shown that the fourth identification information is not in a place where the S-NSSAI can be connected, for example. Further, the UE may recognize that the S-NSSAI cannot be used in the connected area based on the reception of the Rejected NSSAI.
  • the Rejected NSSAI included in the registration refusal message may include S-NSSAI and a third identification information. Then, the UE may store the S-NSSAI and the third identification information in association with each other based on the reception of the Rejected NSSAI. Further, the S-NSSAI may include a fourth identification information, and it may be shown that the fourth identification information is not in a place where the S-NSSAI can be connected, for example. Further, the UE may recognize that the S-NSSAI cannot be used in the connected area based on the reception of the Rejected NSSAI.
  • the UE determines.
  • the received S-NSSAI may be associated with the area information and stored as Allowed NSSAI.
  • the UE when the UE receives the second identification information, the Rejected NSSAI and the area information, and this area information is the information associated with the S-NSSAI included in the Rejected NSSAI, or the fourth rejected.
  • the UE may store the received S-NSSAI as rejected NSSAI in association with the area information.
  • the UE receives the second identification information, the Pending NSSAI, and the area information, and the area information is the information associated with the S-NSSAI included in the Pending NSSAI, the UE receives the second identification information.
  • S-NSSAI may be associated with area information and stored as Pending NSSAI.
  • control message if the control message is a registration acceptance message, the control message may include Allowed NSSAI and / or Rejected NSSAI. Conversely, if the control message is a registration rejection message, the control message may include Rejected NSSAI.
  • the Allowed NSSAI may include S-NSSAI and a third identification information. Further, the S-NSSAI and the identification information of the above 3 may be associated with each other. Further, the Allowed NSSAI may include identification information in which the S-NSSAI and the identification information of the above 3 are combined.
  • the Rejected NSSAI may include S-NSSAI, a third identification information, and a fourth identification information. Further, the S-NSSAI, the identification information of the third, and the identification information of the fourth may be associated with each other. Further, the Allowed NSSAI may include identification information in which the S-NSSAI, the identification information of the third, and the identification information of the fourth are combined.
  • the AMF indicates which of the 2nd to 4th identification information is included in the control message, each of the received identification information and / or the subscriber information, and / or the network capability information, and / or. It may be selected and determined based on the operator policy and / or the state of the network and / or the user's registration information and / or the context held by the AMF.
  • the AMF is located within the service area of a specific S-NSSAI (S-NSSAI # 1-1) based on the received S-NSSAI and the area information stored by the AMF. You may decide whether or not you are doing it. In other words, when the Requested NSSAI is provided by the UE, the AMF will use the specific S-NSSAI (S-) based on the S-NSSAI included in the Requested NSSAI and the area information stored by the AMF. It may be determined whether or not it is located within the service area of NSSAI # 1-1).
  • the UE will be the service of S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be determined that it is located within the area. Conversely, if the area information associated with S-NSSAI # 1-1 does not include the area in which the UE is currently located, the AMF will say that the UE is in the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be determined that it is located outside.
  • the area information may be information acquired by AMF from another device such as UDM, or may be information set in AMF.
  • the AMF is based on the S-NSSAI (S-NSSAI # 1-1) provided to the UE and the area information stored by the AMF, and the UE is the service area of the S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be determined whether or not it is located inside. In other words, if the UE does not provide the Requested NSSAI, the AMF will provide the UE based on the S-NSSAI (S-NSSAI # 1-1) provided to the UE and the area information stored by the AMF. , You may determine whether it is located within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1.
  • the UE will be the service of S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be determined that it is located within the area. Conversely, if the area information associated with S-NSSAI # 1-1 does not include the area in which the UE is currently located, the AMF will say that the UE is in the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be determined that it is located outside.
  • the area information may be information acquired by AMF from another device such as UDM, or may be information set in AMF.
  • the AMF either sends the registration acceptance message with the SM message (eg, PDU session establishment acceptance message), or sends the registration acceptance message together with the SM message (eg, PDU session establishment acceptance message). Acceptance message) can be sent.
  • this transmission method may be executed when the SM message (for example, the PDU session establishment request message) is included in the registration request message. Further, this transmission method may be executed when an SM message (for example, a PDU session establishment request message) is transmitted together with the registration request message. By performing such a transmission method, the AMF can indicate that the procedure for SM has been accepted in the registration procedure.
  • AMF also receives each identification information and / or subscriber information and / or network capability information, and / or operator policy, and / or network status, and / or user registration information, and / or.
  • the registration acceptance message may be sent to indicate that the UE request has been accepted, or the registration refusal message has been sent to indicate that the UE request has been rejected, based on the context held by the AMF. May be shown.
  • the UE receives the control message via 5GAN (gNB) (S608).
  • the control message is a registration acceptance message
  • the UE recognizes that the UE's request by the registration request message has been accepted and the contents of various identification information contained in the registration acceptance message by receiving the registration acceptance message. can do.
  • the control message is a registration refusal message
  • the UE receives the registration refusal message, so that the UE's request by the registration request message is rejected, and the contents of various identification information contained in the registration refusal message. Can be recognized.
  • the UE may recognize that the request of the UE has been rejected if the control message is not received within a predetermined period after the registration request message is transmitted.
  • the UE can further send a registration completion message to AMF via 5GAN (gNB) as a response message to the registration acceptance message (S610).
  • the UE may send the registration completion message including the SM message such as the PDU session establishment completion message, or by including the SM message. , May indicate that the procedure for SM has been completed.
  • the registration completion message is a NAS message sent and received on the N1 interface, but is included in the RRC message and sent and received between the UE and 5GAN (gNB).
  • AMF receives a registration completion message via 5GAN (gNB) (S612).
  • gNB 5GAN
  • each device completes this procedure based on the transmission / reception of the registration acceptance message and / or the registration completion message.
  • each device may transition or maintain the state in which the UE is registered in the network (RM_REGISTERED state or 5GMM-REGISTERED state) based on the transmission / reception of the registration acceptance message and / or the registration completion message. , Transition or maintenance to the state where the UE is not registered in the network (RM_DEREGISTERED state, or 5GMM-DEREGISTERED state) on the access that received the registration refusal message to the current PLMN based on the transmission and reception of the registration refusal message. You may. Further, the transition to each state of each device may be performed based on the transmission / reception of the registration completion message or the completion of the registration procedure.
  • each device may perform processing based on the information transmitted / received in the registration procedure based on the completion of the registration procedure. For example, when sending and receiving information indicating that a part of the UE's request has been rejected, the reason why the UE's request has been rejected may be recognized. Further, each device may carry out this procedure again based on the reason why the request of the UE is rejected, or may carry out the registration procedure for the core network_A or another cell.
  • the UE may store the identification information received with the registration acceptance message and / or the registration refusal message based on the completion of the registration procedure, and may recognize the network decision.
  • the UE may delete one or more NSSAIs to be stored based on the completion of the registration procedure.
  • UE_A10 is the first to remember when UE_A10 transitions to the unregistered state on both accesses (3GPP access and non-3GPP access) to the current PLMN based on the completion of this procedure.
  • the rejected NSSAI and / or the third rejected NSSAI and / or the first NSSAI may be deleted.
  • UE_A10 will be registered in the new registration area if UE_A10 transitions to the unregistered state on certain access (3GPP access and non-3GPP access) to the current PLMN based on the completion of this procedure. If successful, or if UE_A10 transitions to an unregistered or registered state on a given access as a result of performing a registration procedure in a new registration area, UE_A10 will have the current PLMN and the current registration area, and / Alternatively, the access type and the second rejected NSSAI associated with it may be deleted.
  • each device may start the registration procedure again based on the expiration or stop of the backoff timer.
  • each device may start the registration procedure again based on the update of the stored NSSAI.
  • each device may start the SM procedure by sending and receiving SM messages based on the transition or maintenance of the UE registered in the network (RM_REGISTERED state or 5GMM-REGISTERED state).
  • NSSAA Network Slice-Specific Authentication and Authorization
  • This procedure may be a procedure for the core network to carry out UE authentication and approval procedures for slices that require NSSAA procedures.
  • the certification procedure and the approval procedure may be a recertification procedure and a reapproval procedure.
  • This procedure is a procedure executed by PLMN, and may be executed for each S-NSSAI (mapped S-NSSAI) and / or for each UE, which is the target of the NSSAA procedure. This procedure may be executed when the registration procedure is completed.
  • This procedure may be started by AMF140.
  • AMF140 may initiate this procedure based on the receipt of a registration request message from UE_A10.
  • the AMF140 memorizes that at least one S-NSSAI or S-NSSAI mapped S-NSSAI requested by UE_A10 is an S-NSSAI that requires an NSSAA procedure, and further memorizes the result of the S-NSSAI NSSAA. If not, you may start this procedure.
  • the result of NSSAA may be information indicating that NSSAA has succeeded, information indicating that NSSAA has failed, or both.
  • the information indicating the success of NSSAA may be allowed NSSAI. In other words, if the S-NSSAI is stored as allowed NSSAI, the AMF140 may recognize that the S-NSSAI's NSSAA was successful and may retain the NSSAA results.
  • AMF140 may start this procedure based on the request from AAA-S181. For example, based on the result of the NSSAA procedure that has already been executed, AAA-S181 again executes NSSAA against the S-NSSAI while AMF140 and / or NW manages S-NSSAI as allowed NSSAI. AMF may initiate this procedure at the request of AAA-S181. In this case, this procedure may be an NSSAA procedure initiated by AAA-S.
  • the AMF140 sends an EAPID request message to UE_A10 via 5GAN (or gNB or non-3GPP access) (S700).
  • the EAP ID request message may be included in the authentication request message (Authentication request message) which is a NAS message and may be transmitted, or may be an authentication request message which is a NAS message.
  • the authentication request message which is a NAS message, may be a 5GS NETWORK SLICE-SPECIFIC AUTHENTICATION COMMAND message.
  • the AMF140 transmits one or more S-NSSAI corresponding to this EAPID request message in the EAPID request message or the authentication request message including the EAPID request message.
  • the S-NSSAI may be the HPLMN S-NSSAI or the mapped S-NSSAI.
  • AMF140 requests UE_A10 for one or more EAP IDs as UE identification information used to execute NSSAA for one or more S-NSSAIs based on the transmission of the EAP ID request message.
  • UE_A10 sends an EAPID response message to AMF140 based on the reception of the EAPID request message and / or the reception of S-NSSAI and / or the reception of the authentication request message (S702).
  • the EAP ID response message may be included in the authentication response message (Authentication response message), which is a NAS message, and may be transmitted, or may be an authentication response message, which is a NAS message.
  • the authentication response message, which is a NAS message may be a 5GS NETWORK SLICE-SPECIFIC AUTHENTICATION COMPLETE message.
  • UE_A10 may send the EAPID response message or the authentication request message including the EAPID response message including the S-NSSAI received from the AMF140.
  • UE_A10 may send the EAPID response message including the EAPID which is the identification information of the UE corresponding to the S-NSSAI received from the AMF140.
  • UE_A10 may include a plurality of EAPIDs and a plurality of S-NSSAIs in the EAPID response message, and each EAPID and each S-NSSAI may be transmitted in association with each other.
  • the AMF140 sends an NSSAA authentication request message to AAA-S181 via AUSF180 based on the reception of the EAPID response message from UE_A10 and / or the authentication response message which is the EAPID and / or NAS message (S704, S706).
  • the AM140F may include the EAPID response message received from UE_A10 in the NSSAA authentication request message and send it to the AUSF180 and / or AAA-S181, or the EAPID and / included in the EAPID response message received from UE_A10.
  • S-NSSAI may be included in the NSSAA authentication request message and sent to AUSF180 and / or AAA-S181.
  • the NSSAA authentication request message sent from AMF140 to AUSF180 and the NSSAA authentication request message sent from AUFF180 to AAA-S181 may be the same message or different messages.
  • the AUSF180 may forward the NSSAA authentication request message received from the AMF140 to the AAA-S181, or the EAPID and / or S-NSSAI contained in the authentication request message received from the AMF140 is an NSSAA authentication request. It may be included in the message and sent to AAA-S181.
  • AAA-S181 initiates the procedure for exchanging messages required for authentication between UE_A10 and AAA-S181 based on the receipt of the NSSAA authentication request message and / or at least one piece of information contained in the NSSAA authentication request message. Good (S708).
  • the message used for the message exchange procedure between AAA-S181 and UE_A10 may be an EAP message.
  • AAA-S181 sends an NSSAA authentication response message to AMF140 via AUFF180 as a response to the authentication request message received from AMF140 (S710, S712).
  • the NSSAA authentication response message transmitted from AAA-S181 to AUFF180 and the NSSAA authentication response message transmitted from AUSF180 to AMF140 may be the same message or different messages.
  • the AUSF180 may forward the NSSAA authentication response message received from the AAA-S181 to the AAA-S181, and the authentication result and / or the S-NSSAI included in the authentication response message received from the AAA-S181. May be included in the NSSAA authentication response message and sent to AMF140.
  • AUSF180 sends the NSSAA authentication response message including the authentication result and S-NSSAI.
  • the authentication result may be information indicating success or failure.
  • the S-NSSAI included in the NSSAA authentication response message may be the HPLMN S-NSSAI or the mapped S-NSSAI.
  • AMF140 sends an authentication result message (Authentication result message) to UE_A10 based on the reception of the NSSAA authentication response message (S714).
  • the AMF140 may send the authentication result message including the NSSAA authentication response message or the authentication result and S-NSSAI contained in the NSSAA authentication response message.
  • the authentication result message may be a 5GS NETWORK SLICE-SPECIFIC AUTHENTICATION RESULT message, or may be included in the NETWORK SLICE-SPECIFIC AUTHENTICATION RESULT message and sent.
  • Each device may complete this procedure based on the transmission and reception of the authentication result message.
  • Each device may update the stored information based on the information transmitted and received in this procedure based on the completion of this procedure.
  • AMF140 and / or NW may store the authentication result for each S-NSSAI based on the transmission / reception of the authentication result. For example, when AMF140 and / or NW send and receive "success" as an authentication result, they are associated with S-NSSAI sent and received together with the authentication result and stored as UE information as the state in which NSSAA is "successful". good.
  • AMF140 and / or NW sends and receives "failure" as an authentication result, it is associated with S-NSSAI sent and received together with the authentication result, and is stored as UE information as the state in which NSSAA is "failed". You can do it.
  • this procedure is a procedure started based on the reception of the registration request message from UE_A10
  • the AMF140 may update the allowed NSSAI and / or the rejected NSSAI for the UE based on the transmission / reception of the authentication result.
  • the AMF140 sends and receives "success" as the authentication result
  • the S-NSSAI sent and received together with the authentication result is included in the allowed NSSAI, or the S-NSSAI mapped S-NSSAI included in the allowed NSSAI. It may be stored as, or it may be stored by associating "allowed" with the received S-NSSAI.
  • the S-NSSAI sent and received together with the authentication result is used as the third rejected NSSAI, or the S-NSSAI mapped S-NSSAI included in the third rejected NSSAI. It may be stored as, or it may be stored by associating "rejected" with the received S-NSSAI.
  • the S-NSSAI sent and received by UE_A10 together with the authentication result is included in the pending NSSAI, or the S-NSSAI mapped S included in the pending NSSAI. -If stored as NSSAI, UE_A10 may delete the S-NSSAI from the pending NSSAI, or delete the S-NSSAI associated with the S-NSSAI from the pending NSSAI.
  • the UE may also store the authentication result for each S-NSSAI based on the transmission / reception of the authentication result. Specifically, for example, when the UE sends and receives "success" as the authentication result, it is associated with the S-NSSAI sent and received together with the authentication result, and is stored as the UE information as the state in which NSSAA is "successful". good. Similarly, when the UE sends and receives a "failure" as an authentication result, it may be associated with the S-NSSAI sent and received together with the authentication result and stored as UE information as a state in which NSSAA has "failed”.
  • each device of the UE and / or the core network may cancel this procedure, and the UE may cancel the procedure.
  • Information about the S-NSSAI and / or the area associated with the S-NSSAI may be deleted.
  • the information about the area associated with S-NSSAI may be the third identification information received by the UE in the registration procedure.
  • the core network must not execute this procedure if the UE is outside the service area of S-NSSAI.
  • this procedure may be executed at any time after the above-mentioned registration procedure and / or PDU session establishment procedure is completed. Further, this procedure may be executed at any timing as long as each device has established a 5GMM context and / or each device is in the 5GMM connection mode.
  • each device sends and receives a message containing identification information for changing the setting information of the UE and / or identification information for stopping or changing the function executed by the UE during this procedure. May be good. Further, each device may update the setting information to the setting instructed by the network or may start the behavior instructed by the network based on the completion of this procedure.
  • the UE may update the setting information of the UE based on the control information transmitted and received by this procedure. Further, the UE may stop the function being executed or start a new function as the setting information of the UE is updated. In other words, the device in the core network leads this procedure, and further, by transmitting the control message and control information of this procedure to the UE, the setting information of the UE that can be identified by using these control information can be obtained. , You may let the UE update. Further, the device in the core network may stop the function executed by the UE or cause the UE to start a new function by updating the setting information of the UE.
  • the AMF140 sends the configuration update command message including one or more of each NSSAI related to UE_A10 (hereinafter referred to as configured NSSAI, allowed NSSAI, rejected NSSAI, pending NSSAI, and the first NSSAI). You may.
  • the AMF may indicate the new UE setting information or request the update of the UE setting information by transmitting one or more of each NSSAI.
  • the information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating the request for using each function may be transmitted / received as the same identification information or may be transmitted / received as different identification information.
  • the AMF140 may send the setting update command message including the TAI list indicating the new registration area.
  • two or more identification information of these identification information may be configured as one or more identification information.
  • the information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating the request for using each function may be transmitted / received as the same identification information or may be transmitted / received as different identification information.
  • AMF140 includes each NSSAI, TAI list in the setting update command message, each received identification information and / or subscriber information, and / or network capability information, and / or operator policy, and / or. It may be selected and determined based on the state of the network and / or the user's registration information and / or the context held by the AMF140.
  • the AMF140 also receives each identification information and / or subscriber information and / or network capability information, and / or operator policy, and / or network status, and / or user registration information, and / or.
  • a request for updating the setting information of UE_A10 may be indicated by sending a setting update command message based on the context held by the AMF140.
  • UE_A10 receives a setting update command message from AMF140 via 5GAN120 (or gNB) (S800).
  • UE_A10 may update the setting information of the UE based on the setting update command message and / or the identification information contained in the setting update command message.
  • the Allowed NSSAI and / or Rejected NSSAI included in the setting update command message is the same as the Allowed NSSAI and / or the Rejected NSSAI in the registration procedure in Chapter 3.2, and the S-NSSAI included in them is the third and / or the fourth. It may be associated with the identification information of.
  • Allowed NSSAI included in the setting update command message may include S-NSSAI and a third identification information.
  • the Rejected NSSAI included in the setting update command message may include the S-NSSAI and the third identification information. Then, the UE may store the S-NSSAI and the third identification information in association with each other based on the reception of the Rejected NSSAI. Further, the S-NSSAI may include a fourth identification information, and it may be shown that the fourth identification information is not in a place where the S-NSSAI can be connected, for example. Further, the UE may recognize that the S-NSSAI cannot be used in the connected area based on the reception of the Rejected NSSAI.
  • the setting update command message will be displayed.
  • it may contain information indicating that S-NSSAI is unavailable in the current area.
  • UE_A10 may properly memorize each received NSSAI. Specifically, when UE_A10 receives the configured NSSAI, the received configured NSSAI may be stored as "configured NSSAI associated with the current PLMN". That is, UE_A10 may replace "configured NSSAI associated with the current PLMN stored in UE_A10" with "received configured NSSAI".
  • the mapped S-NSSAI of S-NSSAI included in "configured NSSAI associated with the current PLMN stored in UE_A10" may be deleted. Further, when the "received configured NSSAI" includes one or more mapped S-NSSAI, UE_A10 may store one or more of the mapped S-NSSAI.
  • the UE_A10 when the UE_A10 receives the configured NSSAI, the "first NSSAI remembered by the UE_A10" and / or the “first NSSAI remembered by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN", and / or one or more. Multiple "first NSSAI remembered by UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN EPLMN" may be deleted.
  • UE_A10 when the UE_A10 receives the configured NSSAI, "pending NSSAI remembered by UE_A10" and / or “pending NSSAI remembered by UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN", and / or one or more "UE_A10". May delete the "first pending NSSAI” that is remembered and associated with the current PLMN EPLMN.
  • UE_A10 when UE_A10 receives allowed NSSAI, it may store the received allowed NSSAI as "allowed NSSAI associated with the current PLMN and the current access type". That is, UE_A10 may replace the "allowed NSSAI associated with the current PLMN and the current access type" stored in the UE_A10 with the "received allowed NSSAI".
  • UE_A10 receives a TAI list and allowed NSSAI from new AMF141, and if at least one TAI contained in the TAI list belongs to EPLMN, UE_A10 will refer to the received allowed NSSAI as "EPLMN to which TAI contained in TAI list belongs". And the current access type, and may be remembered as "allowed NSSAI" associated with.
  • UE_A10 receives allowed NSSAI. May be stored as "allowed NSSAI associated with the EPLMN to which the TAI included in the TAI list belongs and the current access type".
  • the different one or more PLMNs are EPLMNs, and UE_A10 sets "received allowed NSSAI" to each " It may be stored in one allowed NSSAI associated with one of the different PLMNs and the current access type.
  • UE_A10 may store the "received allowed NSSAI" in the "allowed NSSAI associated with the PLMN to which the TAI included in the registration area stored by the UE_A10 belongs and the current access type".
  • UE_A10 shall be stored with each "PLMN belonging to the TAI contained in the registration area" stored by UE_A10 and the current access type. You may replace "allowed NSSAI" associated with, with "received allowed NSSAI”.
  • TAI # 1 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is RPLMN
  • TAI # 2 belongs to PLMN # 2 which is EPLMN.
  • the "received allowed NSSAI” is "allowed NSSAI # 1 associated with PLMN # 1 and the current access type” and "allowed NSSAI associated with PLMN # 2 and the current access type”. You may memorize it in "# 2".
  • the different one or more PLMNs are EPLMNs, and UE_A10 sets "received allowed NSSAI" to ". It may be stored in one allowed NSSAI associated with the different PLMNs to which the TAI contained in the registration area belongs and the current access type.
  • UE_A10 is stored in the UE_A10 "one or more PLMNs to which the TAI contained in the registration area belongs, and the current access type.
  • One allowed NSSAI associated with may be replaced with a "received allowed NSSAI”.
  • TAI # 1 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is RPLMN
  • TAI # 2 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is EPLMN.
  • UE_A10 may store the "received allowed NSSAI" in the "allowed NSSAI # 1 associated with PLMN # 1 and PLMN # 2 and the current access type".
  • the different one or more PLMNs are EPLMNs, and UE_A10 sets "received allowed NSSAI" to ". Only one allowed NSSAI associated with the RPLMN and the current access type may be stored. In other words, even if the TAI contained in the registration area stored in the UE_A10 belongs to one or more PLMNs different from the RPLMN, the UE_A10 will transfer the "received allowed NSSAI" to the different one or more PLMNs. It does not have to be remembered as the associated allowed NSSAI.
  • the UE_A10 "receives one allowed NSSAI associated with the RPLMN and the current access type" stored by the UE_A10. You may replace it with "allowed NSSAI”.
  • TAI # 1 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is RPLMN
  • TAI # 2 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is EPLMN.
  • UE_A10 may store the "received allowed NSSAI" only in the "allowed NSSAI # 1 associated with PLMN # 1 and the current access type".
  • UE_A10 when UE_A10 receives allowed NSSAI, it may delete the mapped S-NSSAI of S-NSSAI included in "allowed NSSAI deleted based on reception" or "old allowed NSSAI updated based on reception”. Further, when the "received allowed NSSAI" includes the mapped S-NSSAI, UE_A10 may store one or more of the mapped S-NSSAI.
  • the UE_A10 receives the allowed NSSAI, "the first rejected NSSAI remembered by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN” and “the first rejected NSSAI remembered by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". "The second rejected NSSAI” and “the second rejected NSSAI remembered by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN and the current registration area” and “the second rejected NSSAI remembered by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN," You may delete the S-NSSAI contained in the received allowed NSSAI from at least one of the "third rejected NSSAI", or you may delete the S-NSSAI contained in the allowed NSSAI received from all NSSAI. good.
  • UE_A10 when UE_A10 receives an allowed NSSAI, it is associated with the current registration area from the "second rejected NSSAI remembered by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN" and further received allowed NSSAI. You may delete the S-NSSAI contained in.
  • S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from "pending NSSAI stored by UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the allowed NSSAI, the mapped S-NSSA or S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from the "pending NSSAI that the UE_A10 remembers and is associated with all PLMNs". .. Further, when UE_A10 receives allowed NSSAI, S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from "pending NSSAI stored by UE_A10 and associated with EPLMN".
  • the S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from the "first NSSAI stored by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". Or, when UE_A10 receives allowed NSSAI, delete the mapped S-NSSA or S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI from "the first NSSAI that UE_A10 remembers and is associated with all PLMNs”. It's okay.
  • the UE_A10 when the UE_A10 receives the rejected NSSAI, it stores the S-NSSAI contained in the received rejected NSSAI as "rejected NSSAI associated with the current PLMN" based on the rejection reason value associated with the S-NSSAI. It's okay. That is, UE_A10 may add "S-NSSAI included in the received rejected NSSAI" to the "rejected NSSAI associated with the current PLMN" stored in UE_A10.
  • UE_A10 receives the rejection reason value "S-NSSAI not possible with the current PLMN or SNPN" and the rejected S-NSSAI associated with the rejection reason value, UE_A10 will receive the S-NSSAI now. May be added to the first rejection NSSAI associated with the PLMN of.
  • UE_A10 receives the rejection reason value "S-NSSAI not possible in the current registration area" and the rejected S-NSSAI associated with the rejection reason value, UE_A10 will receive the "received rejected S-NSSAI". , May be added to "Second Rejection NSSAI Associated with Current PLMN and Current Registration Area".
  • the current registration area will be indicated by the received TAI list.
  • the current registration area is indicated by the TAI list previously received and stored by UE_A10.
  • the different one or more PLMNs are EPLMNs and UE_A10 is the "Rejection Reason Value" Current Registration Area.
  • the UE_A10 will be stored in each "PLMN to which the TAI contained in the registration area belongs and the current access type."
  • the "rejected S-NSSAI received in association with the rejection reason value" S-NSSAI which is not possible in the current registration area "" may be added to the "associated second rejected NSSAI" and stored.
  • TAI # 1 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is RPLMN
  • TAI # 2 belongs to PLMN # 2 which is EPLMN.
  • the "received second rejected S-NSSAI” is referred to as "the second rejected NSSAI # 1 associated with PLMN # 1 and the current registration area” and "PLMN # 2 and the current registration”. It may be stored in the second rejected NSSAI # 2 associated with the area.
  • the different one or more PLMNs are EPLMNs and UE_A10 is not possible in the "Rejection Reason Value" current registration area.
  • the "rejected S-NSSAI" received in association with the "S-NSSAI” may be stored in "one second rejected NSSAI associated with the different PLMNs and the current registration area". ..
  • the UE_A10 will be stored by the UE_A10 as one second rejected associated with the multiple PLMNs and the current access type. You may add and memorize "Rejected S-NSSAI received in association with the rejection reason value" S-NSSAI which is not possible in the current registration area "" to "NSSAI".
  • TAI # 1 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is RPLMN
  • TAI # 2 belongs to PLMN # 2 which is EPLMN.
  • UE_A10 may store the "received second rejected S-NSSAI" in the "second rejected NSSAI # 1 associated with PLMN # 1 and PLMN # 2 and the current registration area".
  • UE_A10 will set the S-NSSAI associated with the received rejection reason value "S-NSSAI not possible in the current registration area" to "TAI". It may be stored as a second rejected NSSAI associated with the EPLMN to which the TAI contained in the list belongs and the current access type.
  • the different one or more PLMNs are EPLMNs and UE_A10 is the "second rejected S- received.
  • NSSAI may be stored only in "one second rejected NSSAI associated with the RPLMN and the current access type". In other words, even if the TAI contained in the registration area stored in the UE_A10 belongs to one or more PLMNs different from the RPLMN, the UE_A10 will display the "received second rejected S-NSSAI" as the different one. Alternatively, it does not have to be stored as the second rejected NSSAI associated with multiple PLMNs.
  • UE_A10 will store one second rejected NSSAI associated with the "RPLMN and the current access type" stored by the UE_A10. It may be replaced with "received second rejected S-NSSAI".
  • TAI # 1 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is RPLMN
  • TAI # 2 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is EPLMN. If so, UE_A10 stores and / or adds the "received second rejected S-NSSAI" only to the "second rejected NSSAI # 1 associated with PLMN # 1 and the current access type". good.
  • UE_A10 receives the rejection reason value "S-NSSAI not possible due to NSSAA failure or cancellation" and the rejected S-NSSAI associated with the rejection reason value, UE_A10 will receive the S-NSSAI, the current May be added to the third rejection NSSAI associated with the PLMN.
  • S-NSSAI included in the received rejected NSSAI may be deleted from "allowed NSSAI stored by UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN".
  • the S-NSSAI included in the received rejected NSSAI may be deleted from the "pending NSSAI stored by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the rejected NSSAI, the mapped S-NSSA or S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from the "pending NSSAI that the UE_A10 remembers and is associated with all PLMNs". .. Further, when UE_A10 receives rejected NSSAI, S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from "pending NSSAI stored by UE_A10 and associated with EPLMN".
  • the S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from the "first NSSAI stored by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". Or, when UE_A10 receives allowed NSSAI, delete the mapped S-NSSA or S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI from "the first NSSAI that UE_A10 remembers and is associated with all PLMNs”. It's okay.
  • the S-NSSAI included in the received rejected NSSAI may be deleted from the "pending NSSAI stored by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the rejected NSSAI, the mapped S-NSSA or S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from the "pending NSSAI that the UE_A10 remembers and is associated with all PLMNs". .. Further, when UE_A10 receives rejected NSSAI, S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from "pending NSSAI stored by UE_A10 and associated with EPLMN".
  • the S-NSSAI included in the received rejected NSSAI may be deleted from the "first NSSAI stored by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". Furthermore, when UE_A10 receives rejected NSSAI, it deletes the mapped S-NSSA or S-NSSAI contained in the received allowed NSSAI from "the first NSSAI that UE_A10 remembers and is associated with all PLMNs". It's okay. Further, when UE_A10 receives rejected NSSAI, S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from "the first NSSAI stored by UE_A10 and associated with EPLMN".
  • each process that the UE shown above executes based on the reception of each _A10 identification information may be executed during this procedure or after the completion of this procedure, or is executed based on the completion of this procedure after the completion of this procedure. You may. Further, the UE sends a configuration update complete message to the AMF140 via 5GAN (gNB) as a response message to the configuration update command message based on the identification information contained in the configuration update command message. May (S802).
  • 5GAN gNB
  • each device may perform processing based on the information transmitted / received in this procedure based on the completion of this procedure. For example, when the update information for the setting information is transmitted and received, each device may update the setting information. Further, when sending and receiving information indicating that the registration procedure needs to be executed, UE_A10 may start the registration procedure based on the completion of this procedure.
  • UE_A10 may store the identification information received together with the setting information command message based on the completion of this procedure, or may recognize the network decision. In addition, the UE may execute each procedure based on the stored information based on the completion of this procedure.
  • the device in the core network can instruct the UE to update the setting information already applied by the UE, and the UE is executing. You can instruct to stop or change the function.
  • the network-initiated non-registration procedure is manually performed by the network to access network_A and / or core network_A, access network_B, and / or core network_B, and / or DN, and / or PDN. This is the procedure for canceling the registration.
  • This procedure may be a procedure for mobility management executed by the network for the UE registered in the network.
  • AMF can execute this procedure at any time as long as the UE is registered in the network (RM-REGISTERED state or 5GMM-REGISTEDED state). For example, AMF may start this procedure with the update of UE registration information. More specifically, the AMF may initiate this procedure when the UE registration information no longer has allowed NSSAI based on the completion of the NSSAA procedure. In other words, AMF may initiate this procedure if there is no S-NSSAI allowed to the UE and there are no plans to add S-NSSAI to allowed NSSAI by other procedures (eg NSSAA procedures) in the future.
  • NSSAA procedures eg NSSAA procedures
  • AMF140 may start this procedure by sending a de-registration request message to UE_A10 (S900).
  • the non-registration request message is a NAS message sent and received on the N1 interface, but is included in the RRC message and sent and received between the UE and 5GAN (gNB).
  • the AMF140 may send the non-registration request message including at least one identification information of each NSSAI (hereinafter, rejected NSSAI, and pending NSSAI, and the first NSSAI).
  • the AMF may send the non-registration request message with additional reason value and / or information indicating the access type to be deregistered.
  • the reason value may be 5 GMM cause.
  • the reason value may be a value indicating that no network slice is available. In that case, it may be 5GS 5GMM cause value # 62 “No network slices available”.
  • the AMF140 may indicate that the network does not support each function by transmitting these identification information and / or an unregistered message, or may request a transition to the unregistered state. However, the change of AMF140 may be notified, the registration procedure may be continuously instructed, or the combined information may be shown. Further, when a plurality of identification information is transmitted and received, two or more identification information of these identification information may be configured as one or more identification information. The information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating the request for using each function may be transmitted / received as the same identification information or may be transmitted / received as different identification information.
  • UE_A10 recognizes the rejected S-NSSAI and the reason for rejection based on the reception of at least one of each NSSAI and / or the reception of the reason value and / or the reception of other identification information and / or the state of the UE. And memory, and the behavior of the UE may be determined.
  • the UE_A10 when the UE_A10 receives the rejected NSSAI, it stores the S-NSSAI contained in the received rejected NSSAI as "rejected NSSAI associated with the current PLMN" based on the rejection reason value associated with the S-NSSAI. It's okay. That is, UE_A10 may add "S-NSSAI included in the received rejected NSSAI" to the "rejected NSSAI associated with the current PLMN" stored in UE_A10.
  • UE_A10 receives the rejection reason value "S-NSSAI not possible with the current PLMN or SNPN" and the rejected S-NSSAI associated with the rejection reason value, UE_A10 will receive the S-NSSAI now. May be added to the first rejection NSSAI associated with the PLMN of.
  • the different one or more PLMNs are EPLMNs and UE_A10 is the "Rejection Reason Value" Current Registration Area.
  • the UE_A10 will be stored in each "PLMN to which the TAI contained in the registration area belongs and the current access type."
  • the "rejected S-NSSAI received in association with the rejection reason value" S-NSSAI which is not possible in the current registration area "" may be added to the "associated second rejected NSSAI" and stored.
  • TAI # 1 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is RPLMN
  • TAI # 2 belongs to PLMN # 2 which is EPLMN.
  • the "received second rejected S-NSSAI” is referred to as "the second rejected NSSAI # 1 associated with PLMN # 1 and the current registration area” and "PLMN # 2 and the current registration”. It may be stored in the second rejected NSSAI # 2 associated with the area.
  • the different one or more PLMNs are EPLMNs and UE_A10 is not possible in the "Rejection Reason Value" current registration area.
  • the "rejected S-NSSAI" received in association with the "S-NSSAI” may be stored in "one second rejected NSSAI associated with the different PLMNs and the current registration area". ..
  • the UE_A10 will be stored by the UE_A10 as one second rejected associated with the multiple PLMNs and the current access type. You may add and memorize "Rejected S-NSSAI received in association with the rejection reason value" S-NSSAI which is not possible in the current registration area "" to "NSSAI".
  • TAI # 1 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is RPLMN
  • TAI # 2 belongs to PLMN # 2 which is EPLMN.
  • UE_A10 may store the "received second rejected S-NSSAI" in the "second rejected NSSAI # 1 associated with PLMN # 1 and PLMN # 2 and the current registration area".
  • UE_A10 will set the S-NSSAI associated with the received rejection reason value "S-NSSAI not possible in the current registration area" to "TAI". It may be stored as a second rejected NSSAI associated with the EPLMN to which the TAI contained in the list belongs and the current access type.
  • the different one or more PLMNs are EPLMNs and UE_A10 is the "second rejected S- received.
  • NSSAI may be stored only in "one second rejected NSSAI associated with the RPLMN and the current access type". In other words, even if the TAI contained in the registration area stored in the UE_A10 belongs to one or more PLMNs different from the RPLMN, the UE_A10 will display the "received second rejected S-NSSAI" as the different one. Alternatively, it does not have to be stored as the second rejected NSSAI associated with multiple PLMNs.
  • TAI # 1 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is RPLMN
  • TAI # 2 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is EPLMN. If so, UE_A10 stores and / or adds the "received second rejected S-NSSAI" only to the "second rejected NSSAI # 1 associated with PLMN # 1 and the current access type". good.
  • UE_A10 receives the rejection reason value "S-NSSAI not possible due to NSSAA failure or cancellation" and the rejected S-NSSAI associated with the rejection reason value, UE_A10 will receive the S-NSSAI, the current May be added to the third rejection NSSAI associated with the PLMN.
  • S-NSSAI included in the received rejected NSSAI may be deleted from "allowed NSSAI stored by UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN".
  • the S-NSSAI included in the received rejected NSSAI may be deleted from the "pending NSSAI stored by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the rejected NSSAI, the mapped S-NSSA or S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from the "pending NSSAI that the UE_A10 remembers and is associated with all PLMNs". .. Further, when UE_A10 receives rejected NSSAI, S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from "pending NSSAI stored by UE_A10 and associated with EPLMN".
  • the S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from the "first NSSAI stored by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". Or, when UE_A10 receives allowed NSSAI, delete the mapped S-NSSA or S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI from "the first NSSAI that UE_A10 remembers and is associated with all PLMNs”. It's okay.
  • the S-NSSAI included in the received rejected NSSAI may be deleted from the "pending NSSAI stored by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the rejected NSSAI, the mapped S-NSSA or S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from the "pending NSSAI that the UE_A10 remembers and is associated with all PLMNs". .. Further, when UE_A10 receives rejected NSSAI, S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from "pending NSSAI stored by UE_A10 and associated with EPLMN".
  • the S-NSSAI included in the received rejected NSSAI may be deleted from the "first NSSAI stored by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". Furthermore, when UE_A10 receives rejected NSSAI, it deletes the mapped S-NSSA or S-NSSAI contained in the received allowed NSSAI from "the first NSSAI that UE_A10 remembers and is associated with all PLMNs". It's okay. Further, when UE_A10 receives rejected NSSAI, S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from "the first NSSAI stored by UE_A10 and associated with EPLMN".
  • each process that the UE shown above executes based on the reception of each _A10 identification information may be executed during this procedure or after the completion of this procedure, or is executed based on the completion of this procedure after the completion of this procedure. You may.
  • UE_A10 receives a non-registration request message via 5GAN (gNB). By receiving the non-registration request message, UE_A10 can recognize the contents of various identification information included in the non-registration request message.
  • 5GAN 5GAN
  • UE_A10 may send a non-registration acceptance message (DEREGISTRAION ACCEPT message) to AMF140 via 5GAN (or gNB) in response to the reception of the non-registration request message.
  • the non-registration acceptance message is a NAS message sent and received on the N1 interface.
  • the RRC message may be a control message transmitted / received between the UE and 5GAN (or gNB).
  • each device may perform processing based on the information transmitted / received in this procedure based on the completion of the non-registration procedure.
  • UE_A10 may initiate the registration procedure based on the completion of the non-registration procedure.
  • the S-NSSAI included in the Rejected NSSAI in the registration procedure in Chapter 3.2 may be associated with the third and / or the fourth identification information.
  • the Rejected NSSAI included in the non-registration request message may include the S-NSSAI and the third identification information. Then, the UE may store the S-NSSAI and the third identification information in association with each other based on the reception of the Rejected NSSAI. Further, the S-NSSAI may include a fourth identification information, and it may be shown that the fourth identification information is not in a place where the S-NSSAI can be connected, for example. Further, the UE may recognize that the S-NSSAI cannot be used in the connected area based on the reception of the Rejected NSSAI.
  • the setting update command message will be displayed.
  • it may contain information indicating that S-NSSAI is unavailable in the current area.
  • An embodiment of the present invention may be a combination of procedures described in one or more chapters 3. For example, in this embodiment, after the initial registration procedure described in Chapter 3 is completed, the NSSAA procedure may be performed and the UE setting update procedure may be executed.
  • each device may perform one or more movement and periodic registration procedures based on the completion of the initial registration procedure.
  • the NSSAA procedure may be carried out and the network-initiated non-registration procedure may be carried out.
  • the first embodiment (hereinafter referred to as the present embodiment) will be described.
  • the present embodiment an example of the behavior of the UE and each device when the UE moves from the inside to the outside of the service area of S-NSSAI will be described.
  • the UE may receive a registration acceptance message containing the second identification information and / or the third identification information associated with each S-NSSAI contained in allowed NSSAI or Pending NSSSAI during the registration procedure in Chapter 3.2. ..
  • each S-NSSAI included in allowed NSSAI or Pending NSSSAI does not have to be associated with the fourth identification information, and the UE is in the service area of S-NSSAI included in allowed NSSAI or Pending NSSSAI.
  • the UE and each device may be aware of this.
  • AMF may execute the NSSAA procedure in Chapter 3.3 for a specific S-NSSAI (S-NSSAI # 1-1) included in Pending NSSAI. If the UE moves out of the service area of S-NSSAI while NSSAA is being executed, each device of the UE and / or the core network may cancel this procedure, and the UE may cancel this procedure from the pending NSSAI. Information about the NSSAI and / or the area associated with the S-NSSAI may be deleted. Here, the information about the area associated with S-NSSAI may be the third identification information received by the UE in the registration procedure.
  • the UE may move out of the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 and recognize that S-NSSAI # 1-1 cannot be used.
  • the UE may establish a PDU session to a specific S-NSSAI (S-NSSAI # 1-2) included in allowed NSSAI.
  • S-NSSAI # 1-2 S-NSSAI
  • the UE may receive the non-registration request message including the rejected NSSAI described in Chapter 3.5.
  • the rejected NSSAI in the non-registration request message may include S-NSSAI # 1-2, and further, the third and / or the fourth identification information is associated with S-NSSAI # 1-2. good.
  • the UE is located within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, it is permitted to start the PDU session establishment procedure and / or the PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be set to be done. In other words, if the UE is located within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, the PDU session establishment procedure and / or PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1 can be started. It may be set as follows.
  • the UE is located outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, it is prohibited to start the PDU session establishment procedure and / or the PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be set to be done. Furthermore, if the UE is located outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, the PDU session establishment procedure and / or PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1 will not be started. It may be set to.
  • the UE and / network will be based on the movement of the UE from within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 to outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1.
  • a procedure for releasing the PDU session associated with -1 and / or the user plane resource associated with the PDU session may be initiated.
  • the procedure for releasing the PDU session associated with S-NSSAI # 1-1 may be the PDU session release procedure.
  • the network may be a device in the network. Specifically, the network may point to AMF or SMF.
  • the UE will move from Allowed NSSAI to S-NSSAI, which the UE remembers, based on the movement from within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 to the outside of the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. You may delete # 1-1.
  • the UE will change S-NSSAI # 1-1 to Rejected NSSAI based on the move from within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 to the outside of the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. You may include it and memorize it.
  • the Rejected NSSAI may be a Rejected NSSAI for managing an S-NSSAI that cannot be used in the current area.
  • the UE will move from the Pending NSSAI to the S-NSSAI that the UE remembers, based on the move from within the S-NSSAI # 1-1 service area to outside the S-NSSAI # 1-1 service area. You may delete # 1-1.
  • the UE will change S-NSSAI # 1-1 to Rejected NSSAI based on the move from within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 to the outside of the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. You may include it and memorize it.
  • the Rejected NSSAI may be a Rejected NSSAI for managing an S-NSSAI that cannot be used in the current area.
  • the UE and / network will be based on the movement of the UE from within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 to outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. Execution of the NSSAA procedure using -1 may be aborted.
  • the UE and / network will be based on the movement of the UE from within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 to outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. You may set it so that the NSSAA procedure using -1 is not executed. In addition, the UE and / network will be based on the movement of the UE from within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 to outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be set so that the execution of the NSSAA procedure using -1 is prohibited.
  • the second embodiment (hereinafter referred to as the present embodiment) will be described.
  • S-NSSAI # 2 a specific S-NSSAI
  • a UE that has executed a registration procedure outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 2 and received a control message containing rejected NSSAI and the third and / or fourth identification information from the core network is indicated by the third identification information.
  • the UE receives a registration acceptance message or registration refusal message containing the third and / or fourth identification information associated with each S-NSSAI included in rejected NSSSAI. You can do it.
  • the user may be in the service area of S-NSSAI included in rejected NSSAI, and the UE and each device may be aware of this.
  • the UE moves from the rejected NSSAI to the S-.
  • NSSAI may be deleted and the S-NSSAI may be stored in allowed NSSAI. For example, if the UE moves into the service area of S-NSSAI # 2 included in rejected NSSAI, the UE removes S-NSSAI # 2 from rejected NSSAI and adds S-NSSAI # 2 to allowed NSSAI. May be good.
  • the UE may transition to a state in which it is permitted or possible to start the execution of the PDU session establishment procedure using S-NSSAI # 2 and the PDU session change procedure, and the PDU session to S-NSSAI # 2. You may perform the establishment procedure.
  • the UE may move from outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 to inside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 at any time.
  • the UE is located within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, it is permitted to start the PDU session establishment procedure and / or the PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may have been done. Furthermore, if the UE is located within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, it initiates the PDU session establishment procedure and / or the PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1. May be good.
  • the UE is located within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, it is permitted to start the PDU session establishment procedure and / or the PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be set to be done. In other words, if the UE is located within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, the PDU session establishment procedure and / or PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1 can be started. It may be set as follows.
  • the UE is located outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, it is prohibited to start the PDU session establishment procedure and / or the PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may have been done.
  • the UE is located outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, it is prohibited to start the PDU session establishment procedure and / or the PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be set to be done. Furthermore, if the UE is located outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, the PDU session establishment procedure and / or PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1 will not be started. It may be set to.
  • the UE and / network will be based on the movement of the UE from outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 into the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1.
  • the procedure for reestablishing the PDU session associated with -1 and / or the user plane resource associated with the PDU session may be initiated.
  • the procedure for reestablishing the PDU session associated with S-NSSAI # 1-1 may be the PDU session establishment procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1.
  • the network may be a device in the network. Specifically, the network may point to AMF or SMF.
  • the UE will move from Rejected NSSAI to S-NSSAI, which the UE remembers, based on the movement from outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 into the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. You may delete # 1-1.
  • the UE will convert S-NSSAI # 1-1 to Allowed NSSAI based on the move from outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 into the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. You may include it and memorize it.
  • the Rejected NSSAI may be a Rejected NSSAI for managing an S-NSSAI that cannot be used in the current area.
  • the UE and / network will be based on the movement of the UE from outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 into the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1.
  • the NSSAA procedure using -1 may be initiated.
  • the UE and / network will be based on the movement of the UE from outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 into the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1.
  • the NSSAA procedure using -1 may be set to be executed.
  • the UE and / network will be based on the movement of the UE from outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 into the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be set to allow the execution of NSSAA procedures using -1.
  • the network is at least based on the movement of the UE from outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 into the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, at least S-NSSAI # 1-1.
  • the UE setting update procedure or the de-registration procedure may be started using the and the fourth identification information.
  • the network is, at least, based on the movement of the UE from outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 into the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1.
  • a configuration update command message or a DEREGISTRATION REQUEST message containing 1-1 and the fourth identification information may be sent to the UE.
  • the fourth identification information may be information indicating that S-NSSAI # 1-1 cannot be used in the current area.
  • the program for realizing the function of the embodiment according to the present invention may be recorded on a computer-readable recording medium. It may be realized by loading a program recorded on this recording medium into a computer system and executing the program.
  • the term "computer system” as used herein is a computer system built into a device and includes hardware such as an operating system and peripheral devices.
  • the "computer-readable recording medium” is a semiconductor recording medium, an optical recording medium, a magnetic recording medium, a medium that dynamically holds a program for a short time, or another recording medium that can be read by a computer. May be good.
  • each functional block or various features of the device used in the above-described embodiment can be implemented or executed by an electric circuit, for example, an integrated circuit or a plurality of integrated circuits.
  • Electrical circuits designed to perform the functions described herein can be general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), or others.
  • Programmable Logic Devices Discrete Gate or Transistor Logic, Discrete Hardware Components, or Combinations thereof.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor, a conventional processor, a controller, a microcontroller, or a state machine.
  • the electric circuit described above may be composed of a digital circuit or an analog circuit. Further, when an integrated circuit technology that replaces the current integrated circuit appears due to the progress of semiconductor technology, one or a plurality of aspects of the present invention can also use a new integrated circuit according to the technology.
  • the invention of the present application is not limited to the above-described embodiment.
  • an example of the device has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the present invention is not limited to this, and the stationary or non-movable electronic device installed indoors or outdoors, for example, an AV device or a kitchen device. , Cleaning / washing equipment, air conditioning equipment, office equipment, vending machines, and other terminal devices or communication devices such as living equipment.

Abstract

Provided is a communication means for realizing a function relating to management of information for providing, to a UE, a network slicing service corresponding to an area, in 5GS. Provided are a communication means and a method for initial registration and periodic or movement-based registration updating procedures, for the purpose of realizing management of information relating to a UE and a service area for each network slice, in 5GS. Additionally provided are a communication means and a method for: network slice-specific authentication/approval procedures after completion of registration procedures; UE setting updating procedures; and non-registration procedures.

Description

UE(User Equipment)、コアネットワーク装置、AMF(Access and Mobility Management Function)、及びSMF(Session Management Function)UE (User Equipment), core network device, AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function), and SMF (Session Management Function)
 本発明の一態様は、UE(User Equipment)、コアネットワーク装置、AMF(Access and Mobility Management Function)、及びSMF(Session Management Function)に関する。本出願は、2020年5月29日に日本に出願された特願2020-093907号に優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。 One aspect of the present invention relates to UE (User Equipment), core network device, AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function), and SMF (Session Management Function). This application claims priority to Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-093907 filed in Japan on May 29, 2020, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 近年の移動通信システムの標準化活動を行う3GPP(3rd Generation Partnership Project)は、LTE(Long Term Evolution)のシステムアーキテクチャであるSAE(System Architecture Evolution)の検討を行っている。 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project), which is engaged in standardization activities for mobile communication systems in recent years, is studying SAE (System Architecture Evolution), which is an LTE (Long Term Evolution) system architecture.
 また、近年3GPPでは、次世代移動通信システムである5G (5th Generation) 移動通信システムの次世代通信技術やシステムアーキテクチャの検討も行っており、特に、5G移動通信システムを実現するシステムとして、5GS(5G System)の仕様化を行っている(非特許文献1から3を参照)。5GSでは、多種多様な端末をセルラーネットワークに接続する為の技術課題を抽出し、解決策を仕様化している。 In recent years, 3GPP has also been studying the next-generation communication technology and system architecture of 5G (5th Generation) mobile communication systems, which are next-generation mobile communication systems. In particular, 5GS (5GS) is being studied as a system to realize 5G mobile communication systems. 5G System) is being specified (see Non-Patent Documents 1 to 3). 5GS extracts technical issues for connecting a wide variety of terminals to cellular networks and specifies solutions.
 5GS(5G System)では、多種多様なサービスを提供するために、新たなコアネットワークである5GCN(5G Core Network)が検討されている。 In 5GS (5G System), a new core network, 5GCN (5G Core Network), is being considered in order to provide a wide variety of services.
 さらに、5Gでは、特定のサービスタイプや、特定のグループの為に、特定のネットワーク機能や特定のネットワーク特性を提供する、論理ネットワークであるネットワークスライスが規定された。例えば、ネットワークスライスは、低遅延機能を備える端末の為に提供される論理ネットワークであってもよいし、IoT(Internet of Things)に用いられるセンサー端末の為に提供される論理ネットワークであってもよい。 Furthermore, 5G defines network slices, which are logical networks that provide specific network functions and specific network characteristics for specific service types and specific groups. For example, the network slice may be a logical network provided for a terminal having a low latency function, or may be a logical network provided for a sensor terminal used for IoT (Internet of Things). good.
 3GPPでは、更に、ネットワークスライスに関連する更なる機能を検討するために、eNS(Enhancement of Network Slicing)の検討が行われている。3GPPでは、eNSのフェーズ2の検討として、ネットワークスライス毎にUEがアクセス可能なサービスエリア(area of service)を規定し、エリアに応じてUEにサービスを提供するための機能の追加を検討している(非特許文献4、5を参照)。 In 3GPP, eNS (Enhancement of Network Slicing) is being studied in order to further study further functions related to network slicing. In 3GPP, as a study of Phase 2 of eNS, a service area (area of service) that can be accessed by the UE is defined for each network slice, and the addition of a function to provide services to the UE according to the area is considered. (See Non-Patent Documents 4 and 5).
 しかし、上記の要求を満たすための実現方法が明確になっていない。 However, the implementation method to meet the above requirements has not been clarified.
 本発明の一態様は、以上のような事情を鑑みてなされたものであり、5GSにおけるeNSのための機能の実現方法を提供することである。 One aspect of the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and is to provide a method for realizing a function for eNS in 5GS.
 本発明の一態様の、制御部と送受信部とを備えるUE(User Equipment)は、前記送受信部は、制御装置から、第1の識別情報を含む制御メッセージを受信し、前記制御メッセージが、登録受諾メッセージ、又は設定更新コマンドである場合、前記第1の識別情報は、Allowed NSSAI(Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)、又はRejected NSSAIであり、前記制御メッセージが、登録拒絶メッセージ、又は非登録要求メッセージである場合、前記第1の識別情報は、Rejected NSSAIであり、前記第1の識別情報は、S-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)とエリア情報とを含み、前記制御部は、前記第1の識別情報の受信に基づいて、前記S-NSSAIと前記エリア情報とを対応付けて記憶し、前記第1の識別情報が、Rejected NSSAIである場合、前記S-NSSAIは、理由値を含み、前記理由値は、前記S-NSSAIに接続できる場所にいないことを示し、前記第1の識別情報の受信に基づいて、さらに、接続しているエリアにおいて、前記S-NSSAIが使用不可能であることを認識する、ことを特徴とする。 In the UE (User Equipment) including the control unit and the transmission / reception unit according to one aspect of the present invention, the transmission / reception unit receives a control message including the first identification information from the control device, and the control message is registered. In the case of an acceptance message or a setting update command, the first identification information is Allowed NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) or Rejected NSSAI, and the control message is a registration refusal message or a non-registration request message. If there is, the first identification information is Rejected NSSAI, the first identification information includes S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) and area information, and the control unit is the first. Based on the reception of the identification information of, the S-NSSAI and the area information are stored in association with each other, and when the first identification information is Rejected NSSAI, the S-NSSAI includes a reason value. The reason value indicates that the user is not in a place where the S-NSSAI can be connected, and based on the reception of the first identification information, the S-NSSAI cannot be used in the connected area. It is characterized by recognizing that.
 本発明の一態様の、コアネットワーク装置は、制御部と、送受信部とを備え、前記送受信部は、UE(User Equipment)から、UEの能力情報を含む登録要求メッセージを受信し、前記UEに、第1の識別情報を含む登録受諾メッセージを送信し、前記第1の識別情報は、Allowed NSSAI(Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)、Rejected NSSAI、又はPending NSSAIであり、前記第1の識別情報は、S-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)を含み、前記UEの能力情報が、前記UEがarea of serviceをサポートしていることを示す場合、前記第1の識別情報は、さらに、前記S-NSSAIに関連づけられたエリア情報を含む、ことを特徴とする。 The core network device according to one aspect of the present invention includes a control unit and a transmission / reception unit, and the transmission / reception unit receives a registration request message including UE capability information from a UE (User Equipment) and sends the UE to the UE. , A registration acceptance message including the first identification information is transmitted, and the first identification information is Allowed NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information), Rejected NSSAI, or Pending NSSAI, and the first identification information is When the capability information of the UE includes S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) and indicates that the UE supports the area of service, the first identification information further includes the S-. It is characterized by including area information associated with NSSAI.
 本発明の一態様の、UE(User Equipment)は、制御部と、送受信部とを備え、前記送受信部は、制御装置から、第1の識別情報とネットワークの能力情報を含む制御メッセージを受信し、前記ネットワークの能力情報が、ネットワークがarea of serviceをサポートしていることを示す場合、前記第1の識別情報は、S-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)とエリア情報とを含み、前記制御部は、前記第1の識別情報の受信に基づいて、前記S-NSSAIと前記エリア情報とを対応付けて記憶する、ことを特徴とする。 The UE (User Equipment) according to one aspect of the present invention includes a control unit and a transmission / reception unit, and the transmission / reception unit receives a control message including first identification information and network capability information from the control device. When the capability information of the network indicates that the network supports the area of service, the first identification information includes S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) and the area information. The control unit is characterized in that the S-NSSAI and the area information are associated and stored in association with each other based on the reception of the first identification information.
 本発明の一態様の、UE(User Equipment)は、記憶部と、制御部と、送受信部とを備え、前記記憶部は、S-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)とエリア情報とを対応付けて記憶し、前記制御部は、前記S-NSSAIに対応付けたPDU(Protocol Data Unit)セッションを確立し、前記UEが、前記エリア情報が示すエリアの内から、前記エリア情報が示すエリアの外に移動した場合、前記送受信部は、前記PDUセッションを解放するための、PDUセッション解放手続きを実施し、前記制御部は、allowed NSSAIから、前記S-NSSAIを削除し、rejected NSSAIに、前記S-NSSAIに記憶し、前記S-NSSAIを用いた、PDUセッション確立手続き、及びPDUセッション変更手続きの開始が禁止されるように、前記送受信部を設定する、ことを特徴とする。 The UE (User Equipment) according to one aspect of the present invention includes a storage unit, a control unit, and a transmission / reception unit, and the storage unit corresponds to S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) and area information. Attached and stored, the control unit establishes a PDU (Protocol Data Unit) session associated with the S-NSSAI, and the UE indicates the area indicated by the area information from the area indicated by the area information. When moving outside, the transmission / reception unit performs a PDU session release procedure for releasing the PDU session, and the control unit deletes the S-NSSAI from the allowed NSSAI and sends the rejected NSSAI to the above. It is characterized in that the transmission / reception unit is set so as to be stored in S-NSSAI and the start of the PDU session establishment procedure and the PDU session change procedure using the S-NSSAI is prohibited.
 本発明の一態様の、UE(User Equipment)は、記憶部と、制御部と、送受信部とを備え、前記記憶部は、S-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)とエリア情報とを対応付けて記憶し、前記UEが、前記エリア情報が示すエリアの外から、前記エリア情報が示すエリアの内に移動した場合、前記制御部は、rejected NSSAI(Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)から、前記S-NSSAIを削除し、allowed NSSAIに、前記S-NSSAIに記憶し、前記S-NSSAIを用いた、PDUセッション確立手続き、及びPDUセッション変更手続きの開始が許可されるように、前記送受信部を設定する、ことを特徴とする。 The UE (User Equipment) according to one aspect of the present invention includes a storage unit, a control unit, and a transmission / reception unit, and the storage unit corresponds to S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) and area information. When the UE moves from outside the area indicated by the area information to the inside of the area indicated by the area information, the control unit receives the S from rejected NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information). -Delete NSSAI and set the transmitter / receiver so that allowed NSSAI stores in the S-NSSAI and allows the start of the PDU session establishment procedure and PDU session change procedure using the S-NSSAI. It is characterized by doing.
 本発明の一態様の、UE(User Equipment)は、制御部と、送受信部とを備え、前記送受信部は、制御装置から、Pending NSSAI(Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)を含む登録受諾メッセージを受信し前記Pending NSSAIは、S-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)とエリア情報とを含み、前記送受信部、前記Pending NSSAIの受信に基づいて、前記S-NSSAIを用いたネットワークスライス認証承認手続きを実行し、前記制御部は、前記ネットワークスライス認証承認手続きの実行中に、前記エリア情報が示すエリア外に移動した場合に、前記Pending NSSAIから前記S-NSSAIと前記エリア情報を削除する、ことを特徴とする。 The UE (User Equipment) according to one aspect of the present invention includes a control unit and a transmission / reception unit, and the transmission / reception unit receives a registration acceptance message including Pending NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) from the control device. The Pending NSSAI includes S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) and area information, and executes a network slice authentication approval procedure using the S-NSSAI based on the reception of the transmission / reception unit and the Pending NSSAI. However, the control unit deletes the S-NSSAI and the area information from the Pending NSSAI when the control unit moves out of the area indicated by the area information during the execution of the network slice authentication approval procedure. And.
 本発明の一態様の、コアネットワーク装置は、制御部と、送受信部とを備え、前記送受信部は、UE(User Equipment)に、Pending NSSAI(Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)を含む登録受諾メッセージを送信し、前記Pending NSSAIは、S-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)とエリア情報とを含み、前記送受信部は、前記UEが、前記エリア情報が示すエリアの内に位置している場合、前記S-NSSAIを用いたネットワークスライス認証承認手続きを実行し、前記UEが、前記S-NSSAIを用いたネットワークスライス認証承認手続き中に、前記エリア情報が示すエリアの内から、前記エリア情報が示すエリアの外に移動した場合、前記ネットワークスライス認証承認手続きを中止する、ことを特徴とする。 The core network device according to one aspect of the present invention includes a control unit and a transmission / reception unit, and the transmission / reception unit transmits a registration acceptance message including Pending NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) to a UE (User Equipment). However, the Pending NSSAI includes S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) and area information, and the transmission / reception unit is described when the UE is located in the area indicated by the area information. The network slice authentication approval procedure using S-NSSAI is executed, and the UE indicates an area indicated by the area information from the areas indicated by the area information during the network slice authentication approval procedure using the S-NSSAI. When the user moves out of the network slice authentication approval procedure, the network slice authentication approval procedure is canceled.
 本発明の一態様の、AMF(Access and Mobility Management Function)は、送受信部と、記憶部と、制御部とを備え、前記送受信部は、UE(User Equipment)から、第1のエリアを介して、S-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)を含むrequested NSSAI(Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)を受信し、前記記憶部は、前記S-NSSAIと、前記S-NSSAIに関連付けられたエリア情報を記憶し、前記制御部は、前記S-NSSAIの受信に基づき、前記エリア情報を確認し、前記エリア情報に、前記第1のエリアが含まれていた場合、前記UEが前記エリア情報で示されるエリアにいると判断し、前記エリア情報に、前記第1のエリアが含まれてない場合、前記UEが前記エリア情報で示されるエリアにないと判断する、ことを特徴とする。 An AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function) according to one aspect of the present invention includes a transmission / reception unit, a storage unit, and a control unit, and the transmission / reception unit is from a UE (User Equipment) via a first area. , S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) including requested NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) is received, and the storage unit stores the S-NSSAI and the area information associated with the S-NSSAI. Then, the control unit confirms the area information based on the reception of the S-NSSAI, and if the area information includes the first area, the UE is indicated by the area information. If the area information does not include the first area, it is determined that the UE is not in the area indicated by the area information.
 本発明の一態様の、AMF(Access and Mobility Management Function)は、送受信部と、記憶部と、制御部とを備え、前記送受信部は、UE(User Equipment)から、第1のエリアを介して、登録要求メッセージを受信し、前記記憶部は、前記UEに設定されたS-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)と、前記S-NSSAIに関連付けられたエリア情報を記憶し、前記制御部は、前記登録要求メッセージにrequested NSSAI(Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)が含まれていない場合、前記エリア情報に、前記第1のエリアが含まれていた場合、前記UEが前記エリア情報で示されるエリアにいると判断し、前記エリア情報に、前記第1のエリアが含まれてない場合、前記UEが前記エリア情報で示されるエリアにないと判断する、ことを特徴とする。 An AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function) according to one aspect of the present invention includes a transmission / reception unit, a storage unit, and a control unit, and the transmission / reception unit is from a UE (User Equipment) via a first area. , The storage unit stores the S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) set in the UE and the area information associated with the S-NSSAI, and the control unit receives the registration request message. If the registration request message does not include requested NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information), or if the area information includes the first area, the UE is set to the area indicated by the area information. If the area information does not include the first area, it is determined that the UE is not in the area indicated by the area information.
 本発明の一態様の、SMF(Session Management Function)は、制御部と、送受信部とを備え、前記送受信部は、PDU(Protocol Data Unit)セッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きを実行し、前記制御部は、前記PDUセッションとエリア情報とを対応付けて管理し、前記送受信部は、UE(User Equipment)が、前記エリア情報が示すエリア内から前記エリア情報が示すエリア外に移動したことを示す第1の識別情報をAMF(Access and Mobility Management Function)から受信し、前記制御部は、前記第1の識別情報の受信に基づいて、前記PDUセッションを解放する、又は前記PDUセッションに対応付けられたユーザプレーンリソースを解放する、ことを特徴とする。 An SMF (Session Management Function) according to one aspect of the present invention includes a control unit and a transmission / reception unit, and the transmission / reception unit executes a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU (Protocol Data Unit) session. The control unit manages the PDU session in association with the area information, and the transmission / reception unit has the UE (User Equipment) moved from the area indicated by the area information to the outside of the area indicated by the area information. The first identification information indicating the above is received from the AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function), and the control unit releases the PDU session or corresponds to the PDU session based on the reception of the first identification information. It is characterized by releasing attached user plane resources.
 本発明の一態様によれば、5GSにおいて、eNSのサポートが可能となり、UEがアクセスするエリアに基づくネットワークスライスのサービスの提供が可能となる。 According to one aspect of the present invention, eNS can be supported in 5GS, and a network slice service based on the area accessed by the UE can be provided.
移動通信システム(EPS/5GS)の概略を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the outline of the mobile communication system (EPS / 5GS). 移動通信システム(EPS/5GS)の詳細構成を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the detailed structure of the mobile communication system (EPS / 5GS). UEの装置構成を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the apparatus configuration of UE. 5GSにおけるアクセスネットワーク装置(gNB)の構成を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the structure of the access network apparatus (gNB) in 5GS. 5GSにおけるコアネットワーク装置(AMF/SMF/UPF)の構成を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the structure of the core network apparatus (AMF / SMF / UPF) in 5GS. 登録手続きを説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the registration procedure. Network Slice specific authentication and authorization手続きを説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the Network Slice specific authentication and authorization procedure. UEの設定の変更/更新手続きを説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the change / update procedure of a UE setting. ネットワークが開始する非登録手続きを説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the non-registration procedure which a network starts.
 以下、図面を参照して本発明の一態様を実施する為に最良の形態について説明する。尚、本実施形態では1例として、本発明の一態様を適用した場合の移動通信システムの実施形態について説明する。 Hereinafter, the best mode for carrying out one aspect of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. In this embodiment, as an example, an embodiment of a mobile communication system to which one aspect of the present invention is applied will be described.
 [1. システムの概要]
 まず、図1は、各実施形態で使用される移動通信システム1の概略を説明する為の図であり、図2は、その移動通信システム1の詳細構成を説明する為の図である。
[1. System overview]
First, FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining the outline of the mobile communication system 1 used in each embodiment, and FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining a detailed configuration of the mobile communication system 1.
 図1には、移動通信システム1は、UE_A10、アクセスネットワーク_A80、コアネットワーク_A90、PDN(Packet Data Network)_A5、アクセスネットワーク_B120、コアネットワーク_B190、DN(Data Network)_A6により構成されることが記載されている。 In FIG. 1, the mobile communication system 1 is composed of UE_A10, access network_A80, core network_A90, PDN (PacketDataNetwork) _A5, access network_B120, core network_B190, and DN (DataNetwork) _A6. It is stated that
 以下では、これらの装置・機能について、UE、アクセスネットワーク_A、コアネットワーク_A、PDN、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DN等のように、記号を省略して記載する場合がある。 In the following, these devices / functions may be described by omitting symbols such as UE, access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, DN, etc. ..
 また、図2には、UE_A10、E-UTRAN80、MME40、SGW35、PGW-U30、PGW-C32、PCRF60、HSS50、5G AN120、AMF140、UPF130、SMF132、PCF160、UDM150、N3IWF170等の装置・機能、及びこれらの装置・機能を互いに接続するインターフェースが記載されている。 In addition, Fig. 2 shows the devices / functions of UE_A10, E-UTRAN80, MME40, SGW35, PGW-U30, PGW-C32, PCRF60, HSS50, 5GAN120, AMF140, UPF130, SMF132, PCF160, UDM150, N3IWF170, etc. An interface for connecting these devices / functions to each other is described.
 以下では、これらの装置・機能について、UE、E-UTRAN、MME、SGW、PGW-U、PGW-C、PCRF、HSS、5G AN、AMF、UPF、SMF、PCF、UDM、N3IWF等のように、記号を省略して記載する場合がある。 In the following, these devices / functions are described as UE, E-UTRAN, MME, SGW, PGW-U, PGW-C, PCRF, HSS, 5GAN, AMF, UPF, SMF, PCF, UDM, N3IWF, etc. , Symbol may be omitted.
 尚、4GシステムであるEPS(Evolved Packet System)は、アクセスネットワーク_A及びコアネットワーク_Aを含んで構成されるが、さらにUE及び/又はPDNが含まれてもよい。また、5Gシステムである5GS(5G System)は、UE、アクセスネットワーク_B及びコアネットワーク_Bを含んで構成されるが、さらにDNが含まれてもよい。 The EPS (Evolved Packet System), which is a 4G system, is configured to include an access network_A and a core network_A, but may further include a UE and / or a PDN. Further, the 5GS (5G System), which is a 5G system, is configured to include a UE, an access network_B, and a core network_B, but may further include a DN.
 UEは、3GPPアクセス(3GPPアクセスネットワーク、3GPP ANとも称する)及び/又はnon-3GPPアクセス(non-3GPPアクセスネットワーク、non-3GPP ANとも称する)を介して、ネットワークサービスに対して接続可能な装置である。UEは、携帯電話やスマートフォン等の無線通信が可能な端末装置であってよく、EPSにも5GSにも接続可能な端末装置であってよい。UEは、UICC(Universal Integrated Circuit Card)やeUICC(Embedded UICC)を備えてもよい。尚、UEのことをユーザ装置と表現してもよいし、端末装置と表現してもよい。 UE is a device that can connect to network services via 3GPP access (3GPP access network, also called 3GPPAN) and / or non-3GPP access (non-3GPP access network, also called non-3GPPAN). be. The UE may be a terminal device capable of wireless communication such as a mobile phone or a smartphone, and may be a terminal device capable of connecting to EPS or 5GS. The UE may be equipped with a UICC (Universal Integrated Circuit Card) or an eUICC (Embedded UICC). The UE may be expressed as a user device or a terminal device.
 また、アクセスネットワーク_Aは、E-UTRAN(Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network)及び/又は無線LANアクセスネットワークに対応する。E-UTRANには、1以上のeNB(evolved Node B)45が配置される。尚、以下では、eNB45は、eNBのように記号を省略して記載する場合がある。また、複数のeNBがある場合は、各eNBは、例えばX2インターフェースにより、互いに接続されている。また、無線LANアクセスネットワークには、1以上のアクセスポイントが配置される。 In addition, the access network_A corresponds to E-UTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) and / or wireless LAN access network. One or more eNB (evolved Node B) 45 are arranged in E-UTRAN. In the following, eNB45 may be described by omitting a symbol like eNB. If there are a plurality of eNBs, each eNB is connected to each other by, for example, an X2 interface. In addition, one or more access points are arranged in the wireless LAN access network.
 また、アクセスネットワーク_Bは、5Gアクセスネットワーク(5G AN)に対応する。5G ANは、NG-RAN(NG Radio Access Network)及び/又はnon-3GPP アクセスネットワークで構成される。NG-RANには、1以上のgNB(NR NodeB)122が配置される。尚、以下では、gNB122は、eNBのように記号を省略して記載する場合がある。gNBは、NR(New Radio)ユーザプレーンと制御プレーンをUEに提供するノードであり、5GCNに対してNGインターフェース(N2インターフェース又はN3インターフェースを含む)を介して接続するノードである。すなわち、gNBは、5GSのために新たに設計された基地局装置であり、4GシステムであるEPSで使用されていた基地局装置(eNB)とは異なる機能を有する。また、複数のgNBがある場合は、各gNBは、例えばXnインターフェースにより、互いに接続している。 In addition, access network_B corresponds to 5G access network (5GAN). 5GAN is composed of NG-RAN (NG Radio Access Network) and / or non-3GPP access network. One or more gNB (NR Node B) 122s are placed in the NG-RAN. In the following, gNB122 may be described by omitting a symbol like eNB. The gNB is a node that provides the NR (New Radio) user plane and the control plane to the UE, and is a node that connects to the 5GCN via an NG interface (including an N2 interface or an N3 interface). That is, gNB is a base station device newly designed for 5GS and has a different function from the base station device (eNB) used in EPS, which is a 4G system. When there are a plurality of gNBs, each gNB is connected to each other by, for example, an Xn interface.
 また、non-3GPP アクセスネットワークは、信頼できない非3GPP(untrusted non-3GPP)アクセスネットワークであってもよいし、信頼できる非3GPP(trusted non-3GPP)アクセスネットワークであってもよい。ここで、信頼できない非3GPPアクセスネットワークは、例えば公衆無線LANなど、アクセスネットワーク内でセキュリティ管理を行わないnon-3GPPアクセスネットワークであってよい。一方で、信頼できる非3GPPアクセスネットワークは、3GPPが規定するアクセスネットワークであってよく、TNAP(trusted non-3GPP access point)とTNGF(trusted non-3GPP Gateway function)を備えていてもよい。 Further, the non-3GPP access network may be an untrusted non-3GPP (untrusted non-3GPP) access network or a trusted non-3GPP (trusted non-3GPP) access network. Here, the unreliable non-3GPP access network may be a non-3GPP access network that does not perform security management in the access network, for example, a public wireless LAN. On the other hand, the reliable non-3GPP access network may be an access network defined by 3GPP, and may include TNAP (trusted non-3GPP access point) and TNGF (trusted non-3GPP Gateway function).
 また、以下では、E-UTRANやNG-RANは、3GPPアクセスと称することがある。また、無線LANアクセスネットワークやnon-3GPP ANは、non-3GPPアクセスと称することがある。また、アクセスネットワーク_Bに配置されるノードを、まとめてNG-RANノードとも称することがある。 In the following, E-UTRAN and NG-RAN may be referred to as 3GPP access. In addition, wireless LAN access network and non-3GPP AN may be referred to as non-3GPP access. In addition, the nodes arranged in the access network_B may be collectively referred to as NG-RAN nodes.
 また、以下では、アクセスネットワーク_A、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_B、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_Aに含まれる装置、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_Bに含まれる装置は、アクセスネットワーク、又はアクセスネットワーク装置と称する場合がある。 In the following, the device included in the access network_A and / or the access network_B and / or the access network_A, and / or the device included in the access network_B is the access network or the access network device. May be called.
 また、コアネットワーク_Aは、EPC(Evolved Packet Core)に対応する。EPCには、例えば、MME(Mobility Management Entity)、SGW(Serving Gateway)、PGW(Packet Data Network Gateway)-U、PGW-C、PCRF(Policy and Charging Rules Function)、HSS(Home Subscriber Server)等が配置される。 In addition, core network_A corresponds to EPC (Evolved Packet Core). EPC includes, for example, MME (Mobility Management Entity), SGW (Serving Gateway), PGW (Packet Data Network Gateway) -U, PGW-C, PCRF (Policy and Charging Rules Function), HSS (Home Subscriber Server), etc. Be placed.
 また、コアネットワーク_Bは、5GCN(5G Core Network)に対応する。5GCNには、例えば、AMF(Access and Mobility Management Function)、UPF(User Plane Function)、SMF(Session Management Function)、PCF(Policy Control Function)、UDM(Unified Data Management)等が配置される。ここで、5GCNは、5GCと表現されてもよい。 In addition, core network_B corresponds to 5GCN (5G Core Network). For example, AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function), UPF (User Plane Function), SMF (Session Management Function), PCF (Policy Control Function), UDM (Unified Data Management) and the like are arranged in 5GCN. Here, 5GCN may be expressed as 5GC.
 また、以下では、コアネットワーク_A、及び/又はコアネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_Aに含まれる装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク_Bに含まれる装置は、コアネットワーク、又はコアネットワーク装置又はコアネットワーク内装置と称する場合がある。 In the following, the core network_A and / or the core network_B, the device included in the core network_A, and / or the device included in the core network_B are the core network, or the core network device or the core network. Sometimes referred to as an internal device.
 コアネットワーク(コアネットワーク_A及び/又はコアネットワーク_B)は、アクセスネットワーク(アクセスネットワーク_A及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_B)と、PDN及び/又はDNとを接続した移動体通信事業者(Mobile Network Operator; MNO)が運用するIP移動通信ネットワークの事であってもよいし、移動通信システム1を運用、管理する移動体通信事業者の為のコアネットワークでもよいし、MVNO(Mobile Virtual Network Operator)や、MVNE(Mobile Virtual Network Enabler)等の仮想移動通信事業者や仮想移動体通信サービス提供者の為のコアネットワークでもよい。 The core network (core network_A and / or core network_B) is a mobile network operator (Mobile) that connects the access network (access network_A and / or access network_B) with the PDN and / or DN. It may be an IP mobile communication network operated by Network Operator; MNO), it may be a core network for a mobile communication operator that operates and manages mobile communication system 1, or it may be an MVNO (Mobile Virtual Network Operator). ), MVNE (Mobile Virtual Network Enabler), and other virtual mobile communication operators and virtual mobile communication service providers.
 コアネットワーク(コアネットワーク_A及び/又はコアネットワーク_B)と、アクセスネットワーク(アクセスネットワーク_A及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_B)は、移動体通信事業者毎に異なってもよい。 The core network (core network_A and / or core network_B) and the access network (access network_A and / or access network_B) may be different for each mobile communication operator.
 また、図1では、PDNとDNが同一である場合が記載されているが、異なっていてもよい。PDNは、UEに通信サービスを提供するDN(Data Network)であってよい。尚、DNは、パケットデータサービス網として構成されてもよいし、サービス毎に構成されてもよい。さらに、PDNは、接続された通信端末を含んでもよい。従って、PDNと接続する事は、PDNに配置された通信端末やサーバ装置と接続する事であってもよい。さらに、PDNとの間でユーザデータを送受信する事は、PDNに配置された通信端末やサーバ装置とユーザデータを送受信する事であってもよい。尚、PDNのことをDNと表現してもよいし、DNのことをPDNと表現してもよい。 Also, in Fig. 1, the case where PDN and DN are the same is described, but they may be different. The PDN may be a DN (Data Network) that provides a communication service to the UE. The DN may be configured as a packet data service network or may be configured for each service. Further, the PDN may include a connected communication terminal. Therefore, connecting to the PDN may be connecting to a communication terminal or server device arranged in the PDN. Further, sending and receiving user data to and from the PDN may be sending and receiving user data to and from a communication terminal or server device arranged in the PDN. Note that PDN may be expressed as DN, and DN may be expressed as PDN.
 また、以下では、アクセスネットワーク_A、コアネットワーク_A、PDN、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DNの少なくとも一部、及び/又はこれらに含まれる1以上の装置を、ネットワーク又はネットワーク装置と呼称する場合がある。つまり、ネットワーク及び/又はネットワーク装置が、メッセージを送受信する、及び/又は手続きを実行するということは、アクセスネットワーク_A、コアネットワーク_A、PDN、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DNの少なくとも一部、及び/又はこれらに含まれる1以上の装置が、メッセージを送受信する、及び/又は手続きを実行することを意味する。 In the following, access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, at least a part of DN, and / or one or more devices included in these are referred to as a network or network device. May be called. That is, the fact that the network and / or the network device sends and receives messages and / or executes the procedure means that the access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, and DN are used. It means that at least a part and / or one or more devices contained therein send / receive messages and / or perform procedures.
 また、UEは、アクセスネットワークに接続することができる。また、UEは、アクセスネットワークを介して、コアネットワークと接続する事ができる。さらに、UEは、アクセスネットワーク及びコアネットワークを介して、PDN又はDNに接続する事ができる。すなわち、UEは、PDN又はDNとの間で、ユーザデータを送受信(通信)する事ができる。ユーザデータを送受信する際は、IP(Internet Protocol)通信だけでなく、non-IP通信を用いてもよい。 Also, the UE can connect to the access network. The UE can also connect to the core network via the access network. In addition, the UE can connect to the PDN or DN via the access network and core network. That is, the UE can send / receive (communicate) user data with the PDN or DN. When sending and receiving user data, not only IP (Internet Protocol) communication but also non-IP communication may be used.
 ここで、IP通信とは、IPを用いたデータ通信の事であり、IPパケットにより、データの送受信が行われる。IPパケットは、IPヘッダとペイロード部で構成される。ペイロード部には、EPSに含まれる装置・機能や、5GSに含まれる装置・機能が送受信するデータが含まれてよい。また、non-IP通信とは、IPを用いないデータ通信の事であり、IPパケットの構造とは異なる形式により、データの送受信が行われる。例えば、non-IP通信は、IPヘッダが付与されていないアプリケーションデータの送受信によって実現されるデータ通信でもよいし、マックヘッダやEthernet(登録商標)フレームヘッダ等の別のヘッダを付与してUEが送受信するユーザデータを送受信してもよい。 Here, IP communication is data communication using IP, and data is transmitted and received by IP packets. An IP packet is composed of an IP header and a payload part. The payload section may include devices / functions included in EPS and data transmitted / received by devices / functions included in 5GS. In addition, non-IP communication is data communication that does not use IP, and data is transmitted and received in a format different from the structure of IP packets. For example, non-IP communication may be data communication realized by sending and receiving application data to which an IP header is not added, or a UE may add another header such as a Mac header or an Ethernet (registered trademark) frame header. User data to be sent and received may be sent and received.
 また、アクセスネットワーク_A、コアネットワーク_A、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、PDN_A、DN_Aには、図2に記載されない装置が構成されていてもよい。例えば、コアネットワーク_A及び/又はコアネットワーク_B及び/又はPDN_A及び/又はDN_Aには、AUSF(Authentication Server Function)やAAA(Authentication, authorization, and accounting)サーバ(AAA-S)が含まれてもよい。AAAサーバはコアネットワークの外に配置されてもよい。 Further, the access network_A, the core network_A, the access network_B, the core network_B, the PDN_A, and the DN_A may be configured with devices not shown in FIG. For example, core network_A and / or core network_B and / or PDN_A and / or DN_A includes AUSF (Authentication Server Function) and AAA (Authentication, Authorization, and accounting) server (AAA-S). May be good. The AAA server may be located outside the core network.
 ここで、AUSFは、3GPPアクセス及びnon-3GPPアクセスに対する認証機能を備える、コアネットワーク装置である。具体的には、3GPPアクセス及び/又はnon-3GPPアクセスに対する認証の要求をUEから受信し、認証手続きを実行するネットワーク機能部である。 Here, AUSF is a core network device equipped with an authentication function for 3GPP access and non-3GPP access. Specifically, it is a network function unit that receives an authentication request for 3GPP access and / or non-3GPP access from the UE and executes the authentication procedure.
 また、AAAサーバは、AUSFと直接的または他のネットワーク装置を介して間接的に接続する、認証及び承認及び課金機能を備える、装置である。AAAサーバはコアネットワーク内のネットワーク装置であってもよい。なお、AAAサーバは、コアネットワーク_A及び/又はコアネットワーク_Bに含まれず、PLMNに含まれてもよい。つまり、AAAサーバはコアネットワーク装置であってもよいし、コアネットワークの外にある装置であってよい。例えば、AAAサーバは3rd Partyが管理する、PLMN内のサーバ装置であってもよい。 Also, the AAA server is a device that has authentication, approval, and billing functions that connects directly to AUSF or indirectly via other network devices. The AAA server may be a network device in the core network. The AAA server may not be included in the core network_A and / or the core network_B, but may be included in the PLMN. That is, the AAA server may be a core network device or a device outside the core network. For example, the AAA server may be a server device in PLMN managed by 3rd Party.
 なお、図2では、図の簡略化のため、各装置・機能は1つずつ記載したが、移動通信システム1には複数の同様の装置・機能が構成されてもよい。具体的には、移動通信システム1には複数のUE_A10、E-UTRAN80、MME40、SGW35、PGW-U30、PGW-C32、PCRF60、HSS50、5G AN120、AMF140、UPF130、SMF132、PCF160、及び/又はUDM150等の装置・機能が構成されていてもよい。 Although each device / function is described one by one in FIG. 2 for the sake of simplification of the figure, a plurality of similar devices / functions may be configured in the mobile communication system 1. Specifically, the mobile communication system 1 has multiple UE_A10, E-UTRAN80, MME40, SGW35, PGW-U30, PGW-C32, PCRF60, HSS50, 5GAN120, AMF140, UPF130, SMF132, PCF160, and / or UDM150. Devices / functions such as the above may be configured.
 [2. 各装置の構成]
 次に、各実施形態で使用される各装置(UE、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置)の構成について、図を用いて説明する。尚、各装置は、物理的なハードウェアとして構成されてもよいし、汎用的なハードウェア上に構成された論理的な(仮想的な)ハードウェアとして構成されてもよいし、ソフトウェアとして構成されてもよい。また、各装置の持つ機能の少なくとも一部(全部を含む)が、物理的なハードウェア、論理的なハードウェア、ソフトウェアとして構成されてもよい。
[2. Configuration of each device]
Next, the configuration of each device (UE and / or access network device and / or core network device) used in each embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings. Each device may be configured as physical hardware, may be configured as logical (virtual) hardware configured on general-purpose hardware, or may be configured as software. May be done. Further, at least a part (including all) of the functions of each device may be configured as physical hardware, logical hardware, or software.
 尚、以下で登場する各装置・機能内の各記憶部(記憶部_A340、記憶部_A440、記憶部_B540、記憶部_A640、記憶部_B740)は、例えば、半導体メモリ、SSD(Solid State Drive)、HDD(Hard Disk Drive)等で構成されている。また、各記憶部は、出荷段階からもともと設定されていた情報だけでなく、自装置・機能以外の装置・機能(例えば、UE、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置、及び/又はPDN、及び/又はDN)との間で、送受信した各種の情報を記憶する事ができる。また、各記憶部は、後述する各種の通信手続き内で送受信する制御メッセージに含まれる識別情報、制御情報、フラグ、パラメータ等を記憶することができる。また、各記憶部は、これらの情報をUE毎に記憶してもよい。また、各記憶部は、5GSとEPSとの間のインターワークをした場合には、5GS及び/又はEPS内に含まれる装置・機能との間で送受信した制御メッセージやユーザデータを記憶することができる。このとき、N26インターフェースを介して送受信されたものだけでなく、N26インターフェースを介さずに送受信されたものも記憶することができる。 In addition, each storage unit (storage unit_A340, storage unit_A440, storage unit_B540, storage unit_A640, storage unit_B740) in each device / function appearing below may be, for example, a semiconductor memory or SSD (semiconductor memory unit). It consists of Solid State Drive), HDD (Hard Disk Drive), etc. In addition, each storage unit has not only the information originally set from the shipping stage, but also devices / functions other than its own device / function (for example, UE and / or access network device, and / or core network device, and /. Or, various information transmitted / received to / from PDN and / or DN) can be stored. In addition, each storage unit can store identification information, control information, flags, parameters, and the like included in control messages transmitted and received in various communication procedures described later. Further, each storage unit may store such information for each UE. In addition, each storage unit may store control messages and user data sent and received between 5GS and / or devices / functions included in EPS when interwork is performed between 5GS and EPS. can. At this time, not only those transmitted / received via the N26 interface but also those transmitted / received without the N26 interface can be stored.
 [2.1. UEの装置構成]
 まず、UE(User Equipment)の装置構成例について、図3を用いて説明する。UEは、制御部_A300、アンテナ310、送受信部_A320、記憶部_A340で構成されている。制御部_A300、送受信部_A320、記憶部_A340は、バスを介して接続されている。送受信部_A320は、アンテナ310と接続している。
[2.1. UE device configuration]
First, an example of a UE (User Equipment) device configuration will be described with reference to FIG. The UE is composed of a control unit_A300, an antenna 310, a transmission / reception unit_A320, and a storage unit_A340. The control unit_A300, the transmission / reception unit_A320, and the storage unit_A340 are connected via a bus. The transmitter / receiver_A320 is connected to the antenna 310.
 制御部_A300は、UE全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_A300は、必要に応じて、記憶部_A340に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、UEにおける各種の処理を実現する。 Control unit_A300 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire UE. The control unit_A300 realizes various processes in the UE by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_A340 as needed.
 送受信部_A320は、アンテナを介して、アクセスネットワーク内の基地局装置(eNB又はgNB)と無線通信する為の機能部である。すなわち、UEは、送受信部_A320を用いて、アクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置、及び/又はPDN、及び/又はDNとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。 The transmission / reception unit_A320 is a functional unit for wireless communication with the base station device (eNB or gNB) in the access network via the antenna. That is, the UE may send / receive user data and / or control information to / from the access network device and / or the core network device and / or the PDN and / or DN by using the transmission / reception unit_A320. can.
 図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、UEは、送受信部_A320を用いることにより、LTE-Uuインターフェースを介して、E-UTRAN内の基地局装置(eNB)と通信することができる。また、UEは、送受信部_A320を用いることにより、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)と通信することができる。また、UEは、送受信部_A320を用いることにより、N1インターフェースを介してAMFとNAS(Non-Access-Stratum)メッセージの送受信をすることができる。ただし、N1インターフェースは論理的なものであるため、実際には、UEとAMFの間の通信は、5G ANを介して行われる。 Explaining in detail with reference to FIG. 2, the UE can communicate with the base station device (eNB) in the E-UTRAN via the LTE-Uu interface by using the transmission / reception unit_A320. In addition, the UE can communicate with the base station device (gNB) in the 5GAN by using the transmission / reception unit_A320. In addition, the UE can send and receive NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) messages to and from the AMF via the N1 interface by using the transmitter / receiver _A320. However, since the N1 interface is logical, communication between the UE and AMF is actually done via 5GAN.
 記憶部_A340は、UEの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_A340 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of the UE.
 [2.2. gNBの装置構成]
 次に、gNBの装置構成例について、図4を用いて説明する。gNB は、制御部_B500、アンテナ510、ネットワーク接続部_B520、送受信部_B530、記憶部_B540で構成されている。制御部_B500、ネットワーク接続部_B520、送受信部_B530、記憶部_B540は、バスを介して接続されている。送受信部_B530は、アンテナ510と接続している。
[2.2. GNB device configuration]
Next, an example of the device configuration of gNB will be described with reference to FIG. The gNB is composed of a control unit_B500, an antenna 510, a network connection unit_B520, a transmission / reception unit_B530, and a storage unit_B540. The control unit_B500, network connection unit_B520, transmission / reception unit_B530, and storage unit_B540 are connected via a bus. The transmitter / receiver_B530 is connected to the antenna 510.
 制御部_B500は、gNB全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_B500は、必要に応じて、記憶部_B540に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、gNBにおける各種の処理を実現する。 Control unit_B500 is a functional unit that controls the operation and function of the entire gNB. The control unit_B500 realizes various processes in gNB by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B540 as needed.
 ネットワーク接続部_B520は、gNBが、AMF及び/又はUPFと通信する為の機能部である。すなわち、gNBは、ネットワーク接続部_B520を用いて、AMF及び/又はUPFとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。 The network connection part_B520 is a functional part for gNB to communicate with AMF and / or UPF. That is, the gNB can send and receive user data and / or control information to and from the AMF and / or the UPF using the network connection unit_B520.
 送受信部_B530は、アンテナ510を介して、UEと無線通信する為の機能部である。すなわち、gNBは、送受信部_B530を用いて、UEとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。 The transmission / reception unit_B530 is a functional unit for wireless communication with the UE via the antenna 510. That is, the gNB can transmit / receive user data and / or control information to / from the UE by using the transmission / reception unit_B530.
 図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、5G AN内にあるgNBは、ネットワーク接続部_B520を用いることにより、N2インターフェースを介して、AMFと通信することができ、N3インターフェースを介して、UPFと通信することができる。また、gNBは、送受信部_B530を用いることにより、UEと通信することができる。 To explain in detail with reference to FIG. 2, gNB in 5GAN can communicate with AMF via the N2 interface by using the network connection part_B520, and UPF via the N3 interface. Can communicate with. Further, the gNB can communicate with the UE by using the transmission / reception unit_B530.
 記憶部_B540は、gNBの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_B540 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of gNB.
 [2.3. AMFの装置構成]
 次に、AMFの装置構成例について、図5を用いて説明する。AMFは、制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740で構成されている。制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740は、バスを介して接続されている。AMFは、制御プレーンを扱うノードであってよい。
[2.3. AMF device configuration]
Next, an example of the AMF device configuration will be described with reference to FIG. The AMF consists of a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740. The control unit_B700, network connection unit_B720, and storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus. The AMF may be a node that handles the control plane.
 制御部_B700は、AMF全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_B700は、必要に応じて、記憶部_B740に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、AMFにおける各種の処理を実現する。 Control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire AMF. The control unit_B700 realizes various processes in AMF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as needed.
 ネットワーク接続部_B720は、AMFが、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はPCF、及び/又はUDM、及び/又はSCEFと接続する為の機能部である。すなわち、AMFは、ネットワーク接続部_B720を用いて、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はPCF、及び/又はUDM、及び/又はSCEFとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。 The network connection unit_B720 is a functional unit for AMF to connect to the base station equipment (gNB) in 5GAN and / or SMF, and / or PCF, and / or UDM, and / or SCEF. That is, the AMF uses the network connection _B720 to the user between the base station equipment (gNB) in 5GAN and / or the SMF and / or the PCF, and / or the UDM, and / or the SCEF. Data and / or control information can be sent and received.
 図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、5GCN内にあるAMFは、ネットワーク接続部_A620を用いることにより、N2インターフェースを介して、gNBと通信することができ、N8インターフェースを介して、UDMと通信することができ、N11インターフェースを介して、SMFと通信することができ、N15インターフェースを介して、PCFと通信することができる。また、AMFは、ネットワーク接続部_A620を用いることにより、N1インターフェースを介して、UEとNASメッセージの送受信をすることができる。ただし、N1インターフェースは論理的なものであるため、実際には、UEとAMFの間の通信は、5G ANを介して行われる。また、AMFは、N26インターフェースをサポートする場合、ネットワーク接続部_A620を用いることにより、N26インターフェースを介して、MMEと通信することができる。 More specifically with reference to Figure 2, the AMF within the 5GCN can communicate with the gNB via the N2 interface by using the network connection _A620 and with the UDM via the N8 interface. It can communicate, it can communicate with the SMF via the N11 interface, and it can communicate with the PCF via the N15 interface. In addition, AMF can send and receive NAS messages to and from the UE via the N1 interface by using the network connection unit_A620. However, since the N1 interface is logical, communication between the UE and AMF is actually done via 5GAN. In addition, when the AMF supports the N26 interface, it can communicate with the MME via the N26 interface by using the network connection unit_A620.
 記憶部_B740は、AMFの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of AMF.
 尚、AMFは、N2インターフェースを用いたRANとの制御メッセージを交換する機能、N1インターフェースを用いたUEとのNASメッセージを交換する機能、NASメッセージの暗号化及び完全性保護を行う機能、登録管理(Registration management; RM)機能、接続管理(Connection management; CM)機能、到達可能性管理(Reachability management)機能、UE等の移動性管理(Mobility management)機能、UEとSMF間のSM(Session Management)メッセージを転送する機能、アクセス認証(Access Authentication、Access Authorization)機能、セキュリティアンカー機能(SEA; Security Anchor Functionality)、セキュリティコンテキスト管理(SCM; Security Context Management)機能、N3IWF(Non-3GPP Interworking Function)に対するN2インターフェースをサポートする機能、N3IWFを介したUEとのNAS信号の送受信をサポートする機能、N3IWFを介して接続するUEの認証する機能等を有する。 AMF has a function to exchange control messages with RAN using N2 interface, a function to exchange NAS messages with UE using N1 interface, a function to encrypt and protect the integrity of NAS messages, and registration management. (Registration management; RM) function, connection management (CM) function, reachability management (Reachability management) function, mobility management (Mobility management) function such as UE, SM (Session Management) between UE and SMF N2 for message forwarding function, access authentication (Access Authorization) function, security anchor function (SEA; Security Anchor Functionality), security context management (SCM; Security Context Management) function, N3IWF (Non-3GPP Interworking Function) It has a function to support an interface, a function to support transmission / reception of NAS signals with a UE via N3IWF, a function to authenticate a UE connected via N3IWF, and the like.
 また、登録管理では、UEごとのRM状態が管理される。RM状態は、UEとAMFとの間で同期がとられていてもよい。RM状態としては、非登録状態(RM-DEREGISTERED state)と、登録状態(RM-REGISTERED state)がある。RM-DEREGISTERED状態では、UEはネットワークに登録されていないため、AMFにおけるUEコンテキストが、そのUEに対する有効な位置情報やルーティング情報を持っていない為、AMFはUEに到達できない状態である。また、RM-REGISTERED状態では、UEはネットワークに登録されているため、UEはネットワークとの登録が必要なサービスを受信することができる。尚、RM状態は、5GMM状態(5GMM state)と表現されてもよい。この場合、RM-DEREGISTERED状態は、5GMM-DEREGISTERED状態と表現されてもよいし、RM-REGISTERED状態は、5GMM-REGISTERED状態と表現されてもよい。 Also, in registration management, the RM status for each UE is managed. The RM state may be synchronized between the UE and AMF. The RM state includes a non-registered state (RM-DEREGISTERED state) and a registered state (RM-REGISTERED state). In the RM-DEREGISTERED state, the UE is not registered in the network, and the UE context in the AMF does not have valid location information or routing information for the UE, so the AMF cannot reach the UE. Also, in the RM-REGISTERED state, the UE is registered in the network, so the UE can receive services that require registration with the network. The RM state may be expressed as a 5GMM state. In this case, the RM-DEREGISTERED state may be expressed as the 5GMM-DEREGISTERED state, and the RM-REGISTERED state may be expressed as the 5GMM-REGISTERED state.
 言い換えると、5GMM-REGISTEREDは、各装置が、5GMMコンテキストを確立した状態であってもよいし、PDUセッションコンテキストを確立した状態であってもよい。尚、各装置が5GMM-REGISTEREDである場合、UE_A10は、ユーザデータや制御メッセージの送受信を開始してもよいし、ページングに対して応答してもよい。さらに、尚、各装置が5GMM-REGISTEREDである場合、UE_A10は、初期登録のための登録手続き以外の登録手続き、及び/又はサービス要求手続きを実行してもよい。 In other words, 5GMM-REGISTERED may be in a state where each device has established a 5GMM context or a state in which a PDU session context has been established. When each device is 5GMM-REGISTERED, UE_A10 may start sending / receiving user data or control message, or may respond to paging. Further, when each device is 5GMM-REGISTERED, UE_A10 may execute a registration procedure other than the registration procedure for initial registration and / or a service request procedure.
 さらに、5GMM-DEREGISTEREDは、各装置が、5GMMコンテキストを確立していない状態であってもよいし、UE_A10の位置情報がネットワークに把握されていない状態であってもよいし、ネットワークがUE_A10に到達不能である状態であってもよい。尚、各装置が5GMM-DEREGISTEREDである場合、UE_A10は、登録手続きを開始してもよいし、登録手続きを実行することで5GMMコンテキストを確立してもよい。 Furthermore, in 5GMM-DEREGISTERED, each device may be in a state where the 5GMM context has not been established, the location information of UE_A10 may not be known to the network, or the network reaches UE_A10. It may be in an impossible state. If each device is 5GMM-DEREGISTERED, UE_A10 may start the registration procedure or establish the 5GMM context by executing the registration procedure.
 また、接続管理では、UEごとのCM状態が管理される。CM状態は、UEとAMFとの間で同期がとられていてもよい。CM状態としては、非接続状態(CM-IDLE state)と、接続状態(CM-CONNECTED state)がある。CM-IDLE状態では、UEはRM-REGISTERED状態にあるが、N1インターフェースを介したAMFとの間で確立されるNASシグナリング接続(NAS signaling connection)を持っていない。また、CM-IDLE状態では、UEはN2インターフェースの接続(N2 connection)、及びN3インターフェースの接続(N3 connection)を持っていない。一方、CM-CONNECTED状態では、N1インターフェースを介したAMFとの間で確立されるNASシグナリング接続(NAS signaling connection)を持っている。また、CM-CONNECTED状態では、UEはN2インターフェースの接続(N2 connection)、及び/又はN3インターフェースの接続(N3 connection)を持っていてもよい。 Also, in connection management, the CM status for each UE is managed. The CM state may be synchronized between the UE and AMF. The CM state includes a non-connected state (CM-IDLE state) and a connected state (CM-CONNECTED state). In the CM-IDLE state, the UE is in the RM-REGISTERED state, but does not have a NAS signaling connection established with the AMF via the N1 interface. Also, in the CM-IDLE state, the UE does not have an N2 interface connection (N2 connection) or an N3 interface connection (N3 connection). On the other hand, in the CM-CONNECTED state, it has a NAS signaling connection established with AMF via the N1 interface. Further, in the CM-CONNECTED state, the UE may have an N2 interface connection (N2 connection) and / or an N3 interface connection (N3 connection).
 さらに、接続管理では、3GPPアクセスにおけるCM状態と、non-3GPPアクセスにおけるCM状態とで分けて管理されてもよい。この場合、3GPPアクセスにおけるCM状態としては、3GPPアクセスにおける非接続状態(CM-IDLE state over 3GPP access)と、3GPPアクセスにおける接続状態(CM-CONNECTED state over 3GPP access)とがあってよい。さらに、non-3GPPアクセスにおけるCM状態としては、non-3GPPアクセスにおける非接続状態(CM-IDLE state over non-3GPP access)と、non-3GPPアクセスにおける接続状態(CM-CONNECTED state over non-3GPP access)とがあってよい。尚、非接続状態はアイドルモード表現されてもよく、接続状態モードはコネクテッドモードと表現されてもよい。 Furthermore, in connection management, the CM state in 3GPP access and the CM state in non-3GPP access may be managed separately. In this case, the CM state in 3GPP access may be a non-connected state in 3GPP access (CM-IDLE state over 3GPP access) and a connected state in 3GPP access (CM-CONNECTED state over 3GPP access). Furthermore, the CM state in non-3GPP access includes the non-connected state (CM-IDLE state over non-3GPP access) in non-3GPP access and the connection state (CM-CONNECTED state over non-3GPP access) in non-3GPP access. ) And so on. The disconnected state may be expressed as an idle mode, and the connected state mode may be expressed as a connected mode.
 尚、CM状態は、5GMMモード(5GMM mode)と表現されてもよい。この場合、非接続状態は、5GMM非接続モード(5GMM-IDLE mode)と表現されてもよいし、接続状態は、5GMM接続モード(5GMM-CONNECTED mode)と表現されてもよい。さらに、3GPPアクセスにおける非接続状態は、3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM非接続モード(5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access)と表現されてもよいし、3GPPアクセスにおける接続状態は、3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM接続モード(5GMM-CONNECTED mode over 3GPP access)と表現されてもよい。さらに、non-3GPPアクセスにおける非接続状態は、non-3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM非接続モード(5GMM-IDLE mode over non-3GPP access)と表現されてもよいし、non-3GPPアクセスにおける接続状態は、non-3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM接続モード(5GMM-CONNECTED mode over non-3GPP access)と表現されてもよい。尚、5GMM非接続モードはアイドルモード表現されてもよく、5GMM接続モードはコネクテッドモードと表現されてもよい。 The CM state may be expressed as 5GMM mode (5GMM mode). In this case, the non-connected state may be expressed as 5GMM non-connected mode (5GMM-IDLE mode), and the connected state may be expressed as 5GMM connected mode (5GMM-CONNECTED mode). Further, the non-connected state in 3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM non-connected mode (5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access) in 3GPP access, and the connected state in 3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM connection mode (5GMM-) in 3GPP access. It may be expressed as CONNECTED mode over 3GPP access). Further, the non-connected state in non-3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM non-connected mode (5GMM-IDLE mode over non-3GPP access) in non-3GPP access, and the connected state in non-3GPP access is non. -3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM connection mode (5GMM-CONNECTED mode over non-3GPP access). The 5GMM non-connection mode may be expressed as an idle mode, and the 5GMM connection mode may be expressed as a connected mode.
 また、AMFは、コアネットワーク_B内に1以上配置されてもよい。また、AMFは、1以上のNSI(Network Slice Instance)を管理するNFでもよい。また、AMFは、複数のNSI間で共有される共有CPファンクション(CCNF; Common CPNF(Control Plane Network Function))でもよい。 Also, one or more AMFs may be placed in the core network_B. In addition, AMF may be an NF that manages one or more NSIs (Network Slice Instances). Further, the AMF may be a shared CP function (CCNF; Common CPNF (Control Plane Network Function)) shared among a plurality of NSIs.
 尚、N3IWFは、UEが5GSに対してnon-3GPPアクセスを介して接続する場合に、non-3GPPアクセスと5GCNとの間に配置される装置及び/又は機能である。 Note that N3IWF is a device and / or function that is placed between non-3GPP access and 5GCN when the UE connects to 5GS via non-3GPP access.
 [2.4. SMFの装置構成]
 次に、SMFの装置構成例について、図5を用いて説明する。SMFは、制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740で構成されている。制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740は、バスを介して接続されている。SMFは、制御プレーンを扱うノードであってよい。
[2.4. SMF device configuration]
Next, an example of the SMF device configuration will be described with reference to FIG. The SMF consists of a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740. The control unit_B700, network connection unit_B720, and storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus. The SMF may be a node that handles the control plane.
 制御部_B700は、SMF全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_B700は、必要に応じて、記憶部_B740に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、SMFにおける各種の処理を実現する。 Control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire SMF. The control unit_B700 realizes various processes in the SMF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as needed.
 ネットワーク接続部_B720は、SMFが、AMF、及び/又はUPF、及び/又はPCF、及び/又はUDMと接続する為の機能部である。すなわち、SMFは、ネットワーク接続部_B720を用いて、AMF、及び/又はUPF、及び/又はPCF、及び/又はUDMとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。 The network connection part_B720 is a functional part for SMF to connect with AMF and / or UPF, and / or PCF, and / or UDM. That is, the SMF can send and receive user data and / or control information between the AMF and / or the UPF, and / or the PCF, and / or the UDM by using the network connection unit_B720.
 図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、5GCN内にあるSMFは、ネットワーク接続部_A620を用いることにより、N11インターフェースを介して、AMFと通信することができ、N4インターフェースを介して、UPFと通信することができ、N7インターフェースを介して、PCFと通信することができ、N10インターフェースを介して、UDMと通信することができる。 More specifically with reference to Figure 2, the SMF within the 5GCN can communicate with the AMF via the N11 interface by using the network connection _A620 and with the UPF via the N4 interface. It can communicate, it can communicate with the PCF via the N7 interface, and it can communicate with the UDM via the N10 interface.
 記憶部_B740は、SMFの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of SMF.
 SMFは、PDUセッションの確立・修正・解放等のセッション管理(Session Management)機能、UEに対するIPアドレス割り当て(IP address allocation)及びその管理機能、UPFの選択と制御機能、適切な目的地(送信先)へトラフィックをルーティングする為のUPFの設定機能、NASメッセージのSM部分を送受信する機能、下りリンクのデータが到着したことを通知(Downlink Data Notification)する機能、AMF経由でN2インターフェースを介してANに送信されるAN特有の(ANごとの)SM情報を提供する機能、セッションに対するSSCモード(Session and Service Continuity mode)を決定する機能、ローミング機能等を有する。 SMF has session management functions such as establishment / modification / release of PDU sessions, IP address allocation and management functions for UEs, UPF selection and control functions, and appropriate destinations (destination). ), UPF setting function for routing traffic to), function to send and receive SM part of NAS message, function to notify that downlink data has arrived (Downlink Data Notification), AN via N2 interface via AMF It has a function to provide SM information peculiar to AN (for each AN) transmitted to, a function to determine the SSC mode (Session and Service Continuity mode) for the session, a roaming function, and the like.
 [2.5. UPFの装置構成]
 次に、UPFの装置構成例について、図5を用いて説明する。UPFは、制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740で構成されている。制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740は、バスを介して接続されている。UPFは、制御プレーンを扱うノードであってよい。
[2.5. UPF device configuration]
Next, an example of the UPF device configuration will be described with reference to FIG. The UPF consists of a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740. The control unit_B700, network connection unit_B720, and storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus. The UPF may be a node that handles the control plane.
 制御部_B700は、UPF全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_B700は、必要に応じて、記憶部_B740に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、UPFにおける各種の処理を実現する。 Control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire UPF. The control unit_B700 realizes various processes in the UPF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as needed.
 ネットワーク接続部_B720は、UPFが、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はDNと接続する為の機能部である。すなわち、UPFは、ネットワーク接続部_B720を用いて、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はDNとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。 The network connection unit_B720 is a functional unit for the UPF to connect to the base station device (gNB) and / or SMF and / or DN in 5GAN. That is, the UPF uses the network connection _B720 to send and receive user data and / or control information between the base station equipment (gNB) in 5GAN and / or the SMF and / or the DN. Can be done.
 図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、5GCN内にあるUPFは、ネットワーク接続部_A620を用いることにより、N3インターフェースを介して、gNBと通信することができ、N4インターフェースを介して、SMFと通信することができ、N6インターフェースを介して、DNと通信することができ、N9インターフェースを介して、他のUPFと通信することができる。 More specifically with reference to Figure 2, the UPF within the 5GCN can communicate with the gNB via the N3 interface by using the network connection _A620 and with the SMF via the N4 interface. It can communicate, it can communicate with the DN via the N6 interface, and it can communicate with other UPFs via the N9 interface.
 記憶部_B740は、UPFの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of UPF.
 UPFは、intra-RAT mobility又はinter-RAT mobilityに対するアンカーポイントとしての機能、DNに相互接続するための外部PDUセッションポイントとしての機能(つまり、DNとコアネットワーク_Bとの間のゲートウェイとして、ユーザデータを転送する機能)、パケットのルーティング及び転送する機能、1つのDNに対して複数のトラフィックフローのルーティングをサポートするUL CL(Uplink Classifier)機能、マルチホーム(multi-homed)PDUセッションをサポートするBranching point機能、user planeに対するQoS (Quality of Service) 処理機能、上りリンクトラフィックの検証機能、下りリンクパケットのバッファリング、下りリンクデータ通知(Downlink Data Notification)をトリガする機能等を有する。 The UPF acts as an anchor point for intra-RAT mobility or inter-RAT mobility, as an external PDU session point for interconnecting the DN (ie, as a gateway between the DN and the core network_B). Data forwarding function), packet routing and forwarding function, ULCL (Uplink Classifier) function that supports routing of multiple traffic flows to one DN, and multi-homed PDU session support. It has a branching point function, a QoS (Quality of Service) processing function for userplane, a function for verifying uplink traffic, a function for buffering downlink packets, and a function for triggering downlink data notification (Downlink Data Notification).
 また、UPFは、IP通信及び/又はnon-IP通信の為のゲートウェイでもよい。また、UPFは、IP通信を転送する機能を持ってもよく、non-IP通信とIP通信を変換する機能を持っていてもよい。さらに複数配置されるゲートウェイは、コアネットワーク_Bと単一のDNを接続するゲートウェイでもよい。尚、UPFは、他のNFとの接続性を備えてもよく、他のNFを介して各装置に接続してもよい。 The UPF may also be a gateway for IP communication and / or non-IP communication. In addition, the UPF may have a function of transferring IP communication, or may have a function of converting between non-IP communication and IP communication. Further, the multiple gateways may be a gateway connecting the core network_B and a single DN. The UPF may have connectivity with other NFs, or may be connected to each device via the other NFs.
 尚、ユーザプレーン(user plane)は、UEとネットワークとの間で送受信されるユーザデータ(user data)のことである。ユーザプレーンは、PDNコネクション、又はPDUセッションを用いて送受信されてもよい。さらに、EPSの場合、ユーザプレーンは、LTE-Uuインターフェース、及び/又はS1-Uインターフェース、及び/又はS5インターフェース、及び/又はS8インターフェース、及び/又はSGiインターフェースを用いて送受信されてもよい。さらに、5GSの場合、ユーザプレーンは、UEとNG RANとの間のインターフェース、及び/又はN3インターフェース、及び/又はN9インターフェース、及び/又はN6インターフェースを介して送受信されてもよい。以下、ユーザプレーンは、U-Planeと表現されてもよい。 The user plane is user data transmitted and received between the UE and the network. The user plane may be transmitted and received using a PDN connection or a PDU session. Further, in the case of EPS, the user plane may be transmitted and received using the LTE-Uu interface and / or the S1-U interface and / or the S5 interface and / or the S8 interface and / or the SGi interface. Further, in the case of 5GS, the user plane may be transmitted and received via the interface between the UE and NG RAN and / or the N3 interface and / or the N9 interface and / or the N6 interface. Hereinafter, the user plane may be expressed as a U-Plane.
 さらに、制御プレーン(control plane)は、UEの通信制御等を行うために送受信される制御メッセージのことである。制御プレーンは、UEとMMEとの間のNAS (Non-Access-Stratum)シグナリングコネクションを用いて送受信されてもよい。さらに、EPSの場合、制御プレーンは、LTE-Uuインターフェース、及びS1-MMEインターフェースを用いて送受信されてもよい。さらに、5GSの場合、制御プレーンは、UEとNG RANとの間のインターフェース、及びN2インターフェースを用いて送受信されてもよい。以下、制御プレーンは、コントロールプレーンと表現されてもよいし、C-Planeと表現されてもよい。 Furthermore, the control plane is a control message sent and received to control the communication of the UE. The control plane may be transmitted and received using a NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) signaling connection between the UE and the MME. Further, in the case of EPS, the control plane may be transmitted and received using the LTE-Uu interface and the S1-MME interface. Further, in the case of 5GS, the control plane may be transmitted / received using the interface between the UE and NG RAN and the N2 interface. Hereinafter, the control plane may be expressed as a control plane or a C-Plane.
 さらに、U-Plane(User Plane; UP)は、ユーザデータを送受信する為の通信路でもよく、複数のベアラで構成されてもよい。さらに、C-Plane(Control Plane; CP)は、制御メッセージを送受信する為の通信路でもよく、複数のベアラで構成されてもよい。 Furthermore, the U-Plane (User Plane; UP) may be a communication path for transmitting and receiving user data, and may be composed of a plurality of bearers. Further, the C-Plane (Control Plane; CP) may be a communication path for transmitting and receiving control messages, and may be composed of a plurality of bearers.
 [2.6. その他の装置及び/又は機能及び/又は本実施形態における識別情報の説明]
 次に、その他の装置及び/又は機能及び/又は識別情報について説明を行う。
[2.6. Explanation of other devices and / or functions and / or identification information in this embodiment]
Next, other devices and / or functions and / or identification information will be described.
 ネットワークとは、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DNのうち、少なくとも一部を指す。また、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DNのうち、少なくとも一部に含まれる1以上の装置を、ネットワーク又はネットワーク装置と称してもよい。つまり、ネットワークがメッセージの送受信及び/又は処理を実行するということは、ネットワーク内の装置(ネットワーク装置、及び/又は制御装置)がメッセージの送受信及び/又は処理を実行することを意味してもよい。逆に、ネットワーク内の装置がメッセージの送受信及び/又は処理を実行するということは、ネットワークがメッセージの送受信及び/又は処理を実行することを意味してもよい。 The network refers to at least a part of the access network_B, core network_B, and DN. Further, one or more devices included in at least a part of the access network_B, the core network_B, and the DN may be referred to as a network or a network device. That is, the fact that the network performs transmission / reception and / or processing of messages may mean that devices (network devices and / or control devices) in the network execute message transmission / reception and / or processing. .. Conversely, the fact that a device in the network performs transmission / reception and / or processing of a message may mean that the network executes transmission / reception and / or processing of a message.
 また、SM(セッションマネジメント)メッセージ(NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) SMメッセージとも称する)は、SMのための手続きで用いられるNASメッセージであってよく、AMF_A240を介してUE_A10とSMF_A230の間で送受信される制御メッセージであってよい。さらに、SMメッセージには、PDUセッション確立要求(PDU session establishment request)メッセージ、PDUセッション確立受諾(PDU session establishment accept)メッセージ、PDUセッション拒絶(PDU session establishment reject)メッセージ、PDUセッション変更要求(PDU session modification request)メッセージ、PDUセッション変更コマンド(PDU session modification command)メッセージ、PDUセッション変更完了メッセージ(PDU session modification complete)、PDUセッション変更コマンド拒絶(PDU session modification command reject)メッセージ、PDUセッション変更拒絶(PDU session modification reject)メッセージ、PDUセッション解放要求(PDU session release request)メッセージ、PDUセッション解放拒絶(PDU session release reject)メッセージ、PDUセッション解放コマンド(PDU session release command)メッセージ、PDUセッション解放完了(PDU session release complete)メッセージ等が含まれてもよい。また、SMのための手続きまたはSM手続きには、PDUセッション確立手続き(PDU session establishment procedure)、PDUセッション変更手続き(PDU session modification procedure)、PDUセッション解放手続き(UE-requested PDU session release procedure)が含まれてもよい。なお、各手続きは、UEから開始される手続きであってもよいし、NWから開始される手続きであってもよい。 The SM (session management) message (also referred to as NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) SM message) may be a NAS message used in the procedure for SM, and is sent and received between UE_A10 and SMF_A230 via AMF_A240. It may be a control message to be performed. Further, the SM message includes a PDU session establishment request message, a PDU session establishment acceptance message, a PDU session establishment reject message, and a PDU session modification request (PDU session modification). request) message, PDU session modification command (PDU session modification command) message, PDU session modification completion message (PDU session modification complete), PDU session change command rejection (PDU session modification command reject) message, PDU session modification rejection (PDU session modification) reject message, PDU session release request message, PDU session release reject message, PDU session release command message, PDU session release complete (PDU session release complete) A message or the like may be included. In addition, the procedure for SM or SM procedure includes PDU session establishment procedure (PDU session establishment procedure), PDU session modification procedure (PDU session modification procedure), and PDU session release procedure (UE-requested PDU session release procedure). It may be. In addition, each procedure may be a procedure started from UE or a procedure started from NW.
 また、MM(Mobility management)メッセージ(またはNAS MMメッセージとも称する)は、MMのための手続きに用いられるNASメッセージであってよく、UE_A10とAMF_A240の間で送受信される制御メッセージであってよい。さらに、MMメッセージには、登録要求(Registration request)メッセージ、登録受諾(Registration accept)メッセージ、登録拒絶(Registration reject)メッセージ、登録解除要求(De-registration request)メッセージ、登録解除受諾(De-registration accept)メッセージ、configuration updateコマンド(configuration update command)メッセージ、設定更新受諾(configuration update complete)メッセージ、サービス要求(Service request)メッセージ、サービス受諾(Service accept)メッセージ、サービス拒絶(Service reject)メッセージ、通知(Notification)メッセージ、通知応答(Notification response)メッセージ等が含まれてよい。また、MMのための手続きまたはMM手続きは、登録手続き(Registration procedure)、登録解除手続き(De-registration procedure)、ジェネリックUE設定更新(Generic UE configuration update)手続き、認証・承認手続き、サービス要求手続き(Service request procedure)、ページング手続き(Paging procedure)、通知手続き(Notification procedure)が含まれてよい。 Further, the MM (Mobility management) message (also referred to as NASMM message) may be a NAS message used for the procedure for MM, and may be a control message sent / received between UE_A10 and AMF_A240. In addition, the MM messages include a Registration request message, a Registration acceptance message, a Registration reject message, a De-registration request message, and a De-registration accept message. ) Messages, configuration update command messages, configuration update complete messages, service request messages, service accept messages, service reject messages, notifications ) Messages, Notification response messages, etc. may be included. In addition, the procedure for MM or MM procedure is registration procedure (Registration procedure), deregistration procedure (De-registration procedure), generic UE configuration update procedure, authentication / approval procedure, service request procedure ( Service request procedure), paging procedure (Paging procedure), notification procedure (Notification procedure) may be included.
 また、5GS(5G System)サービスは、コアネットワーク_B190を用いて提供される接続サービスでよい。さらに、5GSサービスは、EPSサービスと異なるサービスでもよいし、EPSサービスと同様のサービスでもよい。 Also, the 5GS (5G System) service may be a connection service provided using the core network_B190. Further, the 5GS service may be a service different from the EPS service or a service similar to the EPS service.
 また、non 5GSサービスは、5GSサービス以外のサービスでよく、EPSサービス、及び/又はnon EPSサービスが含まれてもよい。 Further, the non5GS service may be a service other than the 5GS service, and may include an EPS service and / or a non-EPS service.
 また、PDN(Packet Data Network)タイプとは、PDNコネクションのタイプを示すものであり、IPv4、IPv6、IPv4v6、non-IPがある。IPv4が指定された場合、IPv4を用いてデータの送受信を行う事を示す。IPv6が指定された場合は、IPv6を用いてデータの送受信を行う事を示す。IPv4v6が指定された場合は、IPv4又はIPv6を用いてデータの送受信を行う事を示す。non-IPが指定された場合は、IPを用いた通信ではなく、IP以外の通信方法によって通信する事を示す。 The PDN (Packet Data Network) type indicates the type of PDN connection, and includes IPv4, IPv6, IPv4v6, and non-IP. When IPv4 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4. When IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv6. When IPv4v6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4 or IPv6. When non-IP is specified, it indicates that communication is performed by a communication method other than IP, not communication using IP.
 また、PDU(Protocol Data Unit/Packet Data Unit)セッションとは、PDU接続性サービスを提供するDNとUEとの間の関連性として定義することができるが、UEと外部ゲートウェイとの間で確立される接続性であってもよい。UEは、5GSにおいて、アクセスネットワーク_B及びコアネットワーク_Bを介したPDUセッションを確立することにより、PDUセッションを用いて、DNとの間のユーザデータの送受信を行うことができる。ここで、この外部ゲートウェイとは、UPF、SCEF等であってよい。UEは、PDUセッションを用いて、DNに配置されるアプリケーションサーバー等の装置と、ユーザデータの送受信を実行する事ができる。 In addition, a PDU (Protocol Data Unit / Packet Data Unit) session can be defined as a relationship between a DN that provides a PDU connectivity service and a UE, but it is established between the UE and an external gateway. It may be connectivity. By establishing a PDU session via the access network_B and the core network_B in 5GS, the UE can send and receive user data to and from the DN using the PDU session. Here, the external gateway may be UPF, SCEF, or the like. The UE can use the PDU session to send and receive user data to and from devices such as application servers located on the DN.
 尚、各装置(UE、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置)は、PDUセッションに対して、1以上の識別情報を対応づけて管理してもよい。尚、これらの識別情報には、DNN、QoSルール、PDUセッションタイプ、アプリケーション識別情報、NSI識別情報、アクセスネットワーク識別情報、及びSSC modeのうち1以上が含まれてもよいし、その他の情報がさらに含まれてもよい。さらに、PDUセッションを複数確立する場合には、PDUセッションに対応づけられる各識別情報は、同じ内容でもよいし、異なる内容でもよい。 Note that each device (UE and / or access network device and / or core network device) may manage one or more identification information in association with each PDU session. It should be noted that these identification information may include one or more of DNN, QoS rule, PDU session type, application identification information, NSI identification information, access network identification information, and SSC mode, and other information. It may be further included. Further, when a plurality of PDU sessions are established, the identification information associated with the PDU session may have the same content or different contents.
 また、DNN(Data Network Name)は、コアネットワーク及び/又はDN等の外部ネットワークを識別する識別情報でよい。さらに、DNNは、コアネットワーク_B190を接続するPGW_A30/UPF_A235等のゲートウェイを選択する情報として用いることもできる。さらに、DNNは、APN(Access Point Name)に相当するものでもよい。 Further, DNN (Data Network Name) may be identification information that identifies the core network and / or the external network such as DN. Furthermore, DNN can also be used as information for selecting a gateway such as PGW_A30 / UPF_A235 to connect the core network_B190. Further, the DNN may correspond to an APN (Access Point Name).
 また、PDU(Protocol Data Unit/Packet Data Unit)セッションタイプは、PDUセッションのタイプを示すものであり、IPv4、IPv6、Ethernet、Unstructuredがある。IPv4が指定された場合、IPv4を用いてデータの送受信を行うことを示す。IPv6が指定された場合は、IPv6を用いてデータの送受信を行うことを示す。Ethernetが指定された場合は、Ethernetフレームの送受信を行うことを示す。また、Ethernetは、IPを用いた通信を行わないことを示してもよい。Unstructuredが指定された場合は、Point-to-Point(P2P)トンネリング技術を用いて、DNにあるアプリケーションサーバー等にデータを送受信することを示す。P2Pトンネリング技術としては、例えば、UDP/IPのカプセル化技術を用いてもよい。尚、PDUセッションタイプには、上記の他にIPが含まれてもよい。IPは、UEがIPv4とIPv6の両方を使用可能である場合に指定する事ができる。 The PDU (Protocol Data Unit / Packet Data Unit) session type indicates the type of PDU session, and includes IPv4, IPv6, Ethernet, and Unstructured. When IPv4 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4. When IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv6. If Ethernet is specified, it indicates that Ethernet frames will be sent and received. Further, Ethernet may indicate that communication using IP is not performed. When Unstructured is specified, it indicates that data is sent / received to the application server etc. in the DN by using the point-to-point (P2P) tunneling technology. As the P2P tunneling technique, for example, a UDP / IP encapsulation technique may be used. The PDU session type may include an IP in addition to the above. IP can be specified if the UE can use both IPv4 and IPv6.
 また、PLMN(Public land mobile network)は、移動無線通信サービスを提供する通信ネットワークである。PLMNは、(移動体)通信事業者であるオペレータが管理するネットワークであり、PLMN IDにより、オペレータを識別することができる。本稿でPLMNはPLMN IDを意味してもよい。UEのIMSI(International Mobile Subscriber Identity)のMCC(Mobile Country Code)とMNC(Mobile Network Code)と一致するPLMNはHome PLMN(HPLMN)であってよい。訪問先PLMN(Visited PLMN;VPLMN)は、HPLMN又はHEPLMN(Home Equivalent PLMN)と異なるPLMNであってよい。PLMNはコアネットワークを意味してもよい。 PLMN (Public land mobile network) is a communication network that provides mobile wireless communication services. PLMN is a network managed by an operator who is a (mobile) telecommunications carrier, and the operator can be identified by the PLMN ID. In this paper, PLMN may mean PLMN ID. The PLMN that matches the MCC (Mobile Country Code) and MNC (Mobile Network Code) of the IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity) of the UE may be Home PLMN (HPLMN). The visited PLMN (Visited PLMN; VPLMN) may be a PLMN different from HPLMN or HEPLMN (Home Equivalent PLMN). PLMN may mean core network.
 さらに、UEは、USIMに1又は複数のEHPLMN(Equivalent HPLMN、等価HPLMN)を識別するための、Equivalent HPLMN listを保持していてもよい。HPLMN、及び/又はEHPLMNと異なるPLMNはVPLMN(Visited PLMN又はvPLMN)であってよい。 Furthermore, the UE may have an Equivalent HPLMN list for identifying one or more EHPLMNs (Equivalent HPLMN, equivalent HPLMN) in USIM. The PLMN different from HPLMN and / or EHPLMN may be VPLMN (Visited PLMN or vPLMN).
 UEが登録を成功したPLMNはRPLMN(Registered PLMN、登録PLMN)であってよい。各装置は、UEのPLMN選択においてRPLMNと等価に使用できる、1又は複数のEPLMN(Equivalent PLMN、等価PLMN)を識別するためのEquivalent PLMN listをRPLMNから受信、及び/又は保持、及び/又は記憶してもよい。 The PLMN that the UE has successfully registered may be an RPLMN (Registered PLMN, registered PLMN). Each device receives, / or retains, and / or stores an Equivalent PLMN list from the RPLMN to identify one or more EPLMNs (Equivalent PLMN, equivalent PLMN) that can be used equivalently to the RPLMN in the PLMN selection of the UE. You may.
 現在のPLMN(current PLMN)とは、UEが要求するPLMN、及び/又はUEが選択したPLMN、及び/又はRPLMN、及び/又はネットワークが許可したPLMN、及び/又はメッセージを送受信するコアネットワーク装置が属するPLMNであってもよい。 The current PLMN (current PLMN) is the PLMN requested by the UE and / or the PLMN selected by the UE and / or the RPLMN, and / or the PLMN permitted by the network, and / or the core network device that sends and receives messages. It may be the PLMN to which it belongs.
 要求するPLMNとは、UEがメッセージを送信する際の、メッセージの送信先ネットワークを意味する。具体的には、UEがメッセージを送信する際に、UEにより選択されたPLMNであってよい。要求するPLMNは、UEが要求するPLMNであり、現在のPLMNであってもよい。また、UEが登録状態においては、要求するPLMNは登録PLMNであってもよい。 The requested PLMN means the network to which the message is sent when the UE sends the message. Specifically, it may be the PLMN selected by the UE when the UE sends a message. The required PLMN is the PLMN requested by the UE and may be the current PLMN. Further, when the UE is in the registered state, the requested PLMN may be the registered PLMN.
 また、SOR透過コンテナ情報要素(SOR (Steering of Roaming) transparent container IE)は、HPLMN及び/又はVPLMNが、ローミングするUEに最適なローミング先ネットワークを示す為の情報が含まれていてよい。具体的には、SOR透過コンテナ情報要素は、 list of preferred PLMN/access technology combinationsを含んでいてよい。 Further, the SOR transparent container information element (SOR (Steering of Roaming) transparent container IE) may include information for indicating the optimum roaming destination network for the UE to be roamed by HPLMN and / or VPLMN. Specifically, the SOR transparent container information element may include list of preferred PLMN / access technology combinations.
 また、SOR透過コンテナ情報要素及び/又はlist of preferred PLMN/access technology combinationsは、PLMN(HPLMN)が、セキュリティ機能により暗号化した"Secured packet"に含まれていてもよく、"Secured packet"と称されることがあってもよい。 In addition, the SOR transparent container information element and / or list of preferred PLMN / access technology combinations may be included in the "Secured packet" encrypted by PLMN (HPLMN) by the security function, and is called "Secured packet". It may be done.
 尚、コアネットワーク内のエンティティの一つである、SORアプリケーションファンクション(Steering of Roaming application function;SOR-AF)が、UDMにlist of preferred PLMN/access technology combinationsを含む情報を提供してもよいし、AMFは、UDMに提供されたlist of preferred PLMN/access technology combinationsを含む情報を参照し、この情報に基づいてSOR透過コンテナ情報要素を生成し、UE送信してもよい。 The SOR application function (SOR-AF), which is one of the entities in the core network, may provide UDM with information including list of preferred PLMN / access technology combinations. The AMF may refer to the information including the list of preferred PLMN / access technology combinations provided to the UDM, generate a SOR transparent container information element based on this information, and send it to the UE.
 ここで、list of preferred PLMN/access technology combinationsは、PLMN(preferred PLMN)とアクセス技術(access technology)の組み合わせで構成されるリストであってよく、各組み合わせは、優先順位が高い順に並んでいてよい。 Here, list of preferred PLMN / access technology combinations may be a list composed of a combination of PLMN (preferred PLMN) and access technology (access technology), and each combination may be arranged in descending order of priority. ..
 また、例えば、UEがモビリティによるネットワークの切り替えや、ローミング先での電源投入時に実行される自動モード(Automatic mode)によるPLMN選択において、PLMNとアクセス技術の組み合わせで最も優先順位が高く、使用可能かつ許可可能な組み合わせが選択されてよい。 In addition, for example, in the network switching by mobility of the UE and the PLMN selection by the automatic mode (Automatic mode) executed when the power is turned on at the roaming destination, the combination of PLMN and access technology has the highest priority and can be used. Allowable combinations may be selected.
 また、ネットワークスライス(NS)とは、特定のネットワーク能力及びネットワーク特性を提供する論理的なネットワークである。UE及び/又はネットワークは、5GSにおいて、ネットワークスライス(NWスライス; NS)をサポートすることができる。ネットワークスライスのことを、単にスライスとも呼称する場合がある。 A network slice (NS) is a logical network that provides specific network capabilities and network characteristics. UEs and / or networks can support network slices (NW slices; NS) in 5GS. Network slices may also be referred to simply as slices.
 また、ネットワークスライスインスタンス(NSI)とは、ネットワーク機能(NF)のインスタンス(実体)と、必要なリソースのセットで構成され、配置されるネットワークスライスを形成する。ここで、NFとは、ネットワークにおける処理機能であって、3GPPで採用又は定義されたものである。NSIはコアネットワーク_B内に1以上構成される、NSの実体である。また、NSIはNST(Network Slice Template)を用いて生成された仮想的なNF(Network Function)により構成されてもよい。 A network slice instance (NSI) is composed of an instance (entity) of a network function (NF) and a set of necessary resources, and forms a network slice to be arranged. Here, NF is a processing function in the network and is adopted or defined in 3GPP. NSI is an entity of NS composed of one or more in core network_B. Further, NSI may be configured by a virtual NF (Network Function) generated by using NST (Network Slice Template).
 ここで、NSTとは、要求される通信サービスや能力(capability)を提供する為のリソース要求に関連付けられ、1以上のNFの論理的表現である。つまり、NSIとは、複数のNFにより構成されたコアネットワーク_B190内の集合体でよい。また、NSIはサービス等によって配送されるユーザデータを分ける為に構成された論理的なネットワークでよい。NSには、1以上のNFが構成されてよい。NSに構成されるNFは、他のNSと共有される装置であってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 Here, NST is a logical expression of one or more NFs associated with a resource request for providing the required communication service and capability. In other words, the NSI may be an aggregate in the core network_B190 composed of a plurality of NFs. In addition, NSI may be a logical network configured to separate user data delivered by services and the like. One or more NFs may be configured in NS. The NF configured in the NS may or may not be a device shared with other NSs.
 UE、及び/又ネットワーク内の装置は、NSSAI、及び/又はS-NSSAI、及び/又はUE usage type、及び/又は1以上のNSI ID等の登録情報、及び/又はAPNに基づいて、1以上のNSに割り当てられることができる。尚、UE usage typeは、NSIを識別するための使用される、UEの登録情報に含まれるパラメータ値である。UE usage typeはHSSに記憶されていてよい。AMFはUE usage typeに基づきSMFとUPFを選択してもよい。 UE and / or devices in the network are 1 or more based on NSSAI and / or S-NSSAI and / or UE usage type and / or registration information such as 1 or more NSI IDs and / or APN. Can be assigned to NS. The UE usage type is a parameter value included in the UE registration information used to identify the NSI. The UE usage type may be stored in the HSS. AMF may select SMF and UPF based on UE usage type.
 また、S-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)は、NSを識別するための情報である。S-NSSAIは、SST(Slice/Service type)のみで構成されてもよいし、SSTとSD(Slice Differentiator)の両方で構成されてもよい。ここで、SSTとは、機能とサービスの面で期待されるNSの動作を示す情報である。また、SDは、SSTで示される複数のNSIから1つのNSIを選択する際に、SSTを補間する情報であってもよい。S-NSSAIは、PLMNごとに特有な情報であってもよいし、PLMN間で共通化された標準の情報であってもよい。また、ネットワークは、デフォルトS-NSSAIとして、UEの登録情報に1以上のS-NSSAIを記憶してもよい。尚、S-NSSAIがデフォルトS-NSSAIである場合において、UEが登録要求メッセージにおいて有効なS-NSSAIをネットワークに送信しないときは、ネットワークは、UEに関係するNSを提供してもよい。 In addition, S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) is information for identifying NS. S-NSSAI may be composed only of SST (Slice / Service type), or may be composed of both SST and SD (Slice Differentiator). Here, SST is information indicating the operation of NS expected in terms of functions and services. Further, the SD may be information that interpolates the SST when selecting one NSI from a plurality of NSIs represented by the SST. The S-NSSAI may be information peculiar to each PLMN, or may be standard information shared among PLMNs. Further, the network may store one or more S-NSSAI in the registration information of the UE as the default S-NSSAI. If the S-NSSAI is the default S-NSSAI and the UE does not send a valid S-NSSAI to the network in the registration request message, the network may provide the NS related to the UE.
 また、UEとNW間で送受信されるS-NSSAIは、S-NSSAI IE(Information element)と表現されてもよい。さらに、UEとNW間で送受信されるS-NSSAI IEは、登録PLMNのSST及び/又はSDで構成されるS-NSSAI、及び/又はそのS-NSSAIがマップされたHPLMNのS-NSSAIを示すSST及び/又はSDと、が構成されてもよい。UE及び/又はNWが記憶する一又は複数のS-NSSAIはSST及び/又はSDで構成されてもよいし、SST及び/又はSDで構成されるS-NSSAI、及び/又はそのS-NSSAIがマップされたHPLMNのS-NSSAIを示すSST及び/又はSDと、が構成されてもよい。 Further, the S-NSSAI transmitted / received between the UE and the NW may be expressed as S-NSSAI IE (Information element). Furthermore, the S-NSSAI IE transmitted and received between the UE and NW indicates the S-NSSAI composed of the SST and / or SD of the registered PLMN, and / or the S-NSSAI of the HPLMN to which the S-NSSAI is mapped. SST and / or SD may be configured. One or more S-NSSAIs stored by the UE and / or NW may be composed of SST and / or SD, and S-NSSAI composed of SST and / or SD, and / or S-NSSAI thereof. An SST and / or SD indicating the S-NSSAI of the mapped HP LMN may be configured.
 また、NSSAI(Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)は、S-NSSAIの集まりである。NSSAIに含まれる、各S-NSSAIはアクセスネットワーク又はコアネットワークがNSIを選択するのをアシストする情報である。UEはPLMNごとにネットワークから許可されたNSSAIを記憶してもよい。また、NSSAIは、AMFを選択するのに用いられる情報であってよい。UEは各NSSAI(allowed NSSAI、及び/又はconfigured NSSAI、及び/又はrejected NSSAI、及び/又はpending NSSAI、及び/又は第1のNSSAI)を、PLMNとEPLMNに適用させてよい。 NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) is a collection of S-NSSAI. Each S-NSSAI included in NSSAI is information that assists the access network or core network in selecting NSI. The UE may memorize the NSSAI permitted by the network for each PLMN. Also, NSSAI may be the information used to select AMF. The UE may apply each NSSAI (allowed NSSAI and / or configured NSSAI, and / or rejected NSSAI, and / or pending NSSAI, and / or the first NSSAI) to the PLMN and EPLMN.
 mapped S-NSSAI(マップドS-NSSAI)は、ローミングシナリオにおいて、登録PLMNのS-NSSAIにマッピングされたHPLMNのS-NSSAIである。UEは、configured NSSAIと各アクセスタイプのallowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIにマップされたmapped S-NSSAIを1または複数記憶してよい。さらに、UEは、第1のNSSAI、及び/またはrejected NSSAI、及び/又はpending NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIの、mapped S-NSSAIを1または複数記憶してもよい。 Mapped S-NSSAI is an HPLMN S-NSSAI mapped to the registered PLMN S-NSSAI in a roaming scenario. The UE may store one or more mapped S-NSSAI mapped to the configured NSSAI and the S-NSSAI included in each access type allowed NSSAI. Further, the UE may store one or more mapped S-NSSAI of the first NSSAI and / or the rejected NSSAI and / or the S-NSSAI contained in the pending NSSAI.
 Network Slice-Specific Authentication and Authorization(NSSAA)機能とは、ネットワークスライス特有の認証及び認可を実現する為の機能である。ネットワークスライス特有の認証及び認可では、3rd Partyなどコアネットワーク外でUEの認証及び認可を行うことが出来る。NSSAA機能を備える、PLMN及びネットワーク装置は、UEの登録情報に基づき、あるS-NSSAIに対してNSSAA手続きを実行する事ができる。更に、NSSAA機能を備えるUEは、pending NSSAI及び第3のrejected NSSAIを管理、及び記憶、及び送受信する事ができる。本稿では、NSSAAをネットワークスライス特有の認証及び認可手続きや、認証及び認可手続き、として称する場合がある。 The Network Slice-Specific Authentication and Authorization (NSSAA) function is a function for realizing authentication and authorization peculiar to network slices. With network slice-specific authentication and authorization, UE authentication and authorization can be performed outside the core network such as 3rd Party. PLMN and network devices equipped with NSSAA function can execute NSSAA procedure for a certain S-NSSAI based on the registration information of UE. Further, the UE equipped with the NSSAA function can manage, store, and transmit / receive the pending NSSAI and the third rejected NSSAI. In this paper, NSSAA may be referred to as network slice-specific authentication and authorization procedures and authentication and authorization procedures.
 NSSAAを要するS-NSSAIは、コアネットワーク、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置により管理される、NSSAAを要するS-NSSAIである。さらに、NSSAAを要するS-NSSAIは、コアネットワーク、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置により管理される、NSSAAを要するS-NSSAIがmapped S-NSSAIとなる、HPLMN以外のS-NSSAIであってもよい。 The S-NSSAI that requires NSSAA is the S-NSSAI that requires NSSAA, which is managed by the core network and / or the core network device. Further, the S-NSSAI requiring NSSAA may be an S-NSSAI other than HPLMN, in which the S-NSSAI requiring NSSAA is mapped S-NSSAI, which is managed by the core network and / or the core network device.
 コアネットワーク、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置は、S-NSSAIとNSSAAを要するか否かを示す情報を対応付けて記憶することにより、NSSAAを要するS-NSSAIを記憶してもよい。コアネットワーク、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置は、更に、NSSAAを要するS-NSSAIと、NSSAAが完了しているか否かを示す情報、又はNSSAAが完了し許可又は成功している状態であることを示す情報と、を対応づけて記憶してもよい。コアネットワーク、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置は、NSSAAを要するS-NSSAIをアクセスネットワークに関わらない情報として管理してよい。 The core network and / or the core network device may store S-NSSAI that requires NSSAA by associating and storing information indicating whether S-NSSAI and NSSAA are required. The core network and / or the core network device further indicates S-NSSAI requiring NSSAA and information indicating whether NSSAA is completed, or indicating that NSSAA has been completed, permitted or succeeded. Information may be associated with and stored. The core network and / or the core network device may manage S-NSSAI requiring NSSAA as information not related to the access network.
 また、configured NSSAI(設定NSSAI)は、UEの中に供給され、記憶されているNSSAIである。UEは、PLMNごとにconfigured NSSAIを記憶してもよい。UEはPLMNと関連付けてconfigured NSSAIを記憶してもよい。なお、本稿では、PLMNに対応付けられたconfigured NSSAIを、PLMNに対するconfigured NSSAI、又はPLMNのconfigured NSSAI、またはPLMNのためのconfigured NSSAI、PLMNに関連付けられたconfigured NSSAIと表現してもよい。また、UEは、PLMNと関連付けられず、すべてのPLMNに有効なconfigured NSSAIを記憶してよく、そのようなconfigured NSSAIを「default configured NSSAI」としてもよい。 Also, configured NSSAI (configured NSSAI) is NSSAI supplied and stored in the UE. The UE may store the configured NSSAI for each PLMN. The UE may store the configured NSSAI in association with the PLMN. In this paper, the configured NSSAI associated with the PLMN may be expressed as the configured NSSAI for the PLMN, the configured NSSAI for the PLMN, the configured NSSAI for the PLMN, or the configured NSSAI associated with the PLMN. In addition, the UE may store a configured NSSAI that is not associated with the PLMN and is valid for all PLMNs, and such a configured NSSAI may be referred to as a "default configured NSSAI".
 configured NSSAIは複数のPLMNと関連付けられてもよく、これら複数のPLMNはEPLMNであってよい。 The configured NSSAI may be associated with multiple PLMNs, and these multiple PLMNs may be EPLMNs.
 configured NSSAIは、ネットワーク(又はPLMN)により設定された情報であってよい。configured NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIはconfigured S-NSSAIと表現されてもよい。configured S-NSSAIは、S-NSSAIとmapped S-NSSAIを含み構成されてもよい。または、PLMNのS-NSSAIは「configured S-NSSAI」、そのconfigured S-NSSAIがHPLMNにマップされたS-NSSAIは「PLMNのためのconfigured NSSAIに対するmapped S-NSSAI」と表現されてもよい。 The configured NSSAI may be information set by the network (or PLMN). S-NSSAI included in configured NSSAI may be expressed as configured S-NSSAI. configured S-NSSAI may be configured to include S-NSSAI and mapped S-NSSAI. Alternatively, the PLMN S-NSSAI may be expressed as "configured S-NSSAI", and the S-NSSAI in which the configured S-NSSAI is mapped to the HPLMN may be expressed as "mapped S-NSSAI for the configured NSSAI for PLMN".
 また、requested NSSAI(要求NSSAI)は、登録手続き中にUEからネットワークに提供されるNSSAIである。登録手続きにおいて、UEが送信するrequested NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIは、UEが記憶するallowed NSSAI又はconfigured NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIであってよい。PDUセッション確立手続きにおいて、UEが送信するrequested NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIは、UEが記憶するallowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIであってよい。 Also, requested NSSAI (requested NSSAI) is NSSAI provided from the UE to the network during the registration procedure. In the registration procedure, the S-NSSAI included in the requested NSSAI transmitted by the UE may be the allowed NSSAI stored in the UE or the S-NSSAI included in the configured NSSAI. In the PDU session establishment procedure, the S-NSSAI included in the requested NSSAI transmitted by the UE may be the S-NSSAI included in the allowed NSSAI stored in the UE.
 requested NSSAIは、UEが要求するネットワークスライスを示す情報であってよい。requested NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIはrequested S-NSSAIと表現されてもよい。例えば、requested NSSAIは登録要求メッセージ、又はPDUセッション確立要求メッセージ等のUEからネットワークに送信されるNASメッセージ又はNAS(Non-Access-Stratum )メッセージを含めるRRC(Radio Resource Control)メッセージに含まれて送信される。 The requested NSSAI may be information indicating the network slice requested by the UE. The S-NSSAI included in the requested NSSAI may be expressed as requested S-NSSAI. For example, requested NSSAI is included in an RRC (Radio Resource Control) message that includes a NAS message or NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) message sent from the UE to the network, such as a registration request message or a PDU session establishment request message. Will be done.
 また、allowed NSSAI(許可NSSAI)は、UEが許可された1又は複数ネットワークスライスを示す情報である。言い換えると、allowed NSSAIは、ネットワークがUEへ接続を許可した、ネットワークスライスを識別する情報である。 Also, allowed NSSAI (allowed NSSAI) is information indicating one or more network slices allowed by the UE. In other words, allowed NSSAI is information that identifies the network slice that the network has allowed to connect to the UE.
 UE及び/又はNWは、UEの情報として、アクセス(3GPPアクセス又は非3GPPアクセス)ごとに、allowed NSSAIを記憶と管理してよい。UE及び/又はNWは、さらに、登録エリアと関連付けてallowed NSSAIを管理してもよい。 UE and / or NW may store and manage allowed NSSAI for each access (3GPP access or non-3GPP access) as UE information. The UE and / or NW may also manage allowed NSSAI in association with the registration area.
 さらに、UE及び/又はNWは、UEの情報として、PLMNに関連付けて、allowed NSSAIを記憶と管理してよい。allowed NSSAIは複数のPLMNと関連付けられてもよく、これら複数のPLMNはEPLMNであってよい。 Furthermore, the UE and / or NW may store and manage allowed NSSAI in association with PLMN as UE information. allowed NSSAI may be associated with multiple PLMNs, and these multiple PLMNs may be EPLMNs.
 なお、本稿では、PLMNとアクセスタイプに対応付けられたallowed NSSAIを、PLMNとアクセスタイプに対するallowed NSSAI、又はPLMNのアクセスタイプに対するallowed NSSAIと表現してもよい。allowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIはallowed S-NSSAIと表現されてもよい。allowed S-NSSAIは、S-NSSAIとmapped S-NSSAIを含み構成されてもよい。 In this paper, the allowed NSSAI associated with PLMN and access type may be expressed as allowed NSSAI for PLMN and access type, or allowed NSSAI for PLMN access type. S-NSSAI included in allowed NSSAI may be expressed as allowed S-NSSAI. The allowed S-NSSAI may be configured to include S-NSSAI and mapped S-NSSAI.
 また、rejected NSSAI(拒絶NSSAI)は、UEが許可されない1又は複数のネットワークスライスを示す情報である。言い換えると、rejected NSSAIは、ネットワークがUEに対して接続を許可しないネットワークスライスを識別する情報である。rejected NSSAIは、S-NSSAIと拒絶理由値の組み合わせを、1又は複数含める情報であってもよい。 Also, rejected NSSAI (rejected NSSAI) is information indicating one or more network slices for which the UE is not allowed. In other words, rejected NSSAI is information that identifies network slices that the network does not allow connections to the UE. The rejected NSSAI may be information that includes one or more combinations of the S-NSSAI and the reason for rejection value.
 ここで、拒絶理由値とは、ネットワークが、対応するS-NSSAIを拒絶する理由を示す情報である。UEとネットワークは、各S-NSSAIを対応づけられた拒絶理由値に基づき、それぞれ適切に、rejected NSSAIを記憶と管理してよい。 Here, the refusal reason value is information indicating the reason why the network rejects the corresponding S-NSSAI. The UE and the network may appropriately store and manage the rejected NSSAI based on the rejection reason value associated with each S-NSSAI.
 さらに、rejected NSSAIは、登録受諾メッセージや、設定更新コマンドや、登録拒絶メッセージ等、ネットワークからUEへ送信されるNASメッセージ、又はNASメッセージが含まれるRRCメッセージに含められてもよい。rejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIはrejected S-NSSAIと表現されてもよい。 Furthermore, rejected NSSAI may be included in the NAS message sent from the network to the UE, such as the registration acceptance message, the setting update command, the registration refusal message, or the RRC message including the NAS message. S-NSSAI included in rejected NSSAI may be expressed as rejected S-NSSAI.
 rejected NSSAIは、第1から第4のrejected NSSAIと、pending NSSAIと、第1のNSSAIの何れかであってもよいし、これらの組み合わせであってよい。rejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIはrejected S-NSSAIと表現されてもよい。rejected S-NSSAIは、S-NSSAIとmapped S-NSSAIを含み構成されてもよい。 The rejected NSSAI may be any of the first to fourth rejected NSSAI, the pending NSSAI, and the first NSSAI, or may be a combination thereof. S-NSSAI included in rejected NSSAI may be expressed as rejected S-NSSAI. The rejected S-NSSAI may be configured to include S-NSSAI and mapped S-NSSAI.
 UE及び/又はNWは、UEの情報として、PLMNに関連付けてrejected NSSAIを記憶と管理してよい。rejected NSSAIは複数のPLMNと関連付けられてもよく、これら複数のPLMNはEPLMNであってよい。 UE and / or NW may store and manage rejected NSSAI in association with PLMN as UE information. The rejected NSSAI may be associated with multiple PLMNs, and these multiple PLMNs may be EPLMNs.
 なお、本稿では、PLMNに関連付けられたrejected NSSAIを、PLMNに対するrejected NSSAI、又はPLMNのrejected NSSAIと表現してもよい。UE及び/又はNWは、さらに、第2のrejected NSSAI、及び/又は第2のrejected S-NSSAIを登録エリアと関連付けて記憶してもよい。UE及び/又はNWは、第2のrejected NSSAI、及び/又は第2のrejected S-NSSAIをアクセスタイプ及び/又は登録エリアと関連付けて記憶してもよい。 In this paper, the rejected NSSAI associated with the PLMN may be expressed as the rejected NSSAI for the PLMN or the rejected NSSAI for the PLMN. The UE and / or NW may further store the second rejected NSSAI and / or the second rejected S-NSSAI in association with the registration area. The UE and / or NW may store the second rejected NSSAI and / or the second rejected S-NSSAI in association with the access type and / or registration area.
 ここで、第1のrejected NSSAIは、UEがrequested NSSAIに含めたS-NSSAIのうち、現在のPLMNで利用不可である、1以上のS-NSSAIの集合である。第1のrejected NSSAIは、5GSのrejected NSSAI for the current PLMNであってもよいし、rejected S-NSSAI for the current PLMNであってもよいし、rejected NSSAI for the current PLMNに含まれるS-NSSAIであってもよい。第1のrejected NSSAIは、UEまたはNWが記憶するrejected NSSAIであってもよいし、NWからUEへ送信されるrejected NSSAIであってよい。第1のrejected NSSAIがNWからUEへ送信されるrejected NSSAIである場合、第1のrejected NSSAIは、S-NSSAIと理由値の組み合わせを、1又は複数含める情報であってもよい。この時の拒絶理由値は、「現在のPLMN又はSNPNで不可であるS-NSSAI(S-NSSAI not available in the current PLMN)」であってよく、拒絶理由値と対応付けられたS-NSSAIが現在のPLMN又はSNPNで不可であることを示す情報であってよい。第1のrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIは第1のrejected S-NSSAIと表現されてもよい。 Here, the first rejected NSSAI is a set of one or more S-NSSAI that cannot be used in the current PLMN among the S-NSSAI included in the requested NSSAI by the UE. The first rejected NSSAI may be a 5GS rejected NSSAI for the current PLMN, a rejected S-NSSAI for the current PLMN, or an S-NSSAI included in the rejected NSSAI for the current PLMN. There may be. The first rejected NSSAI may be a rejected NSSAI stored in the UE or NW, or may be a rejected NSSAI transmitted from the NW to the UE. When the first rejected NSSAI is a rejected NSSAI transmitted from the NW to the UE, the first rejected NSSAI may be information that includes one or more combinations of the S-NSSAI and the reason value. The reason for refusal value at this time may be "S-NSSAI (S-NSSAI not available in the current PLMN) which is not possible with the current PLMN or SNPN", and the S-NSSAI associated with the reason for refusal value is It may be information indicating that it is not possible with the current PLMN or SNPN. The S-NSSAI included in the first rejected NSSAI may be expressed as the first rejected S-NSSAI.
 第1のrejected NSSAIは、登録PLMN全体に適用されてよい。UE及び/又はNWは、第1のrejected NSSAI及び第1のrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIをアクセスタイプによらない情報として扱ってよい。つまり、第1のrejected NSSAIは、3GPP access及びnon-3GPP accessに対して有効な情報であってよい。 The first rejected NSSAI may be applied to the entire registered PLMN. The UE and / or NW may treat the S-NSSAI contained in the first rejected NSSAI and the first rejected NSSAI as information regardless of the access type. That is, the first rejected NSSAI may be valid information for 3GPP access and non-3GPP access.
 UEは、現在のPLMNに対して3GPP accessとnon-3GPP accessの両方のアクセスで非登録状態に遷移した場合、第1のrejected NSSAIを記憶から削除してよい。言い換えると、UEが、あるアクセス経由で現在のPLMNに対して非登録状態に遷移した場合、又はあるあるアクセス経由で新しいPLMNに登録が成功した場合、又はあるアクセス経由で新しいPLMNへの登録を失敗し非登録状態に遷移した場合に、さらにUEがもう一方のアクセス経由で登録されていない状態(非登録状態)である場合には、UEは第1のrejected NSSAIを削除する。つまり、UEが、あるアクセス経由で現在のPLMNに対して非登録状態に遷移した場合に、UEがもう一方のアクセス経由で現在のPLMNに対して登録されている状態 (登録状態)である場合には、UEは第1のrejected NSSAIを削除しなくてよい。 The UE may delete the first rejected NSSAI from the memory when it transitions to the non-registered state with both 3GPP access and non-3GPP access to the current PLMN. In other words, if the UE transitions to the unregistered state with respect to the current PLMN via one access, or if the registration with the new PLMN is successful via one access, or with the registration to the new PLMN via one access. If the UE fails and transitions to the unregistered state, and the UE is not registered via the other access (unregistered state), the UE deletes the first rejected NSSAI. That is, when the UE transitions to the non-registered state with respect to the current PLMN via one access, the UE is registered with the current PLMN via the other access (registered state). The UE does not have to delete the first rejected NSSAI.
 第2のrejected NSSAIは、UEがrequested NSSAIに含めたS-NSSAIのうち、現在のレジストレーションエリア内で利用不可である、1又は複数のS-NSSAIの集合である。第2のrejected NSSAIは、5GSのrejected NSSAI for the current registration areaであってよい。第2のrejected NSSAIは、UEまたはNWが記憶するrejected NSSAIであってもよいし、NWからUEへ送信されるrejected NSSAIであってよい。第2のrejected NSSAIがNWからUEへ送信されるrejected NSSAIである場合、第2のrejected NSSAIは、S-NSSAIと理由値の組み合わせを、1又は複数含める情報であってもよい。この時の拒絶理由値は、「現在のレジストレーションエリアで不可であるS-NSSAI(S-NSSAI not available in the current registration area)」であってよく、理由値と対応付けられたS-NSSAIが現在のレジストレーションエリア内で不可であることを示す情報であってよい。第2のrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIは第2のrejected S-NSSAIと表現されてもよい。 The second rejected NSSAI is a set of one or more S-NSSAIs that are not available in the current registration area among the S-NSSAIs that the UE has included in the requested NSSAI. The second rejected NSSAI may be a 5GS rejected NSSAI for the current registration area. The second rejected NSSAI may be a rejected NSSAI stored by the UE or NW, or may be a rejected NSSAI transmitted from the NW to the UE. When the second rejected NSSAI is a rejected NSSAI transmitted from the NW to the UE, the second rejected NSSAI may be information that includes one or more combinations of the S-NSSAI and the reason value. The reason for refusal value at this time may be "S-NSSAI (S-NSSAI not available in the current registration area)", which is not possible in the current registration area, and the S-NSSAI associated with the reason value is It may be information indicating that it is not possible in the current registration area. The S-NSSAI included in the second rejected NSSAI may be expressed as the second rejected S-NSSAI.
 第2のrejected NSSAIは、現在のレジストレーションエリア内で有効であってよく、現在のレジストレーションエリアに適用されてもよい。UE及び/又はNWは、第2のrejected NSSAI及び第2のrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIをアクセスタイプごとの情報として扱ってよい。つまり、第2のrejected NSSAIは、3GPP accessまたはnon-3GPP accessのそれぞれに対して有効な情報であってよい。つまり、UEは、一旦あるアクセスに対して非登録状態に遷移した場合は、そのアクセスに関連付けられた第2のrejected NSSAIを記憶から削除してよい。 The second rejected NSSAI may be valid within the current registration area and may be applied to the current registration area. The UE and / or NW may treat the S-NSSAI contained in the second rejected NSSAI and the second rejected NSSAI as information for each access type. That is, the second rejected NSSAI may be valid information for each of 3GPP access or non-3GPP access. That is, once the UE transitions to the unregistered state for a certain access, the UE may delete the second rejected NSSAI associated with the access from the memory.
 第3のrejected NSSAIは、NSSAAを要するS-NSSAIであり、そのS-NSSAIに対するNSSAAが失敗された、または取り消された、1又は複数のS-NSSAIの集合である。第3のrejected NSSAIは、UE及び/またはNWが記憶するNSSAIであってもよいし、NWとUE間で送受信されるNSSAIであってもよい。第3のrejected NSSAIがNWからUEへ送信される場合、第3のrejected NSSAIは、S-NSSAIと拒絶理由値の組み合わせを、1又は複数含める情報であってもよい。この時の拒絶理由値は、「NSSAAの失敗または取り消しのために不可であるS-NSSAI(S-NSSAI not available due to the failed or revoked NSSAA)」であってよく、拒絶理由値と対応付けられたS-NSSAIに対するNSSAAが失敗したことまたは取り消されたことを示す情報であってよい。第3のrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIは第3のrejected S-NSSAIと表現されてもよい。 The third rejected NSSAI is an S-NSSAI that requires an NSSAA, and is a set of one or more S-NSSAIs for which the NSSAA for that S-NSSAI has failed or has been revoked. The third rejected NSSAI may be an NSSAI stored in the UE and / or the NW, or may be an NSSAI transmitted / received between the NW and the UE. When the third rejected NSSAI is transmitted from the NW to the UE, the third rejected NSSAI may be information that includes one or more combinations of the S-NSSAI and the reason for rejection value. The reason for refusal value at this time may be "S-NSSAI (S-NSSAI not available due to the failed or revoked NSSAA) which is impossible due to the failure or cancellation of NSSAA" and is associated with the reason for refusal value. It may be information indicating that NSSAA for S-NSSAI has failed or was canceled. The S-NSSAI included in the third rejected NSSAI may be expressed as the third rejected S-NSSAI.
 第3のrejected NSSAIは、登録PLMN全体に適用されてもよいし、登録PLMN及び/またはEPLMNに適用されてもよいし、全てのPLMNに適用されてもよい。第3のrejected NSSAIが全てのPLMNに適用されるということは、第3のrejected NSSAIはPLMNに関連付けられないことを意味してもよいし、第3のrejected NSSAIはHPLMNに関連付けられることを意味してよい。 The third rejected NSSAI may be applied to the entire registered PLMN, to the registered PLMN and / or EPLMN, or to all PLMNs. The fact that the third rejected NSSAI applies to all PLMNs may mean that the third rejected NSSAI is not associated with the PLMN, and that the third rejected NSSAI is associated with the HPLMN. You can do it.
 さらに、UE及び/又はNWは、第3のrejected NSSAI及び第3のrejected S-NSSAIをアクセスタイプによらない情報として扱ってよい。つまり、第3のrejected NSSAIは、3GPP access及びnon-3GPP accessに対して有効な情報であってよい。第3のrejected NSSAIはrejected NSSAIとは異なるNSSAIであってもよい。第3のrejected NSSAIは第1のrejected NSSAIであってもよい。第3のrejected NSSAIは、5GSのrejected NSSAI for the failed or revoked NSSAAであってもよいし、rejected S-NSSAI for the failed or revoked NSSAAであってもよいし、rejected NSSAI for the failed or revoked NSSAAに含まれるS-NSSAIであってもよい。 Furthermore, the UE and / or NW may treat the third rejected NSSAI and the third rejected S-NSSAI as information that does not depend on the access type. That is, the third rejected NSSAI may be valid information for 3GPP access and non-3GPP access. The third rejected NSSAI may be an NSSAI different from the rejected NSSAI. The third rejected NSSAI may be the first rejected NSSAI. The third rejected NSSAI may be a 5GS rejected NSSAI for the failed or revoked NSSAA, a rejected S-NSSAI for the failed or revoked NSSAA, or a rejected NSSAI for the failed or revoked NS. It may be the included S-NSSAI.
 第3のrejected NSSAIは、UEが、コアネットワークからNSSAAが失敗したこと、または取り消されたことにより拒絶されたスライスを識別するrejected NSSAIである。具体的には、UEは第3のrejected NSSAIを記憶する間、第3のrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIに対する登録要求手続きを開始しない。第3のrejected NSSAIは、NSSAAの失敗を示す拒絶理由値と対応づけられてコアネットワークから受信したS-NSSAIを1又は複数含む識別情報であってよい。第3のrejected NSSAIは、アクセスタイプによらない情報である。具体的には、UEが第3のrejected NSSAIを記憶する場合、UEは第3のrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを含む登録要求メッセージを、3GPPアクセスとnon-3GPPアクセスの両方に送信を試みなくてもよい。または、UEは第3のrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを含む登録要求メッセージを、UEポリシーに基づき送信する事ができる。または、UEは第3のrejected NSSAIを、UEポリシーに基づき削除し、第3のrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを含む登録要求メッセージを送信できる状態に遷移してもよい。言い換えれば、UEは第3のrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを含む登録要求メッセージを、UEポリシーに基づき送信する場合には、UEは第3のrejected NSSAIからそのS-NSSAIを削除してもよい。 The third rejected NSSAI is a rejected NSSAI in which the UE identifies slices rejected due to the failure or cancellation of NSSAA from the core network. Specifically, the UE does not initiate the registration request procedure for the S-NSSAI included in the third rejected NSSAI while storing the third rejected NSSAI. The third rejected NSSAI may be identification information including one or more S-NSSAI received from the core network in association with the rejection reason value indicating the failure of NSSAA. The third rejected NSSAI is information that does not depend on the access type. Specifically, if the UE remembers the third rejected NSSAI, the UE attempts to send a registration request message containing the S-NSSAI contained in the third rejected NSSAI to both 3GPP and non-3GPP access. It does not have to be. Alternatively, the UE can send a registration request message including S-NSSAI included in the third rejected NSSAI based on the UE policy. Alternatively, the UE may delete the third rejected NSSAI based on the UE policy and transition to a state in which a registration request message including the S-NSSAI included in the third rejected NSSAI can be sent. In other words, if the UE sends a registration request message containing the S-NSSAI contained in the third rejected NSSAI based on the UE policy, the UE may remove the S-NSSAI from the third rejected NSSAI. good.
 第4のrejected NSSAIは、area of serviceによるエリア制限を要するS-NSSAIであり、そのS-NSSAIが許可されるエリアにUEがいないため、ネットワークから拒絶された1又は複数のS-NSSAIの集合である。第4のrejected NSSAIは、UE及び/またはNWが記憶するNSSAIであってもよいし、NWとUE間で送受信されるNSSAIであってもよい。 The fourth rejected NSSAI is an S-NSSAI that requires area restriction by the area of service, and is a set of one or more S-NSSAI rejected from the network because there is no UE in the area where the S-NSSAI is permitted. Is. The fourth rejected NSSAI may be an NSSAI stored in the UE and / or the NW, or may be an NSSAI transmitted / received between the NW and the UE.
 第4のrejected NSSAIがNWからUEへ送信される場合、第4のrejected NSSAIは、S-NSSAIと拒絶理由値の組み合わせを、1又は複数含める情報であってもよい。この時の拒絶理由値は、「そのS-NSSAIのサービスが提供されるエリアの外であるため不可であるS-NSSAI」であってよく、拒絶理由値と対応付けられたS-NSSAIのサービスが提供されるエリアの外にUEがいるため不可であることを示す情報であってよい。第4のrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIは第4のrejected S-NSSAIと表現されてもよい。 When the fourth rejected NSSAI is transmitted from the NW to the UE, the fourth rejected NSSAI may be information that includes one or more combinations of the S-NSSAI and the reason for refusal value. The reason for refusal value at this time may be "S-NSSAI which is impossible because it is outside the area where the service of S-NSSAI is provided", and the service of S-NSSAI associated with the reason for refusal value. It may be information indicating that it is not possible because the UE is outside the area where is provided. The S-NSSAI included in the fourth rejected NSSAI may be expressed as the fourth rejected S-NSSAI.
 第4のrejected NSSAIは、更にS-NSSAIとエリア情報の組み合わせを、1又は複数含める情報であってもよい。 The fourth rejected NSSAI may be information that further includes one or more combinations of S-NSSAI and area information.
 第4のrejected NSSAIは、登録PLMN全体に適用されてよいし、すべてのPLMNに有効であってもよいし、適用されてもよいし、第4のrejected S-NSSAIが対応付けられたエリア情報により示されるエリア内で有効であってもよいし、登録PLMNとEPLMNに適用されてもよい。第4のrejected NSSAIが全てのPLMNに適用されるということは、第4のrejected NSSAIはPLMNに関連付けられないことを意味してもよいし、第4のrejected NSSAIはHPLMNに関連付けられることを意味してよい。 The fourth rejected NSSAI may be applied to the entire registered PLMN, may be valid for all PLMNs, may be applied, and the area information to which the fourth rejected S-NSSAI is associated. It may be valid within the area indicated by and may be applied to the registered PLMN and EPLMN. The fact that the 4th rejected NSSAI applies to all PLMNs may mean that the 4th rejected NSSAI is not associated with the PLMN, and that the 4th rejected NSSAI is associated with the HPLMN. You can do it.
 第4のrejected NSSAIが、登録PLMN全体で有効である場合、またはすべてのPLMNで適用される場合、または登録PLMN及び/またはEPLMNに適用される場合、UE及び/又はNWは、第4のrejected NSSAI及び第4のrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIをアクセスタイプによらない情報として扱ってよい。 If the fourth rejected NSSAI is valid for the entire registered PLMN, or if it applies to all PLMNs, or if it applies to the registered PLMN and / or EPLMN, then the UE and / or NW is the fourth rejected. The S-NSSAI included in the NSSAI and the fourth rejected NSSAI may be treated as information that does not depend on the access type.
 第4のrejected NSSAIが、対応付けられたエリア情報により示されるエリア内で有効である場合、UE及び/又はNWは、第4のrejected NSSAI及び第4のrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIをアクセスタイプごとに独立した情報として扱ってよい。 If the fourth rejected NSSAI is valid within the area indicated by the associated area information, the UE and / or NW will access the S-NSSAI contained in the fourth rejected NSSAI and the fourth rejected NSSAI. It may be treated as independent information for each type.
 第4のrejected NSSAIは、pending NSSAIであってもよいし、第1のNSSAIであってもよいし、これらとは異なる情報であってもよい。 The fourth rejected NSSAI may be a pending NSSAI, a first NSSAI, or information different from these.
 第1のNSSAIは、ネットワークスライス毎の最大UE数に達したS-NSSAIを一又は複数含む情報である。第1のNSSAIは、rejected NSSAIであってもよいし、allowed NSSAIであってもよいし、pending NSSAIであってもよい。第1の NSSAIは、UE及び/またはNWが記憶するNSSAIであってもよいし、NWからUEへ送信されるNSSAIであってよい。 The first NSSAI is information including one or more S-NSSAIs that have reached the maximum number of UEs for each network slice. The first NSSAI may be rejected NSSAI, allowed NSSAI, or pending NSSAI. The first NSSAI may be an NSSAI stored in the UE and / or the NW, or may be an NSSAI transmitted from the NW to the UE.
 第1のNSSAIがNWからUEへ送信される場合、第1のNSSAIは、S-NSSAIとマップドS-NSSAIと、拒絶理由値と、バックオフタイマの値と、バックオフタイマの値の有効期範囲を示す情報と、を少なくとも1つ含む情報を、1又は複数含める情報であってもよい。この時の拒絶理由値は、「ネットワークスライス毎の最大UE数に達したS-NSSAI」であってよく、拒絶理由値と対応付けられたS-NSSAIに許可できる最大UE数に達したことを示す情報であってよい。ここで、拒絶理由値は、rejected NSSAIに含まれる拒絶理由値であってもよいし、フラグ情報であってもよいし、5GMM causeであってもよい。さらに、この時、バックオフタイマの値は、UEが対応するS-NSSAIまたはマップドS-NSSAIに関するS-NSSAIを用いた、MMメッセージを送信すること、及びSMメッセージを送信することを禁止する期間を示す情報であってよい。 When the first NSSAI is sent from the NW to the UE, the first NSSAI is the S-NSSAI and the mapped S-NSSAI, the rejection reason value, the backoff timer value, and the validity period of the backoff timer value. The information may include one or a plurality of information indicating a range and information including at least one. The reason for refusal value at this time may be "S-NSSAI that has reached the maximum number of UEs for each network slice", and the maximum number of UEs that can be allowed for S-NSSAI associated with the reason for refusal value has been reached. It may be the information to be shown. Here, the reason for refusal value may be the reason for refusal value included in rejected NSSAI, flag information, or 5GMM cause. Further, at this time, the value of the backoff timer is the period during which the UE is prohibited from transmitting the MM message and the SM message using the S-NSSAI related to the corresponding S-NSSAI or the mapped S-NSSAI. It may be information indicating.
 さらに、バックオフタイマの値の有効期範囲を示す情報は、バックオフタイマの値が、現在のPLMN(Public Land Mobile Network)に適用されるか、全てのPLMNに適用されるか、現在のregistration areaで有効かを示す情報であってよい。 Furthermore, the information indicating the valid period range of the backoff timer value is whether the backoff timer value is applied to the current PLMN (Public Land Mobile Network), all PLMNs, or the current registration. It may be information indicating whether the area is valid.
 第1のNSSAIは、登録PLMN全体に適用されてよいし、すべてのPLMNに有効であってもよいし、適用されてもよいし、登録エリア内で有効であってもよいし、登録PLMNとEPLMNに適用されてもよいし、TAリスト(TAI listまたは登録エリア)に含まれるTAIが属する一又は複数のPLMNに適用されてもよい。第1のNSSAIが全てのPLMNに適用されるということは、第1のNSSAIはPLMNに関連付けられないことを意味してもよいし、第1のNSSAIはHPLMNに関連付けられることを意味してよい。 The first NSSAI may be applied to the entire registered PLMN, may be valid for all PLMNs, may be applied, may be valid within the registered area, and may be valid with the registered PLMN. It may be applied to the EPLMN, or it may be applied to one or more PLMNs to which the TAI contained in the TA list (TAI list or registration area) belongs. The fact that the first NSSAI applies to all PLMNs may mean that the first NSSAI is not associated with the PLMN, or that the first NSSAI is associated with the HPLMN. ..
 第1のNSSAIが、登録PLMN全体で有効である場合、またはすべてのPLMNで適用される場合、または登録PLMN及び/またはEPLMNに適用される場合、UE及び/又はNWは、第1のNSSAI及び第1のNSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIをアクセスタイプによらない情報として扱ってよい。第1のNSSAIが、登録エリア内で有効である場合、またはTAリスト(TAI listまたは登録エリア)に含まれるTAIが属する一又は複数のPLMNに適用される場合、UE及び/又はNWは、第1のNSSAI及び第1のNSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIをアクセスタイプごとの情報として扱ってよい。 If the first NSSAI is valid for the entire registered PLMN, or if it applies to all PLMNs, or if it applies to the registered PLMN and / or EPLMN, then the UE and / or NW shall be the first NSSAI and / or NW. The S-NSSAI included in the first NSSAI may be treated as information that does not depend on the access type. If the first NSSAI is valid within the registration area, or if it applies to one or more PLMNs to which the TAI contained in the TA list (TAI list or registration area) belongs, the UE and / or NW will be the first. The NSSAI of 1 and the S-NSSAI included in the 1st NSSAI may be treated as information for each access type.
 第1のNSSAIは、allowed NSSAIであってもよいし、rejected NSSAIであってもよいし、pending NSSAIであってもよいし、これらとは異なる情報であってもよい。 The first NSSAI may be allowed NSSAI, rejected NSSAI, pending NSSAI, or information different from these.
 pending NSSAI(ペンディングNSSAI)は、UEが利用することがペンディング、及び/又は不可である、1又は複数のS-NSSAIの集合である。pending NSSAIは、ネットワークがnetwork slice specific authenticationを要するS-NSSAIであり、network slice specific authenticationが完了していないS-NSSAIの集合であってもよい。pending NSSAIは、5GSのpending NSSAIであってよい。pending NSSAIは、UE及び/またはNWが記憶するNSSAIであってもよいし、NWとUE間で送受信されるNSSAIであってよい。 A pending NSSAI is a set of one or more S-NSSAIs that the UE cannot and / or cannot use. The pending NSSAI may be a set of S-NSSAI whose network requires network slice specific authentication and whose network slice specific authentication has not been completed. The pending NSSAI may be a 5GS pending NSSAI. The pending NSSAI may be an NSSAI stored in the UE and / or the NW, or may be an NSSAI transmitted / received between the NW and the UE.
 pending NSSAIがNWからUEへ送信されるNSSAIである場合、pending NSSAIは、S-NSSAIと拒絶理由値の組み合わせを、1又は複数含める情報であってもよい。この時の拒絶理由値は、「NSSAAのためにペンディングするS-NSSAI(NSSAA is pending for the S-NSSAI)」であってよく、拒絶理由値と対応付けられたS-NSSAIが、そのS-NSSAIに対するNSSAAを完了するまでUEが使用するのを禁止またはペンディングすることを示す情報であってよい。 When the pending NSSAI is an NSSAI transmitted from the NW to the UE, the pending NSSAI may be information that includes one or more combinations of the S-NSSAI and the reason for refusal value. The reason for refusal value at this time may be "S-NSSAI (NSSAA is pending for the S-NSSAI)", and the S-NSSAI associated with the reason for refusal value is the S-NSSAI. It may be information indicating that the UE is prohibited or pending from use until NSSAA for NSSAI is completed.
 pending NSSAIがNWからUEへ送信されるNSSAIである場合、pending NSSAIは、S-NSSAIとmapped S-NSSAIの組み合わせの集合であってもよい。 When the pending NSSAI is an NSSAI transmitted from the NW to the UE, the pending NSSAI may be a set of a combination of S-NSSAI and mapped S-NSSAI.
 pending NSSAIは、登録PLMN全体に適用されてもよいし、登録PLMNと登録PLMNの一又は複数のEPLMNで適用されてもよいし、全てのPLMNに適用されてもよい。pending NSSAIが全てのPLMNに適用されるということは、pending NSSAIはPLMNに関連付けられないことを意味してもよいし、pending NSSAIはHPLMNに関連付けられることを意味してよい。 The pending NSSAI may be applied to the entire registered PLMN, one or more EPLMNs of the registered PLMN and the registered PLMN, or all PLMNs. The fact that pending NSSAI applies to all PLMNs may mean that pending NSSAI is not associated with PLMN, or that pending NSSAI is associated with HPLMN.
 UE及び/又はNWは、pending NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIをアクセスタイプによらない情報として扱ってよい。つまり、pending NSSAIは、3GPP access及びnon-3GPP accessに対して有効な情報であってよい。pending NSSAIはrejected NSSAIとは異なるNSSAIであってもよい。pending NSSAIは第1のrejected NSSAIであってもよい。 UE and / or NW may treat S-NSSAI included in pending NSSAI as information that does not depend on the access type. That is, the pending NSSAI may be valid information for 3GPP access and non-3GPP access. The pending NSSAI may be an NSSAI different from the rejected NSSAI. The pending NSSAI may be the first rejected NSSAI.
 pending NSSAIは、UEが、手続きをペンディングしているスライスを識別する1又は複数のS-NSSAIで構成されるNSSAIである。具体的には、UEは、pending NSSAIを記憶する間、pending NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIに対する登録要求手続きを開始しない。言い換えれば、UEは、pending NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIに対するNSSAAが完了するまで、pending NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを登録手続き中に使用しない。pending NSSAIは、アクセスタイプによらない情報である。具体的には、UEがpending NSSAIを記憶する場合、UEはpending NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを含む登録要求メッセージを、3GPPアクセスとnon-3GPPアクセスの両方に送信を試みない。 Pending NSSAI is an NSSAI composed of one or more S-NSSAI in which the UE identifies the slice that is pending the procedure. Specifically, the UE does not start the registration request procedure for the S-NSSAI included in the pending NSSAI while storing the pending NSSAI. In other words, the UE will not use the S-NSSAI contained in the pending NSSAI during the registration process until the NSSAA for the S-NSSAI contained in the pending NSSAI is completed. pending NSSAI is information that does not depend on the access type. Specifically, when the UE remembers the pending NSSAI, the UE does not attempt to send the registration request message containing the S-NSSAI contained in the pending NSSAI to both 3GPP access and non-3GPP access.
 また、area of serviceは、UEが特定のネットワークスライスにアクセス可能なエリアを示す属性情報であってよく、言い換えると、area of serviceは、UEが特定のS-NSSAIに対してPDUセッションを確立可能なエリアを示す為の1又は複数で構成された情報であってよい。 Also, the area of service may be attribute information indicating the area in which the UE can access a specific network slice, in other words, the area of service allows the UE to establish a PDU session for a specific S-NSSAI. It may be information composed of one or more to indicate an area.
 ここで、area of serviceが示す(specifyする)エリア又はエリアに関する情報は、Tracking Area(TA)であってもよいし、registration areaであってもよいし、1又は複数のTAで構成された(S-NSSAI毎のサービスエリアを示す)情報であってもよいし、1又は複数のセル(eNB及び/又はgNBのカバレッジ)で構成されていてもよいし、地理位置情報に基づくエリアであってもよい。ここで、地理位置情報に基づくエリアは、地理位置情報にマッピングされた1又は複数のeNB及び/又はgNBのカバレッジで構成されていてもよいし、地理位置情報にマッピングされた1又は複数のTAで構成されていてもよい。 Here, the information about the area or area indicated (specifying) by the area of service may be a Tracking Area (TA), a registration area, or may be composed of one or a plurality of TAs (). It may be information (indicating a service area for each S-NSSAI), may be composed of one or more cells (coverage of eNB and / or gNB), or may be an area based on geolocation information. May be good. Here, the area based on the geolocation information may be composed of the coverage of one or more eNBs and / or gNBs mapped to the geolocation information, and one or more TAs mapped to the geolocation information. It may be composed of.
 また、area of serviceは、1又は複数のエントリーで構成されてよく、各エントリーは国及び/又は地域(region)を示す情報が含まれていてもよい。具体的には、HPLMとVPLMNのローミング合意(roaming agreement)に基づいて、当該ネットワークスライスのサービスが提供される国及び/又は地域を示す情報を含む1又は複数のエントリーが含まれていてよい。 Further, the area of service may be composed of one or more entries, and each entry may contain information indicating a country and / or a region. Specifically, it may include one or more entries containing information indicating the country and / or region to which the service of the network slice is provided, based on the roaming agreement between HPLM and VPLMN.
 また、UEがarea of service内にいる状態は、UEが接続している又は接続を試みるS-NSSAIに対応付けられた前述のエリアの内にUEが存在する状態であってよく、また、UEがarea of service外にいる状態は、UEが接続を試みるS-NSSAIに対応付けられた前述のエリアの内にUEがない状態であってよい。 Further, the state in which the UE is in the area of service may be a state in which the UE is connected or exists in the above-mentioned area associated with the S-NSSAI attempting to connect, and the UE may be present. The state where is outside the area of service may be a state in which the UE does not exist in the above-mentioned area associated with the S-NSSAI at which the UE attempts to connect.
 尚、area of serviceが示すエリアは、ネットワークスライスのサービスを提供する、Network Slice Provider (NSP)によって決定されてもよいし、ネットワークポリシーに基づいて決定されてもよいし、これらに限らない。 The area indicated by the area of service may be determined by the Network Slice Provider (NSP), which provides the network slice service, or may be determined based on the network policy, and is not limited thereto.
 また、area of serviceに基づいて、S-NSSAIのサービスが提供されるエリアをサービスエリアとも称する。 Also, based on the area of service, the area where the S-NSSAI service is provided is also referred to as the service area.
 トラッキングエリアは、コアネットワークが管理する、UE_A10の位置情報で表すことが可能な単数又は複数の範囲である。トラッキングエリアは、複数のセルで構成されもよい。さらに、トラッキングエリアは、ページング等の制御メッセージがブロードキャストされる範囲でもよいし、UE_A10がハンドオーバー手続きをせずに移動できる範囲でもよい。さらに、トラッキングエリアは、ルーティングエリアでもよいし、ロケーションエリアでもよいし、これらと同様のものであればよい。以下、トラッキングエリアはTA(Tracking Area)であってもよい。トラッキングエリアは、TAC(Tracking area code)とPLMNで構成されるTAI(Tracking Area Identity)により識別されてよい。 The tracking area is a single or multiple range that can be represented by the location information of UE_A10 managed by the core network. The tracking area may be composed of a plurality of cells. Further, the tracking area may be a range in which a control message such as paging is broadcast, or a range in which UE_A10 can move without performing a handover procedure. Further, the tracking area may be a routing area, a location area, or the same as these. Hereinafter, the tracking area may be TA (Tracking Area). The tracking area may be identified by a TAI (Tracking Area Identity) composed of TAC (Tracking area code) and PLMN.
 レジストレーションエリア(Registration area又は登録エリア)は、AMFがUEに割り当てる1又は複数のTAの集合である。なお、UE_A10は、レジストレーションエリアに含まれる一又は複数のTA内を移動している間は、トラッキングエリア更新のための信号を送受信することなく移動することができてよい。言い換えると、レジストレーションエリアは、UE_A10がトラッキングエリア更新手続きを実行することなく移動できるエリアを示す情報群であってよい。レジストレーションエリアは、1または複数のTAIにより構成されるTAI listにより識別されてよい。 The registration area (Registration area or registration area) is a set of one or more TAs assigned to the UE by AMF. Note that UE_A10 may be able to move without transmitting and receiving a signal for updating the tracking area while moving within one or a plurality of TAs included in the registration area. In other words, the registration area may be a group of information indicating an area where UE_A10 can move without executing the tracking area update procedure. The registration area may be identified by a TAI list consisting of one or more TAIs.
 TAI listに含まれるTAIは、1つのPLMNに属してよいし、複数のPLMNに属してもよい。TAI listに含まれる複数のTAIが異なるPLMNに属する場合、それらPLMNはEPLMNであってよい。 The TAI included in the TAI list may belong to one PLMN or may belong to a plurality of PLMNs. If multiple TAIs included in the TAI list belong to different PLMNs, those PLMNs may be EPLMNs.
 UE IDとは、UEを識別する為の情報である。具体的に、例えば、UE IDは、SUCI(SUbscription Concealed Identifier)、又はSUPI(Subscription Permanent Identifier )、又はGUTI(Globally Unique Temporary Identifier)、又はIMEI(International Mobile Subscriber Identity)、又はIMEISV(IMEI Software Version)又は、TMSI(Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity )であってもよい。又は、UE IDはアプリケーションまたはネットワーク内で設定されたその他の情報であってもよい。さらに、UE IDは、ユーザを識別する為の情報であってもよい。 UE ID is information for identifying the UE. Specifically, for example, the UE ID is SUCI (SUbscription Concealed Identifier), SUPI (Subscription Permanent Identifier), GUTI (Globally Unique Temporary Identifier), IMEI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity), or IMEISV (IMEI Software Version). Alternatively, it may be TMSI (Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity). Alternatively, the UE ID may be other information set in the application or network. Further, the UE ID may be information for identifying the user.
 スライスに接続する最大UE数管理とは、同時にネットワークスライスまたはS-NSSAIに登録できる最大UE数を管理することである。ここで、ネットワークスライスまたはS-NSSAIに登録するUEとは、ネットワークスライスを示すS-NSSAIがallowed NSSAIに含まれて記憶することであってもよい。スライスに接続する最大UE数管理の機能をサポートネットワーク内の装置は、S-NSSAIごとに、スライスに接続する最大UE数管理を要するか否かを記憶することができ、さらに登録されたUEが最大数である定数に達しているか否かを登録手続き中に確認することができる。さらに、スライスに接続する最大UE数管理の機能をサポートする各装置は、第1のNSSAIを記憶することができてよい。本稿では、スライスに接続する最大UE数は、スライス毎に接続する最大UE数、またはネットワークスライスまたはS-NSSAIに登録できる最大UE数、または最大UE数、または定数、と表現される場合がある。 Management of the maximum number of UEs connected to a slice is to manage the maximum number of UEs that can be registered in the network slice or S-NSSAI at the same time. Here, the UE registered in the network slice or S-NSSAI may mean that the S-NSSAI indicating the network slice is included in the allowed NSSAI and stored. Supports the function of managing the maximum number of UEs connected to a slice The device in the network can memorize whether or not the maximum number of UEs connected to a slice needs to be managed for each S-NSSAI, and the registered UEs It is possible to confirm whether or not the maximum number of constants has been reached during the registration procedure. In addition, each device that supports the function of managing the maximum number of UEs connected to a slice may be able to store the first NSSAI. In this article, the maximum number of UEs connected to a slice may be expressed as the maximum number of UEs connected for each slice, or the maximum number of UEs that can be registered in a network slice or S-NSSAI, or the maximum number of UEs or a constant. ..
 バックオフタイマは、UEによるMMメッセージの送信、及び/又はSMメッセージによる手続きの開始を禁止するためのタイマであり。バックオフタイマは、UEにより管理、実行される。バックオフタイマはS-NSSAIに対応づけられていてもよい。UEは、S-NSSAIに対応付けられたバックオフタイマが有効である間は、そのS-NSSAIを用いた、MMメッセージの送信、及び/又はSMメッセージの送信、が禁止、又は規制、又は制限された状態であってよい。これらの規制は5GSの輻輳管理による規制であってもよいし、5GSの輻輳管理による規制を含めた規制であってもよい。 The backoff timer is a timer for prohibiting the transmission of MM messages by the UE and / or the start of procedures by SM messages. The backoff timer is managed and executed by the UE. The backoff timer may be associated with S-NSSAI. The UE prohibits, restricts, or restricts the transmission of MM messages and / or the transmission of SM messages using the S-NSSAI while the backoff timer associated with the S-NSSAI is valid. It may be in the state of being done. These regulations may be regulations based on 5GS congestion management, or may be regulations including regulations based on 5GS congestion management.
 バックオフタイマは、S-NSSAI、及び/又はPLMN単位で、開始、及び/又は停止されるタイマであってよい。 The backoff timer may be a timer that is started and / or stopped in S-NSSAI and / or PLMN units.
 具体的には、バックオフタイマは、S-NSSAIに対応付けられてよく、特定のS-NSSAIを用いた、MMメッセージ、及び/又はSMメッセージの送信を禁止するためのタイマであってよい。言い換えると、UEは、このタイマのカウント中は、その特定のS-NSSAIを用いたMMメッセージ、及び/又はSMメッセージを送信しないよう設定してもよい。 Specifically, the backoff timer may be associated with S-NSSAI, and may be a timer for prohibiting the transmission of MM messages and / or SM messages using a specific S-NSSAI. In other words, the UE may be configured not to send MM and / or SM messages using that particular S-NSSAI while this timer is counting.
 さらに、UEは、このタイマのカウント中に、後述する特定の条件に基づいて、新しいPLMNにおいて、変更前のPLMNで禁止されていたMMメッセージ、及び/又はSMメッセージの送信が許容されるように設定してもよい。尚、変更前のPLMNで禁止されていた、MMメッセージ、及び/又はSMメッセージの送信が許容されると表現した場合、バックオフタイマに対応付けられたS-NSSAIと同じS-NSSAI、及び/又は同じS-NSSAIに関連するS-NSSAI、及び/又は同じS-NSSAIのマップドS-NSSAIに関連するS-NSSAI、を用いたMMメッセージ、及び/又はSMメッセージの送信が許容されることを意味してもよい。 In addition, the UE is now allowed to send MM and / or SM messages that were prohibited by the PLMN before the change in the new PLMN, based on certain conditions described below, during the counting of this timer. It may be set. If it is expressed that the transmission of MM message and / or SM message, which was prohibited by PLMN before the change, is allowed, the same S-NSSAI and / as S-NSSAI associated with the backoff timer. Or it is permissible to send MM messages and / or SM messages using S-NSSAI related to the same S-NSSAI and / or S-NSSAI related to the mapped S-NSSAI of the same S-NSSAI. It may mean.
 さらに、バックオフタイマは、特定のNSSAIを用いた、MMメッセージの送信を禁止するためのタイマであってよい。言い換えると、UEは、このタイマのカウント中は、その特定のNSSAI、及び/又は特定のS-NSSAIを含むNSSAIを用いたMMメッセージを送信しないよう設定してもよい。 Furthermore, the backoff timer may be a timer for prohibiting the transmission of MM messages using a specific NSSAI. In other words, the UE may be configured not to send MM messages using that particular NSSAI and / or NSSAI containing a particular S-NSSAI while this timer is counting.
 さらに、UEは、このタイマのカウント中に、後述する特定の条件に基づいて、新しいPLMNにおいて、変更前のPLMNで禁止されていたMMメッセージの送信が許容されるように設定してもよい。尚、変更前のPLMNで禁止されていた、MMメッセージの送信が許容されると表現した場合、バックオフタイマに対応付けられたNSSAIと同じNSSAI、及び/又はバックオフタイマに対応付けられたS-NSSAIと同じS-NSSAIを含むNSSAIを用いたMMメッセージの送信が許容されることを意味してもよい。さらに、変更前のPLMNで禁止されていた、MMメッセージの送信が許容されると表現した場合、バックオフタイマに対応付けられたS-NSSAIに関連するS-NSSAIを含むNSSAI、及び/又はバックオフタイマに対応付けられたS-NSSAIのマップドS-NSSAIに関連するS-NSSAIを含むNSSAIを用いたMMメッセージの送信が許容されることを意味してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may be set to allow the transmission of MM messages prohibited by the PLMN before the change in the new PLMN based on the specific conditions described later during the counting of this timer. When it is expressed that the transmission of MM message, which was prohibited by PLMN before the change, is allowed, the same NSSAI as NSSAI associated with the backoff timer and / or S associated with the backoff timer. -It may mean that the transmission of MM messages using NSSAI containing the same S-NSSAI as NSSAI is allowed. Furthermore, if it is expressed that the transmission of MM messages, which was prohibited by PLMN before the change, is allowed, NSSAI including S-NSSAI related to S-NSSAI associated with the backoff timer, and / or back. It may mean that the transmission of MM messages using NSSAI including S-NSSAI related to the mapped S-NSSAI of S-NSSAI associated with the off-timer is allowed.
 また、バックオフタイマは、no NSSAIに対応付けられ、no NSSAIを用いたMMメッセージの送信を禁止するためのタイマであってもよい。言い換えると、UE_A10は、このタイマのカウント中は、no NSSAIを用いたMMメッセージを送信しないよう設定してもよい。さらに、UE_A10は、このタイマのカウント中に、後述する特定の条件に基づいて、新しいPLMNにおいて、変更前のPLMNで禁止されていたMMメッセージの送信が許容されるように設定してもよい。尚、変更前のPLMNで禁止されていたMMメッセージの送信が許容されると表現した場合、no NSSAIを用いたMMメッセージが許容されることを意味してもよい。 Further, the backoff timer may be a timer associated with noNSSAI and prohibiting the transmission of MM messages using noNSSAI. In other words, UE_A10 may be set not to send MM messages using noNSSAI during the counting of this timer. Furthermore, UE_A10 may be set to allow the transmission of MM messages prohibited by the PLMN before the change in the new PLMN based on the specific conditions described later during the counting of this timer. In addition, when it is expressed that the transmission of the MM message prohibited by the PLMN before the change is permitted, it may mean that the MM message using no NSSAI is permitted.
 さらに、バックオフタイマは、5GMMのタイマ、及び/又はEMM(EPS mobility management)のタイマであってもよい。さらに、バックオフタイマは、タイマT3448であってもよいし、タイマT3448と同等のタイマであってもよい。言い換えると、バックオフタイマは、コントロールプレーンを介したユーザデータの通信を規制するためのタイマと、同じタイマであってもよいし、同様のタイマであってもよい。 Further, the backoff timer may be a 5 GMM timer and / or an EMM (EPS mobility management) timer. Further, the backoff timer may be a timer T3448 or a timer equivalent to the timer T3448. In other words, the backoff timer may be the same timer as the timer for restricting the communication of user data via the control plane, or may be the same timer.
 次に、本実施形態において、各装置により送受信、及び記憶管理される識別情報について説明する。 Next, in the present embodiment, the identification information transmitted / received and stored and managed by each device will be described.
 本実施形態における第1の識別情報は、UEがarea of serviceをサポートすることを示すUEの能力情報(capability)であってよい。 The first identification information in the present embodiment may be the capability information (capability) of the UE indicating that the UE supports the area of service.
 より詳細には、第1の識別情報は、UEがコアネットワークに要求及び/又はコアネットワークから許可されたネットワークスライス(S-NSSAI)に関連付けられたエリア情報及び/又は理由値を含む情報をコアネットワークとの間で送受信し、認識し、記憶し、処理する機能を有することを示す能力情報であってよい。更に、UEが第1の識別情報をコアネットワークに送信することで、UEは、area of serviceに関する情報をコアネットワークから受信し、認識し、処理する機能をサポートすることを示してもよい。 More specifically, the first identification information is cored with information including area information and / or reason values associated with the network slice (S-NSSAI) that the UE has requested and / or has been granted from the core network to the core network. It may be ability information indicating that it has a function of transmitting, receiving, recognizing, storing, and processing with and from a network. Further, it may be shown that the UE supports the function of receiving, recognizing, and processing the information about the area of service from the core network by transmitting the first identification information to the core network.
 ここで、area of serviceをサポートするUEは、提供されたarea of serviceに関する情報をコアネットワークとの間で送受信し、認識し、記憶し、処理する機能や、area of serviceのためのUE主導又はネットワーク主導の手続きを実行する機能を備えていてよい。具体的には、例えば、area of serviceをサポートするUEは、コアネットワークから受信したS-NSSAIに対応付けられたエリアに関する情報を認識し、記憶し、処理する機能を備えていてよいし、S-NSSAIに対応付けられたarea of serviceに関する理由値を認識し、記憶し、処理する機能を備えていてもよい。 Here, the UE that supports the area of service has the ability to send, receive, recognize, store, and process information about the provided area of service with and from the core network, and the UE-led or UE-led for the area of service. It may have the ability to perform network-driven procedures. Specifically, for example, a UE that supports an area of service may have a function of recognizing, storing, and processing information about an area associated with S-NSSAI received from the core network. -It may have a function to recognize, store, and process the reason value related to the area of service associated with NSSAI.
 更に、第1の識別情報は、UE_A10が、area of serviceをサポートすることを示すコアネットワークの能力情報をコアネットワークに要求するための識別情報であってよい。 Further, the first identification information may be identification information for requesting the core network for the ability information of the core network indicating that UE_A10 supports the area of service.
 尚、ここで、エリアを示す情報は、後述の第3の識別情報であってよい。 Here, the information indicating the area may be the third identification information described later.
 または、第1の識別情報は、UEがarea of serviceをサポートするか、しないかを示すUEの能力情報(capability)であってよい。 Alternatively, the first identification information may be the capability information of the UE indicating whether or not the UE supports the area of service.
 本実施形態における第2の識別情報は、コアネットワークがarea of serviceをサポートすることを示すコアネットワークの能力情報である。 The second identification information in the present embodiment is the ability information of the core network indicating that the core network supports the area of service.
 より詳細には、第2の識別情報は、UEから要求及び/又はUEに対して許可したネットワークスライス(S-NSSAI)に関連付けられたエリア情報及び/又は理由値を含むarea of serviceに関する情報をUEとの間で送受信し、認識し、記憶し、処理する機能を有することを示す能力情報であってよい。 More specifically, the second identification information contains information about the area of service, including the area information associated with the network slice (S-NSSAI) requested by the UE and / or the UE and / or the reason value. It may be ability information indicating that it has a function of transmitting, receiving, recognizing, storing, and processing with and from the UE.
 更に、コアネットワークが第2の識別情報をUEに送信することで、コアネットワークは、area of serviceに関する情報をUEから受信し、認識し、処理する機能をサポートすることを示してもよい。 Further, it may be shown that the core network supports the function of receiving, recognizing, and processing the information about the area of service from the UE by transmitting the second identification information to the UE.
 ここで、area of serviceをサポートするUEは、提供されたarea of serviceに関する情報をコアネットワークとの間で送受信し、認識し、記憶し、処理する機能や、area of serviceのためのUE主導又はネットワーク主導の手続きを実行する機能を備えていてよい。具体的には、例えば、area of serviceをサポートするUEは、コアネットワークから受信したS-NSSAIに対応付けられたエリアに関する情報を認識し、記憶し、処理する機能を備えていてよいし、S-NSSAIに対応付けられたarea of serviceに関する理由値を認識し、記憶し、処理する機能を備えていてもよい。 Here, the UE that supports the area of service has the ability to send, receive, recognize, store, and process information about the provided area of service with and from the core network, and the UE-led or UE-led for the area of service. It may have the ability to perform network-driven procedures. Specifically, for example, a UE that supports an area of service may have a function of recognizing, storing, and processing information about an area associated with S-NSSAI received from the core network. -It may have a function to recognize, store, and process the reason value related to the area of service associated with NSSAI.
 更に、第2の識別情報は、UEから受信した第1の識別情報に基づいて、UE_A10に送信する識別情報であってよい。 Further, the second identification information may be the identification information transmitted to UE_A10 based on the first identification information received from the UE.
 尚、ここで、エリアを示す情報は、後述の第3の識別情報であってよい。 Here, the information indicating the area may be the third identification information described later.
 本実施形態における第3の識別情報は、S-NSSAIのサービスが提供されるエリアを示す情報であってよい。 The third identification information in the present embodiment may be information indicating an area where the S-NSSAI service is provided.
 ここで、第3の識別情報が示すエリアは、前述のarea of serviceが示す(specifyする)エリア又はエリアに関する情報であってよく、Tracking Area(TA)であってもよいし、registration areaであってもよいし、1又は複数のTAで構成された(S-NSSAI毎のサービスエリアを示す)情報であってもよいし、1又は複数のセル(eNB及び/又はgNBのカバレッジ)で構成されていてもよいし、地理位置情報に基づくエリアであってもよい。 Here, the area indicated by the third identification information may be information related to the area or area indicated (specifying) by the above-mentioned area of service, may be Tracking Area (TA), or may be a registration area. It may be information composed of one or more TAs (indicating a service area for each S-NSSAI), or it may be composed of one or more cells (eNB and / or gNB coverage). It may be an area based on geolocation information.
 尚、第3の識別情報が地理位置情報に基づくエリアであった場合、地理位置情報にマッピングされた1又は複数のeNB及び/又はgNBのカバレッジで構成された識別情報であってもよいし、地理位置情報にマッピングされた1又は複数のTAで構成された識別情報であってもよい。 When the third identification information is an area based on the geolocation information, the identification information may be composed of the coverage of one or more eNBs and / or gNBs mapped to the geolocation information. It may be identification information composed of one or more TAs mapped to geolocation information.
 第3の識別情報は、第4のrejected NSSAIに含まれるエリア情報であってもよい。 The third identification information may be the area information included in the fourth rejected NSSAI.
 本実施形態における第4の識別情報は、UEが接続している又は接続を試みるネットワークスライス(S-NSSAI)のサービスが提供されるエリアの外である事を示す理由値(cause value)であってよい。また、第4の識別情報は、UEが移動により当該エリアの外に出た事を示す理由値であってよい。また、第4の識別情報は、S-NSSAIに接続できる場所にいないことを示す理由値であってもよい。 The fourth identification information in the present embodiment is a reason value indicating that the UE is connected or is outside the area where the service of the network slice (S-NSSAI) attempting to connect is provided. You can do it. Further, the fourth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the UE has moved out of the area. Further, the fourth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the user is not in a place where the S-NSSAI can be connected.
 ここで、第4の識別情報は、rejected NSSAI情報要素(Information Element;IE)に含まれる理由値(cause value)であってもよいし、S-NSSAIと関連付けられた別の識別情報であってもよい。 Here, the fourth identification information may be a reason value (cause value) included in the rejected NSSAI information element (Information Element; IE), or may be another identification information associated with S-NSSAI. May be good.
 [3.1. 各実施形態で用いられる手続きの説明]
 次に、各実施形態で用いられる手続きについて説明する。尚、各実施形態で用いられる手続きには、登録手続き(Registration procedure)、Network Slice-Specific Authentication and Authorization手続き、UE設定更新手続き(Generic UE configuration update procedure)、ネットワークが開始する非登録手続き(Network-initiated de-registration procedure)が含まれる。が含まれる。以下、各手続きについて説明していく。
[3.1. Explanation of procedures used in each embodiment]
Next, the procedure used in each embodiment will be described. The procedures used in each embodiment include registration procedure, Network Slice-Specific Authentication and Authorization procedure, Generic UE configuration update procedure, and network-initiated non-registration procedure (Network-). Initiated de-registration procedure) is included. Is included. Each procedure will be explained below.
 尚、各実施形態では、図2に記載されているように、HSSとUDM、PCFとPCRF、SMFとPGW-C、UPFとPGW-Uが、それぞれ同一の装置(つまり、同一の物理的なハードウェア、又は同一の論理的なハードウェア、又は同一のソフトウェア)として構成されている場合を例にとって説明する。しかし、本実施形態に記載される内容は、これらが異なる装置(つまり、異なる物理的なハードウェア、又は異なる論理的なハードウェア、又は異なるソフトウェア)として構成される場合にも適用可能である。例えば、これらの間で、直接データの送受信を行ってもよいし、AMF、MME間のN26インターフェースを介してデータを送受信してもよいし、UEを介してデータを送受信してもよい。 In each embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, HSS and UDM, PCF and PCRF, SMF and PGW-C, and UPF and PGW-U are each the same device (that is, the same physical device). The case where it is configured as hardware, the same logical hardware, or the same software) will be described as an example. However, the content described in this embodiment is also applicable when they are configured as different devices (ie, different physical hardware, or different logical hardware, or different software). For example, data may be transmitted / received directly between them, data may be transmitted / received via the N26 interface between AMF and MME, or data may be transmitted / received via UE.
 [3.2. 登録手続き]
 まず、登録手続き(Registration procedure)について、図6を用いて説明する。以下、本手続きとは登録手続きを指す。登録手続きは、UEが主導してアクセスネットワーク_B、及び/又はコアネットワーク_B、及び/又はDNへ登録する為の手続きである。UEは、ネットワークに登録していない状態であれば、例えば、電源投入時等の任意のタイミングで本手続きを実行することができる。言い換えると、UEは、非登録状態(5GMM-DEREGISTERED state)であれば任意のタイミングで本手続きを開始できる。また、各装置(特にUEとAMF)は、登録手続きの完了に基づいて、登録状態(5GMM-REGISTEDED state)に遷移することができる。尚、各登録状態は、アクセス毎に各装置で管理されてよい。具体的には、各装置は3GPPアクセスに対する登録の状態(登録状態又は非登録状態)と、non-3GPPアクセスに対する登録の状態を独立して管理してよい。
[3.2. Registration procedure]
First, the registration procedure will be described with reference to FIG. Hereinafter, this procedure refers to the registration procedure. The registration procedure is a procedure for the UE to take the initiative in registering with the access network_B and / or the core network_B and / or the DN. The UE can execute this procedure at any time, for example, when the power is turned on, as long as it is not registered in the network. In other words, the UE can start this procedure at any time if it is in the unregistered state (5GMM-DEREGISTERED state). In addition, each device (especially UE and AMF) can transition to the registration state (5GMM-REGISTEDED state) based on the completion of the registration procedure. It should be noted that each registration state may be managed by each device for each access. Specifically, each device may independently manage the registration status (registered or unregistered status) for 3GPP access and the registration status for non-3GPP access.
 さらに、登録手続きは、ネットワークにおけるUEの位置登録情報を更新する、及び/又は、UEからネットワークへ定期的にUEの状態を通知する、及び/又は、ネットワークにおけるUEに関する特定のパラメータを更新する為の手続きであってもよい。 In addition, the registration procedure updates the location registration information of the UE in the network and / or periodically notifies the network of the status of the UE from the UE and / or updates certain parameters about the UE in the network. It may be the procedure of.
 UEは、TA(トラッキングエリア)を跨ぐモビリティをした際に、登録手続きを開始してもよい。言い換えると、UEは、保持しているTAリスト(TAI list又は登録エリア)で示されるTAとは異なるTAに移動した際に、登録手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、実行しているバックオフタイマ、またはその他のタイマが満了した際に本手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、PDUセッションの切断や無効化が原因で各装置のコンテキストの更新が必要な際に登録手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、UEのPDUセッション確立に関する、能力情報、及び/又はプリファレンスに変化が生じた場合、登録手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、定期的に登録手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、UE設定更新手続きの完了に基づいて、又は登録手続きの完了に基づいて、又はPDUセッション確立手続きの完了に基づいて、又はPDUセッションマネジメント手続きの完了に基づいて、又は各手続きでネットワークから受信した情報に基づいて、又はバックオフタイマの満了、または停止に基づいて、登録手続きを開始してもよい。尚、UEは、これらに限らず、任意のタイミングで登録手続きを実行することができる。 The UE may start the registration procedure when it has mobility across the TA (tracking area). In other words, the UE may start the registration procedure when it moves to a TA different from the TA indicated by the held TA list (TAI list or registration area). In addition, the UE may initiate this procedure when the running backoff timer or other timer has expired. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process when the context of each device needs to be updated due to disconnection or invalidation of the PDU session. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process if there is a change in capability information and / or preferences regarding the establishment of the UE's PDU session. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process on a regular basis. In addition, the UE may be based on the completion of the UE configuration update procedure, or on the basis of the completion of the registration procedure, or on the basis of the completion of the PDU session establishment procedure, or on the basis of the completion of the PDU session management procedure, or in each procedure. The registration procedure may be initiated based on the information received from the network or based on the expiration or suspension of the backoff timer. The UE is not limited to these, and can execute the registration procedure at any timing.
 なお、上述したUEがネットワークに登録していない状態から登録された状態に遷移する為の手続きを、初期登録手続き(initial registration procedure)または初期登録のための登録手続き(registration procedure for initial registration)としてよいし、UEがネットワークに登録された状態で実行された登録手続きを、移動及び定期的な登録更新の為の登録手続き(registration procedure for mobility and periodic registration update)または移動及び定期的な登録手続き(mobility and periodic registration procedure)としてよい。 The procedure for transitioning from the state in which the UE is not registered in the network to the state in which the UE is registered is referred to as an initial registration procedure (initial registration procedure) or a registration procedure for initial registration (registration procedure for initial registration). Alternatively, the registration procedure executed while the UE is registered in the network can be changed to the registration procedure (registration procedure for mobility and periodic registration update) or the transfer and regular registration procedure (registration procedure for mobility and periodic registration update). Mobility and periodic registration procedure) may be used.
 図6のnew AMF141は、本手続きによりUE_A10が登録されるAMFを示し、old AMF142は本手続きより前の手続きによりUEが登録されていたAMFを意味する。本手続き内で、AMFの変更が発生しない場合、old AMF142とnew AMF141間のインターフェース、及びold AMF142とnew AMF141間の手続きは発生せず、new AMF141はold AMF142と同じ装置であってよい。本実施形態では、AMFと記載した場合、new AMF141を意味してもよいし、old AMF142を意味してもよいし、またその両方を意味してもよい。なお、new AMF141とold AMF142はAMF140であってよい。 New AMF141 in Fig. 6 indicates the AMF in which UE_A10 is registered by this procedure, and old AMF142 means the AMF in which the UE was registered by the procedure prior to this procedure. If the AMF is not changed in this procedure, the interface between old AMF 142 and new AMF 141 and the procedure between old AMF 142 and new AMF 141 do not occur, and new AMF 141 may be the same device as old AMF 142. In the present embodiment, when AMF is described, it may mean new AMF 141, old AMF 142, or both. Note that new AMF141 and old AMF142 may be AMF140.
 まず、UE_A10は、new AMF141に登録要求(Registration request)メッセージを送信することにより(S600)(S602)(S604)、登録手続きを開始する。具体的には、UEは、登録要求メッセージを含むRRCメッセージを、5G AN120(又はgNB)に送信する(S600)。尚、登録要求メッセージは、N1インターフェース上で送受信されるNASメッセージである。また、RRCメッセージは、UEと5G AN120(又はgNB)との間で送受信される制御メッセージであってよい。また、NASメッセージはNASレイヤで処理され、RRCメッセージはRRCレイヤで処理される。尚、NASレイヤはRRCレイヤよりも上位のレイヤである。 First, UE_A10 starts the registration procedure by sending a registration request message to new AMF141 (S600) (S602) (S604). Specifically, the UE sends an RRC message including a registration request message to 5GAN120 (or gNB) (S600). The registration request message is a NAS message sent and received on the N1 interface. Further, the RRC message may be a control message transmitted / received between the UE and 5GAN120 (or gNB). In addition, NAS messages are processed in the NAS layer, and RRC messages are processed in the RRC layer. The NAS layer is a layer higher than the RRC layer.
 ここで、UE_A10は、第1の識別情報、及び/又はrequested NSSAI(Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)を、登録要求メッセージ及び/又はRRCメッセージに含めて送信する事ができる。さらに、UE_A10は登録要求メッセージ及び/又はRRCメッセージに、本手続きの種類を示す識別情報を含めて送信してよい。ここで、本手続きの種類を示す識別情報は、5GS registration type IEであってよく、本手続きが初期登録の為、又は移動に伴う登録情報更新の為、又は定期的な登録情報更新の為、又は緊急時の登録の為、の登録手続きであることを示す情報であってよい。 Here, UE_A10 can send the first identification information and / or the requested NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) by including it in the registration request message and / or the RRC message. In addition, UE_A10 may send the registration request message and / or the RRC message with identification information indicating the type of this procedure. Here, the identification information indicating the type of this procedure may be 5GS registration type IE, and this procedure is for initial registration, for updating registration information due to movement, or for periodical update of registration information. Alternatively, it may be information indicating that the registration procedure is for emergency registration.
 UE_A10は、UE_A10がサポートする機能をネットワークに通知するために、UEの能力情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよく、UEの能力情報として第1の識別情報を含めてもよい。ここで、UEの能力情報は、5GSの5G MM capabilityであってよい。 UE_A10 may include the ability information of the UE in the registration request message in order to notify the network of the functions supported by the UE_A10, or may include the first identification information as the ability information of the UE. Here, the capability information of the UE may be 5GMM capability of 5GS.
 UE_A10はこの識別情報を、これらとは異なる制御メッセージ、例えば、RRCレイヤよりも下位のレイヤ(例えば、MACレイヤ、RLCレイヤ、PDCPレイヤ)の制御メッセージに含めて送信してもよい。尚、UE_A10は、これらの識別情報を、送信することで、UE_A10が各機能をサポートしていることを示してもよいし、UEの要求を示してもよいし、これら両方を示してもよい。尚、各機能のサポートを示す情報と、各機能の使用の要求を示す情報は、同じ識別情報として送受信されてもよいし、異なる識別情報として送受信されてもよい。 UE_A10 may send this identification information by including it in a control message different from these, for example, a control message of a layer lower than the RRC layer (for example, MAC layer, RLC layer, PDCP layer). It should be noted that UE_A10 may indicate that UE_A10 supports each function by transmitting these identification information, may indicate a request of UE, or may indicate both of them. .. The information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating the request for using each function may be transmitted / received as the same identification information or may be transmitted / received as different identification information.
 さらに、UE_A10は、UE_A10が要求するS-NSSAI(NSSAA is pending for the S-NSSAI)をrequested NSSAIに含めてもよい。さらに、UE_A10は、S-NSSAIをrequested NSSAIに含めることで、前記S-NSSAIの要求を示してもよい。 Furthermore, UE_A10 may include S-NSSAI (NSSAA is pending for the S-NSSAI) requested by UE_A10 in requested NSSAI. Further, UE_A10 may indicate the request of the S-NSSAI by including the S-NSSAI in the requested NSSAI.
 尚、UE_A10は、第1の識別情報、requested NSSAIをネットワークに送信するか否かを、UEの能力情報、及び/又はUEポリシー、及び/又はUEの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はUEが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、選択、決定してもよい。 In addition, UE_A10 determines whether or not to send the first identification information, requested NSSAI to the network, UE capability information and / or UE policy, and / or UE status, and / or user registration information, and / Or may be selected and determined based on the context held by the UE.
 さらに、UE_A10は、NSSAA機能を備える場合、またはNSSAAを要するスライスを識別するS-NSSAIを少なくとも1つ要求する場合、NSSAA機能をサポートすることを示す能力情報を登録要求メッセージに含めて送信してもよい。UE_A10は、NSSAA機能をサポートすることを示す能力情報を送信することで、ネットワークにこのUEを、NSSAA機能を備えるUEとして扱うこと、及びUEに関する手続きにおいてNSSAA機能による認証及び承認手続きの実行を要求してもよい。 In addition, if UE_A10 has NSSAA functionality or requests at least one S-NSSAI that identifies slices that require NSSAA, it will send capability information in the registration request message to indicate that it supports NSSAA functionality. May be good. UE_A10 treats this UE as a UE with NSSAA function to the network by sending capability information indicating that it supports the NSSAA function, and requests that the authentication and approval procedure by the NSSAA function be performed in the procedure related to UE. You may.
 また、UE_A10は、登録要求メッセージにSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ)を含めて送信することで、又は登録要求メッセージとともにSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ)を送信することで、登録手続き中にPDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよい。 In addition, UE_A10 can be sent by including the SM message (for example, PDU session establishment request message) in the registration request message, or by sending the SM message (for example, PDU session establishment request message) together with the registration request message. The PDU session establishment procedure may be started during the registration procedure.
 5G AN120(又はgNB)は、登録要求メッセージを含むRRCメッセージを受信すると、登録要求メッセージを転送するAMFを選択する(S602)。尚、5G AN120(又はgNB)は、登録要求メッセージ、及び/又は登録要求メッセージが含まれるRRCメッセージ、に含まれる1又は複数の識別情報に基づいて、AMFを選択することができる。具体的には、5G AN(又はgNB)は、第1の識別情報に基づいて、登録要求メッセージの送信先のnew AMF141を選択してもよい。 When 5G AN120 (or gNB) receives an RRC message including a registration request message, it selects the AMF to which the registration request message is forwarded (S602). The 5GAN120 (or gNB) can select AMF based on one or more identification information contained in the registration request message and / or the RRC message including the registration request message. Specifically, 5GAN (or gNB) may select new AMF141 to which the registration request message is sent based on the first identification information.
 例えば、5G AN120(又はgNB)は、第1の識別情報、及び/又はrequested NSSAIに基づき、第1の識別情報が示す能力情報に対応する機能をサポートするAMFを選択してもよい。具体的には、5G AN(又はgNB)は、第1の識別情報が示すUEの能力情報に対応し、area of serviceに基づくネットワークスライスに含まれる、又はネットワークスライスへの接続性を備えるAMFを選択してもよい。 For example, 5GAN120 (or gNB) may select an AMF that supports the function corresponding to the ability information indicated by the first identification information based on the first identification information and / or requested NSSAI. Specifically, 5GAN (or gNB) corresponds to the capability information of the UE indicated by the first identification information, and is included in the network slice based on the area of service, or has AMF having connectivity to the network slice. You may choose.
 なお、AMFの選択方法はこれに限らず、5G AN(又はgNB)はこれ以外の条件に基づきAMFを選択してもよい。5G AN(又はgNB)は、受信したRRCメッセージから登録要求メッセージを取り出し、選択したnew AMFに、登録要求メッセージを転送する(S604)。なお、第1から2の識別情報の内少なくとも1つの識別情報が、登録要求メッセージには含まれずRRCメッセージに含まれた場合、RRCメッセージに含まれた識別情報を、選択したAMF(new AMF141)に、登録要求メッセージと一緒に転送してもよい(S604)。 The selection method of AMF is not limited to this, and 5GAN (or gNB) may select AMF based on other conditions. 5GAN (or gNB) extracts the registration request message from the received RRC message and forwards the registration request message to the selected new AMF (S604). If at least one of the first and second identification information is not included in the registration request message and is included in the RRC message, the identification information included in the RRC message is selected as AMF (new AMF141). May be forwarded with the registration request message (S604).
 new AMF141は、登録要求メッセージを受信した場合、第1の条件判別を実行することができる。第1の条件判別とは、ネットワーク(又はnew AMF141)がUEの要求を受諾するか否かを判別するためのものである。new AMF141は、第1の条件判別が真の場合、S606からS612 の手続きを実行する。一方で、new AMF141は、第1の条件判別が偽の場合、S606からS608の手続きを実行せず、S610の手続きを実行してもよい。 When the new AMF141 receives the registration request message, it can execute the first condition determination. The first conditional determination is for determining whether or not the network (or new AMF141) accepts the UE request. new AMF141 executes the procedure from S606 to S612 if the first condition determination is true. On the other hand, new AMF141 may execute the procedure of S610 without executing the procedure of S606 to S608 when the first condition determination is false.
 または、new AMF141は、UEコンテキストをold AMF142に要求、及びUEコンテキストをold AMF142から受信(S606、S608)後に第1の条件判別をしてもよい。その場合、new AMF141は、第1の条件判別が真の場合、S610及び/又はS612を実行してよい。一方で、new AMF141は、第1の条件判別が偽の場合、S610を実行してもよい。 Alternatively, the new AMF141 may request the UE context from the old AMF142 and determine the first condition after receiving the UE context from the old AMF142 (S606, S608). In that case, new AMF141 may execute S610 and / or S612 if the first condition determination is true. On the other hand, new AMF141 may execute S610 when the first condition determination is false.
 なお、ここで、第1の条件判別が真の場合、S610で送信及び受信される制御メッセージは、登録受諾(Registration accept)メッセージであってよいし、第1の条件判別が偽である場合、S610で送信及び受信される制御メッセージは、登録拒絶(Registration reject)メッセージであってよい。 Here, when the first condition determination is true, the control message transmitted and received by the S610 may be a registration acceptance message, and when the first condition determination is false, it may be a registration acceptance message. The control message transmitted and received by the S610 may be a Registration reject message.
 尚、第1の条件判別は、登録要求メッセージの受信、及び/又は登録要求メッセージに含まれる各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、実行されてもよい。 The first condition determination is the reception of the registration request message and / or each identification information contained in the registration request message, and / or the subscriber information, and / or the network capability information, and / or the operator policy, and It may be executed based on / or the state of the network and / or the user's registration information and / or the context held by AMF.
 例えば、UEの要求をネットワークが許可する場合、第1の条件判別は真であり、UEの要求をネットワークが許可しない場合、第1の条件判別は偽でよい。また、UEの登録先のネットワーク、及び/又はネットワーク内の装置が、UEの要求する機能をサポートしている場合、第1の条件判別は真であり、UEの要求する機能をサポートしていない場合、第1の条件判別は偽でよい。さらに、送受信される識別情報が許可される場合、第1の条件判別は真であり、送受信される識別情報が許可されない場合、第1の条件判別は偽でよい。 For example, if the network permits the UE request, the first condition determination is true, and if the network does not allow the UE request, the first condition determination may be false. Also, if the network to which the UE is registered and / or the devices in the network support the functions required by the UE, the first condition determination is true and does not support the functions required by the UE. In this case, the first condition determination may be false. Further, if the transmitted / received identification information is permitted, the first conditional determination may be true, and if the transmitted / received identification information is not permitted, the first conditional determination may be false.
 また、AMFがUEから受信したrequested NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIがNSSAA手続きを要するスライスを識別する情報である場合、更にAMFがUEに対して対応するS-NSSAIのNSSAA手続きの結果が成功であると記憶する場合、第1の条件判別は真であってよい。または、UEに許可するS-NSSAIがなく、今後もUEに対してallowed NSSAIを割り当てる予定がない場合、第1の条件判別は偽であってもよい。 Also, if the S-NSSAI contained in the requested NSSAI received from the UE is the information that identifies the slice that requires the NSSAA procedure, the result of the NSSAA procedure of the S-NSSAI that the AMF corresponds to the UE is successful. The first condition determination may be true if it is remembered to be. Alternatively, if the UE does not have S-NSSAI allowed and there are no plans to assign allowed NSSAI to the UE in the future, the first condition determination may be false.
 また、AMFがUEから受信したrequested NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIがスライスに接続する最大UE数管理を要するスライスを識別する情報である場合、さらに最大UE数に達していなかった場合、第1の条件判別は真であってよい。または、UEに許可するS-NSSAIがない場合も、今後もUEに対してallowed NSSAIを割り当てることが期待できる場合には、第1の条件判別は真であってもよい。 In addition, if the S-NSSAI included in the requested NSSAI received from the UE by AMF is information that identifies a slice that requires management of the maximum number of UEs to be connected to the slice, and if the maximum number of UEs has not been reached, the first The condition determination may be true. Alternatively, even if the UE does not have S-NSSAI allowed, the first condition determination may be true if it can be expected that the allowed NSSAI will be assigned to the UE in the future.
 AMFは、UEに許可するS-NSSAIがない場合で、第1のNSSAIをUEに割り当てる場合に、第1の条件判別は真であってよいし、偽であってもよい。 AMF does not have S-NSSAI allowed for UE, and when the first NSSAI is assigned to UE, the first condition determination may be true or false.
 new AMF141は、new AMF141がUEから受信したメッセージに含まれるAMF識別情報に示されるAMFがold AMF142である場合、S606、S608の手続きを実行し、new AMF141がUE_A10から受信したメッセージに含まれるAMF識別情報に示されるAMFがnew AMF141である場合、S606、S608の手続きを実行しない。言い換えると、本手続きによりAMFの変更(AMF change)が発生した場合、S606、S608の手続きは実行され、AMFの変更が発生しない場合は、S606、S608の手続きはスキップされる。 If the AMF indicated in the AMF identification information included in the message received from the UE by the new AMF141 is the old AMF142, the new AMF141 executes the procedures of S606 and S608, and the new AMF141 is included in the message received from the UE_A10. If the AMF shown in the identification information is new AMF141, the procedure for S606 and S608 is not executed. In other words, if an AMF change occurs due to this procedure, the S606 and S608 procedures are executed, and if the AMF change does not occur, the S606 and S608 procedures are skipped.
 UEコンテキストの転送手続き(S606、S608)について説明する。new AMF141は、old AMF142にUEコンテキストの要求メッセージを送信する(S606)。old AMF142は受信したUEコンテキストの要求メッセージに基づき、new AMF141へUEコンテキストを送信する。new AMF141は、受信したUEコンテキストに基づき、UEコンテキストを生成する。 The UE context transfer procedure (S606, S608) will be explained. new AMF141 sends a UE context request message to old AMF142 (S606). The old AMF142 sends the UE context to the new AMF 141 based on the received UE context request message. new AMF141 creates a UE context based on the received UE context.
 ここで、new AMF141からold AMF142に送信されるUEコンテキストには、UE IDやallowed NSSAIが含まれていてもよい。更に、UEコンテキストには、configured NSSAI及び/又はrejected NSSAI、NSSAI及び/又はpending NSSAI、及び/又は第1のNSSAI、が含まれていてもよい。また、UEコンテキストに含まれるallowed NSSAI、及び/又はconfigured NSSAI、及び/又はrejected NSSAI、及び/又はpending NSSAI、及び/又は第1のNSSAI、及び各NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAI、はUEへの通知が完了しているか否かの情報が紐づけられていてもよい。 Here, the UE context sent from new AMF141 to old AMF142 may include UE ID and allowed NSSAI. Further, the UE context may include configured NSSAI and / or rejected NSSAI, NSSAI and / or pending NSSAI, and / or a first NSSAI. Also, allowed NSSAI and / or configured NSSAI and / or rejected NSSAI and / or pending NSSAI and / or first NSSAI included in the UE context, and S-NSSAI included in each NSSAI are sent to the UE. Information on whether or not the notification has been completed may be linked.
 また、UEコンテキストには、NSSAA手続きを要するS-NSSAIの情報、及び/又はUEに対してNSSAA手続きを完了した、認証が成功したことを示す情報、及び/又は認証が失敗した事を示す情報を含めてもよい。 Also, in the UE context, information on S-NSSAI that requires the NSSAA procedure, and / or information indicating that the NSSAA procedure has been completed for the UE, indicating that the authentication was successful, and / or information indicating that the authentication has failed. May be included.
 また、UEコンテキストには、スライスに接続する最大UE数管理を要するS-NSSAIの情報、及び/又は最大UE数に達したことを示す情報、及び/又はスライスに接続する最大UE数に達したか否かを示す情報を含めてもよい。 Also, in the UE context, the S-NSSAI information that requires management of the maximum number of UEs connected to the slice, and / or the information indicating that the maximum number of UEs has been reached, and / or the maximum number of UEs connected to the slice have been reached. Information indicating whether or not it may be included.
 なお、これらS-NSSAIの特性に関する情報は、1つの情報として管理されてよく、具体的には、ネットワークは、各S-NSSAIごとに、NSSAAを要するか否か、NSSAAが成功したか否か、スライスに接続する最大UE数の管理を要するか否か、スライスに接続する最大UE数に達したか否か、を示す情報を関連付けて記憶してもよい。 Information on the characteristics of these S-NSSAIs may be managed as one piece of information. Specifically, whether or not the network requires NSSAA for each S-NSSAI and whether or not NSSAA is successful. , Information indicating whether or not the maximum number of UEs connected to the slice needs to be managed and whether or not the maximum number of UEs connected to the slice has been reached may be stored in association with each other.
 new AMF141は、第1の条件判別の決定に基づいて、及び/又はold AMF142からUEコンテキストの受信に基づき、UEへ制御メッセージを送信してよい(S610)。制御メッセージは登録受諾メッセージであってもよいし、登録拒絶メッセージであってもよい。 The new AMF141 may send a control message to the UE based on the determination of the first condition determination and / or based on the reception of the UE context from the old AMF142 (S610). The control message may be a registration acceptance message or a registration refusal message.
 new AMF141は、制御メッセージに第2から第4の識別情報のうち、1つ以上の識別情報を含めて送信してよい。ここで、第3の識別情報は、allowed NSSAI及び/又はrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAI毎に対応付けられて1又は複数送信されてもよく、第4の識別情報は、rejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAI毎に対応付けられて1又は複数送信されてもよい。尚、new AMF141は、これらの識別情報及び/又は制御メッセージを送信することで、ネットワークがarea of serviceに関する機能を含む各機能をサポートしていることを示してもよいし、UEの要求が受諾されたことを示してもよいし、UEからの要求を許可していない事を示してもよいし、これらを組み合わせた情報を示してもよい。さらに、複数の識別情報が送受信される場合、これらの識別情報の2以上の識別情報は、1以上の識別情報として構成されてもよい。尚、各機能のサポートを示す情報と、各機能の使用の要求を示す情報は、同じ識別情報として送受信されてもよいし、異なる識別情報として送受信されてもよい。 The new AMF141 may send the control message including one or more identification information among the second to fourth identification information. Here, the third identification information may be transmitted one or more in association with each S-NSSAI included in allowed NSSAI and / or rejected NSSAI, and the fourth identification information is included in rejected NSSAI. One or more may be transmitted in association with each S-NSSAI. In addition, new AMF141 may indicate that the network supports each function including the function related to the area of service by transmitting these identification information and / or the control message, and the request of the UE is accepted. It may indicate that the request has been made, it may indicate that the request from the UE is not permitted, or it may indicate information that combines these. Further, when a plurality of identification information is transmitted and received, two or more identification information of these identification information may be configured as one or more identification information. The information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating the request for using each function may be transmitted / received as the same identification information or may be transmitted / received as different identification information.
 尚、new AMF141は、第1の識別情報をUEから受信したことに基づいて、制御メッセージ(登録受諾メッセージ又は登録拒絶メッセージ)に第2から第4の識別情報のうち1以上を含めて送信してもよい。 In addition, new AMF141 transmits the control message (registration acceptance message or registration refusal message) including one or more of the second to fourth identification information based on the reception of the first identification information from the UE. You may.
 言い換えると、new AMF141は、UEから受信した第1の識別情報が、UEがarea of serviceをサポートしていることを示す場合、new AMF141が送信するAllowed NSSAI、Rejected NSSAI、又はPending NSSAIに含まれる、一以上のS-NSSAIに対応付けられたエリア情報をUEに送信してもよい。 In other words, the new AMF141 is included in the Allowed NSSAI, Rejected NSSAI, or Pending NSSAI transmitted by the new AMF141 if the first identification information received from the UE indicates that the UE supports the area of service. , Area information associated with one or more S-NSSAIs may be sent to the UE.
 または、new AMF141は、コアネットワークがarea of serviceをサポートする場合に、第2の識別情報と、S-NSSAIとそのS-NSSAIが対応付けられたエリア情報とをUEに送信してもよい。なお、この時のS-NSSAIとエリア情報は、Allowed NSSAI、Rejected NSSAI、又はPending NSSAIに含まれる、一以上のS-NSSAIとエリア情報であってもよい。 Alternatively, new AMF141 may send the second identification information and the area information associated with S-NSSAI and its S-NSSAI to the UE when the core network supports the area of service. The S-NSSAI and area information at this time may be one or more S-NSSAI and area information included in Allowed NSSAI, Rejected NSSAI, or Pending NSSAI.
 なお、S-NSSAIに対応付けられたエリア情報、new AMF141からUEに送信される、Allowed NSSAI、Rejected NSSAI、又はPending NSSAIに含まれてもよいし、Allowed NSSAI、Rejected NSSAI、又はPending NSSAIとは独立した情報であってもよい。 The area information associated with S-NSSAI, which may be included in Allowed NSSAI, Rejected NSSAI, or Pending NSSAI transmitted from new AMF141 to UE, is Allowed NSSAI, Rejected NSSAI, or Pending NSSAI. It may be independent information.
 さらに言い換えると、new AMF141がUEから第1の識別情報を受信しなかった場合、またはnew AMF141がUEからUEがarea of serviceをサポートしていないことを示す第1の識別情報を受信した場合、new AMF141が送信するAllowed NSSAI、Rejected NSSAI、又はPending NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIに対応付けられたエリア情報をUEに送信しない制御を実行してよい。 In other words, if the new AMF141 does not receive the first identification from the UE, or if the new AMF141 receives the first identification from the UE that the UE does not support the area of service. Control may be executed not to transmit the area information associated with S-NSSAI included in Allowed NSSAI, Rejected NSSAI, or Pending NSSAI transmitted by new AMF141 to the UE.
 具体的には、new AMF141が、UEがarea of serviceをサポートしていないことを検知した場合、new AMF141はUEが要求したS-NSSAIがarea of serviceを要するS-NSSAIであっても、前記S-NSSAIに対応づけられたエリア情報をUEに送信しなくてよいし、エリア情報を含めないAllowed NSSAI、Rejected NSSAI、又はPending NSSAIをUEに送信してよい。 Specifically, when the new AMF141 detects that the UE does not support the area of service, the new AMF141 will be described above even if the S-NSSAI requested by the UE is an S-NSSAI that requires the area of service. The area information associated with S-NSSAI does not have to be transmitted to the UE, and Allowed NSSAI, Rejected NSSAI, or Pending NSSAI that does not include the area information may be transmitted to the UE.
 なお、S-NSSAIに対応付けられたエリア情報、new AMF141からUEに送信される、Allowed NSSAI、Rejected NSSAI、又はPending NSSAIに含まれてもよいし、Allowed NSSAI、Rejected NSSAI、又はPending NSSAIとは独立した情報であってもよい。 The area information associated with S-NSSAI, which may be included in Allowed NSSAI, Rejected NSSAI, or Pending NSSAI transmitted from new AMF141 to UE, is Allowed NSSAI, Rejected NSSAI, or Pending NSSAI. It may be independent information.
 また、new AMF141は、UE_A10が登録要求メッセージに含めて送信したrequested NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAI毎のサービスエリアの情報を、第3の識別情報として、各S-NSSAIに関連付けて、制御メッセージに含めて、UEに送信してもよい。ここで、S-NSSAI毎のサービスエリアの情報は、コアネットワーク内のarea of serviceをサポートする各AMFが保持していてもよいし、S-NSSAI毎のサービスエリアを管理するコアネットワーク内又はコアネットワーク外の装置にAMFが要求し、取得してもよい。 In addition, new AMF141 associates the service area information for each S-NSSAI included in the requested NSSAI sent by UE_A10 in the registration request message with each S-NSSAI as the third identification information, and uses it as a control message. It may be included and sent to the UE. Here, the information on the service area for each S-NSSAI may be held by each AMF that supports the area of service in the core network, or in the core network or core that manages the service area for each S-NSSAI. AMF may request and acquire a device outside the network.
 更に、UE_A10が接続するエリアの情報及び、UE_A10が登録要求メッセージに含めて送信したrequested NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAI毎のサービスエリアの情報に基づいて、UEがS-NSSAIのサービスエリアの内にいるか、外にいるかを判別し、第4の識別情報を決定し、各S-NSSAIに関連付けて、制御メッセージに含めてUEに送信してもよい。 Furthermore, based on the information of the area to which UE_A10 connects and the information of the service area for each S-NSSAI included in the requested NSSAI sent by UE_A10 in the registration request message, the UE is within the service area of S-NSSAI. It may be determined whether it is outside or outside, the fourth identification information is determined, associated with each S-NSSAI, included in the control message, and sent to the UE.
 また、例えば、UE_A10が、登録要求メッセージにrequested NSSAIを含めなかった場合、configured NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAI毎のエリア情報及び、UEの接続するエリア情報又は位置情報を考慮して、第3及び/又は第4の識別情報を決定し、制御メッセージに含めてUEに送信してもよい。 Further, for example, when UE_A10 does not include requested NSSAI in the registration request message, the area information for each S-NSSAI included in configured NSSAI and the area information or location information to which the UE is connected are taken into consideration in the third and third stages. / Or the fourth identification information may be determined and included in the control message and sent to the UE.
 ここで、例えば、登録受諾メッセージが、第2の識別情報を含まず、第3及び/又は第4の識別情報が含まれていることで、UE_A10は、コアネットワークがarea of serviceをサポートしていると認識してもよい。 Here, for example, the registration acceptance message does not include the second identification information but contains the third and / or fourth identification information, so that the UE_A10 has the core network supporting the area of service. You may recognize that it is.
 また、例えば、コアネットワーク又はAMFがarea of serviceをサポートしていない場合は、登録受諾メッセージ又は登録拒絶メッセージに、第2から第4の識別情報を含めず、UE_A10に送信してもよい。言い換えると、登録受諾メッセージ又は登録拒絶メッセージが、第2から第4の識別情報を含まないことで、UE_A10は、コアネットワークがarea of serviceをサポートしていないと認識してもよい。 Also, for example, if the core network or AMF does not support the area of service, the registration acceptance message or registration refusal message may be sent to UE_A10 without including the second to fourth identification information. In other words, UE_A10 may recognize that the core network does not support the area of service because the registration acceptance message or registration refusal message does not contain the second to fourth identification information.
 また、例えば、ここで、UEに送信された制御メッセージが、登録受諾メッセージであった場合、当該メッセージ中のallowed NSSAI及び/又はrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAI毎に対応付けられた1又は複数の第3及び/又は第4の識別情報が含まれていてもよい。 Further, for example, if the control message transmitted to the UE is a registration acceptance message, one or a plurality of S-NSSAIs included in allowed NSSAI and / or rejected NSSAI in the message are associated with each other. The third and / or fourth identification information of the above may be included.
 また、例えば、UEに送信された制御メッセージが、登録拒絶メッセージであった場合、当該メッセージ中のrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAI毎に対応付けられた1又は複数の第3及び/又は第4の識別情報が含まれていてもよい。 Further, for example, when the control message transmitted to the UE is a registration refusal message, one or a plurality of thirds and / or fourths associated with each S-NSSAI included in the rejected NSSAI in the message. Identification information may be included.
 なお、上記に示すUEが各識別情報の受信に基づき実行する各処理は、本手続き中、又は本手続き完了後に実行されてもよいし、本手続き完了後に、本手続き完了に基づき実行されてもよい。 In addition, each process that the UE shown above executes based on the reception of each identification information may be executed during this procedure or after the completion of this procedure, or may be executed based on the completion of this procedure after the completion of this procedure. good.
 ここで、第3及び/又は第4の識別情報が、allowed NSSAI及び/又はrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIに関連付けられ、制御メッセージに含めてUEに送信されることを説明したが、例えば、Pending NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIに関連付けられ、制御メッセージに含めてUEに送信されてもよい。 Here, it has been explained that the third and / or the fourth identification information is associated with the S-NSSAI contained in the allowed NSSAI and / or the rejected NSSAI and is included in the control message and transmitted to the UE. It may be associated with S-NSSAI included in PendingNSSAI and sent to the UE by including it in the control message.
 また、登録受諾メッセージに含まれるAllowed NSSAI及び/又はRejected NSSAIは、S-NSSAIと第3の識別情報を含んでよい。そして、UEは、このRejected NSSAIの受信に基づいて、S-NSSAIと第3の識別情報とを対応付けて記憶してよい。また、このS-NSSAIは、第4の識別情報を含んでよく、この第4の識別情報は、例えば、S-NSSAIに接続できる場所にいないことを示してよい。また、UEは、このRejected NSSAIの受信に基づいて、接続しているエリアにおいて、前記S-NSSAIが使用不可能であることを認識してよい。 Further, Allowed NSSAI and / or Rejected NSSAI included in the registration acceptance message may include S-NSSAI and a third identification information. Then, the UE may store the S-NSSAI and the third identification information in association with each other based on the reception of the Rejected NSSAI. Further, the S-NSSAI may include a fourth identification information, and it may be shown that the fourth identification information is not in a place where the S-NSSAI can be connected, for example. Further, the UE may recognize that the S-NSSAI cannot be used in the connected area based on the reception of the Rejected NSSAI.
 また、登録拒絶メッセージに含まれるRejected NSSAIは、S-NSSAIと第3の識別情報を含んでよい。そして、UEは、このRejected NSSAIの受信に基づいて、S-NSSAIと第3の識別情報とを対応付けて記憶してよい。また、このS-NSSAIは、第4の識別情報を含んでよく、この第4の識別情報は、例えば、S-NSSAIに接続できる場所にいないことを示してよい。また、UEは、このRejected NSSAIの受信に基づいて、接続しているエリアにおいて、前記S-NSSAIが使用不可能であることを認識してよい。 Further, the Rejected NSSAI included in the registration refusal message may include S-NSSAI and a third identification information. Then, the UE may store the S-NSSAI and the third identification information in association with each other based on the reception of the Rejected NSSAI. Further, the S-NSSAI may include a fourth identification information, and it may be shown that the fourth identification information is not in a place where the S-NSSAI can be connected, for example. Further, the UE may recognize that the S-NSSAI cannot be used in the connected area based on the reception of the Rejected NSSAI.
 UEは、AMFから第2の識別情報と、S-NSSAIとそのS-NSSAIが対応付けられたエリア情報とを受信したことに基づき、受信したS-NSSAIをエリア情報と対応付けて記憶してよい。 Based on the reception of the second identification information from AMF and the area information associated with S-NSSAI and its S-NSSAI, the UE stores the received S-NSSAI in association with the area information. good.
 具体的には、UEが第2の識別情報と、Allowed NSSAIとエリア情報を受信し、このエリア情報が、前記Allowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIに対応づけられた情報である場合、UEは、受信したS-NSSAIをエリア情報と対応づけてAllowed NSSAIとして記憶してよい。 Specifically, when the UE receives the second identification information, the Allowed NSSAI and the area information, and this area information is the information associated with the S-NSSAI included in the Allowed NSSAI, the UE determines. The received S-NSSAI may be associated with the area information and stored as Allowed NSSAI.
 同様に、UEが第2の識別情報と、Rejected NSSAIとエリア情報を受信し、このエリア情報が、前記Rejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIに対応づけられた情報である場合、または第4のrejected S-NSSAIである場合、UEは、受信したS-NSSAIをエリア情報と対応づけてrejected NSSAIとして記憶してよい。 Similarly, when the UE receives the second identification information, the Rejected NSSAI and the area information, and this area information is the information associated with the S-NSSAI included in the Rejected NSSAI, or the fourth rejected. In the case of S-NSSAI, the UE may store the received S-NSSAI as rejected NSSAI in association with the area information.
 同様に、UEが第2の識別情報と、Pending NSSAIとエリア情報を受信し、このエリア情報が、前記Pending NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIに対応づけられた情報である場合、UEは、受信したS-NSSAIをエリア情報と対応づけてPending NSSAIとして記憶してよい。 Similarly, when the UE receives the second identification information, the Pending NSSAI, and the area information, and the area information is the information associated with the S-NSSAI included in the Pending NSSAI, the UE receives the second identification information. S-NSSAI may be associated with area information and stored as Pending NSSAI.
 言い換えると、制御メッセージが登録受諾メッセージの場合、制御メッセージは、Allowed NSSAI及び/又はRejected NSSAIを含んでもよい。逆に、制御メッセージが登録拒絶メッセージの場合、制御メッセージは、Rejected NSSAIを含んでもよい。 In other words, if the control message is a registration acceptance message, the control message may include Allowed NSSAI and / or Rejected NSSAI. Conversely, if the control message is a registration rejection message, the control message may include Rejected NSSAI.
 ここで、前記Allowed NSSAIは、S-NSSAIと第3の識別情報とが含まれてもよい。さらに、前記S-NSSAIと前記3の識別情報とは対応付けられていてもよい。さらに、前記Allowed NSSAIは、前記S-NSSAIと前記3の識別情報とが組み合わせられた識別情報が含まれていてもよい。 Here, the Allowed NSSAI may include S-NSSAI and a third identification information. Further, the S-NSSAI and the identification information of the above 3 may be associated with each other. Further, the Allowed NSSAI may include identification information in which the S-NSSAI and the identification information of the above 3 are combined.
 さらに、前記Rejected NSSAIは、S-NSSAIと第3の識別情報と第4の識別情報とが含まれてもよい。さらに、前記S-NSSAIと前記3の識別情報と前記4の識別情報とは、対応付けられていてもよい。さらに、前記Allowed NSSAIは、前記S-NSSAIと前記3の識別情報と前記4の識別情報とが組み合わせられた識別情報が含まれていてもよい。 Further, the Rejected NSSAI may include S-NSSAI, a third identification information, and a fourth identification information. Further, the S-NSSAI, the identification information of the third, and the identification information of the fourth may be associated with each other. Further, the Allowed NSSAI may include identification information in which the S-NSSAI, the identification information of the third, and the identification information of the fourth are combined.
 尚、AMFは、第2から4の識別情報の内、どの識別情報を制御メッセージに含めるかを、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、選択、決定してもよい。 It should be noted that the AMF indicates which of the 2nd to 4th identification information is included in the control message, each of the received identification information and / or the subscriber information, and / or the network capability information, and / or. It may be selected and determined based on the operator policy and / or the state of the network and / or the user's registration information and / or the context held by the AMF.
 ここで、AMFは、受信したS-NSSAIと、AMFが記憶しているエリア情報とに基づいて、UEが、特定のS-NSSAI(S-NSSAI#1-1)のサービスエリアの内に位置しているか否かを判断してもよい。言い換えると、AMFは、UEからRequested NSSAIが提供された場合、Requested NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIと、AMFが記憶しているエリア情報とに基づいて、UEが、特定のS-NSSAI(S-NSSAI#1-1)のサービスエリアの内に位置しているか否かを判断してもよい。 Here, the AMF is located within the service area of a specific S-NSSAI (S-NSSAI # 1-1) based on the received S-NSSAI and the area information stored by the AMF. You may decide whether or not you are doing it. In other words, when the Requested NSSAI is provided by the UE, the AMF will use the specific S-NSSAI (S-) based on the S-NSSAI included in the Requested NSSAI and the area information stored by the AMF. It may be determined whether or not it is located within the service area of NSSAI # 1-1).
 具体的には、AMFは、S-NSSAI#1-1に関連づけられたエリア情報に、UEが現在位置しているエリアが含まれている場合、UEが、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内に位置していると判断してもよい。逆に、AMFは、S-NSSAI#1-1に関連づけられたエリア情報に、UEが現在位置しているエリアが含まれていない場合、UEが、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外に位置していると判断してもよい。尚、前記エリア情報は、AMFがUDM等の他の装置から取得した情報であってもよいし、AMFに設定された情報であってもよい。 Specifically, if the area information associated with S-NSSAI # 1-1 includes the area where the UE is currently located, the UE will be the service of S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be determined that it is located within the area. Conversely, if the area information associated with S-NSSAI # 1-1 does not include the area in which the UE is currently located, the AMF will say that the UE is in the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be determined that it is located outside. The area information may be information acquired by AMF from another device such as UDM, or may be information set in AMF.
 また、AMFは、UEに提供するS-NSSAI(S-NSSAI#1-1)と、AMFが記憶しているエリア情報とに基づいて、UEが、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内に位置しているか否かを判断してもよい。言い換えると、AMFは、UEからRequested NSSAIが提供されなかった場合、UEに提供するS-NSSAI(S-NSSAI#1-1)と、AMFが記憶しているエリア情報とに基づいて、UEが、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内に位置しているか否かを判断してもよい。 In addition, the AMF is based on the S-NSSAI (S-NSSAI # 1-1) provided to the UE and the area information stored by the AMF, and the UE is the service area of the S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be determined whether or not it is located inside. In other words, if the UE does not provide the Requested NSSAI, the AMF will provide the UE based on the S-NSSAI (S-NSSAI # 1-1) provided to the UE and the area information stored by the AMF. , You may determine whether it is located within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1.
 具体的には、AMFは、S-NSSAI#1-1に関連づけられたエリア情報に、UEが現在位置しているエリアが含まれている場合、UEが、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内に位置していると判断してもよい。逆に、AMFは、S-NSSAI#1-1に関連づけられたエリア情報に、UEが現在位置しているエリアが含まれていない場合、UEが、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外に位置していると判断してもよい。尚、前記エリア情報は、AMFがUDM等の他の装置から取得した情報であってもよいし、AMFに設定された情報であってもよい。 Specifically, if the area information associated with S-NSSAI # 1-1 includes the area where the UE is currently located, the UE will be the service of S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be determined that it is located within the area. Conversely, if the area information associated with S-NSSAI # 1-1 does not include the area in which the UE is currently located, the AMF will say that the UE is in the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be determined that it is located outside. The area information may be information acquired by AMF from another device such as UDM, or may be information set in AMF.
 また、AMFは、制御メッセージが登録受諾メッセージである場合、登録受諾メッセージにSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ)を含めて送信するか、又は登録受諾メッセージとともにSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ)を送信することができる。ただし、この送信方法は、登録要求メッセージの中にSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ)が含められていた場合に、実行されてもよい。また、この送信方法は、登録要求メッセージとともにSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ)が送信された場合に、実行されてもよい。AMFは、このような送信方法を行うことにより、登録手続きにおいて、SMのための手続きが受諾されたことを示すことができる。 Also, if the control message is a registration acceptance message, the AMF either sends the registration acceptance message with the SM message (eg, PDU session establishment acceptance message), or sends the registration acceptance message together with the SM message (eg, PDU session establishment acceptance message). Acceptance message) can be sent. However, this transmission method may be executed when the SM message (for example, the PDU session establishment request message) is included in the registration request message. Further, this transmission method may be executed when an SM message (for example, a PDU session establishment request message) is transmitted together with the registration request message. By performing such a transmission method, the AMF can indicate that the procedure for SM has been accepted in the registration procedure.
 また、AMFは、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、登録受諾メッセージを送信することで、UEの要求が受諾されたことを示してもよいし、登録拒絶メッセージを送信することでUEの要求が拒絶されたことを示してもよい。 AMF also receives each identification information and / or subscriber information and / or network capability information, and / or operator policy, and / or network status, and / or user registration information, and / or. The registration acceptance message may be sent to indicate that the UE request has been accepted, or the registration refusal message has been sent to indicate that the UE request has been rejected, based on the context held by the AMF. May be shown.
 UEは、5G AN(gNB)介して、制御メッセージを受信する(S608)。制御メッセージが登録受諾メッセージである場合、UEは、登録受諾メッセージを受信することで、登録要求メッセージによるUEの要求が受諾されたこと、及び登録受諾メッセージに含まれる各種の識別情報の内容を認識することができる。または、制御メッセージが登録拒絶メッセージである場合、UEは、登録拒絶メッセージを受信することで、登録要求メッセージによるUEの要求が拒絶されたこと、及び登録拒絶メッセージに含まれる各種の識別情報の内容を認識することができる。また、UEは、登録要求メッセージを送信した後、所定の期間が経過しても、制御メッセージを受信しない場合には、UEの要求が拒絶されたことを認識してもよい。 The UE receives the control message via 5GAN (gNB) (S608). When the control message is a registration acceptance message, the UE recognizes that the UE's request by the registration request message has been accepted and the contents of various identification information contained in the registration acceptance message by receiving the registration acceptance message. can do. Alternatively, if the control message is a registration refusal message, the UE receives the registration refusal message, so that the UE's request by the registration request message is rejected, and the contents of various identification information contained in the registration refusal message. Can be recognized. Further, the UE may recognize that the request of the UE has been rejected if the control message is not received within a predetermined period after the registration request message is transmitted.
 UEは、さらに、制御メッセージが登録受諾メッセージである場合、登録受諾メッセージに対する応答メッセージとして、登録完了メッセージを、5G AN(gNB)介して、AMFに送信することができる(S610)。尚、UEは、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ等のSMメッセージを受信した場合は、登録完了メッセージに、PDUセッション確立完了メッセージ等のSMメッセージを含めて送信してもよいし、SMメッセージを含めることで、SMのための手続きが完了したことを示してもよい。ここで、登録完了メッセージは、N1インターフェース上で送受信されるNASメッセージであるが、UEと5G AN(gNB)間はRRCメッセージに含まれて送受信される。 If the control message is a registration acceptance message, the UE can further send a registration completion message to AMF via 5GAN (gNB) as a response message to the registration acceptance message (S610). When the UE receives an SM message such as a PDU session establishment acceptance message, the UE may send the registration completion message including the SM message such as the PDU session establishment completion message, or by including the SM message. , May indicate that the procedure for SM has been completed. Here, the registration completion message is a NAS message sent and received on the N1 interface, but is included in the RRC message and sent and received between the UE and 5GAN (gNB).
 AMFは、5G AN(gNB)介して、登録完了メッセージを受信する(S612)。また、各装置は、登録受諾メッセージ、及び/又は登録完了メッセージの送受信に基づき、本手続きを完了する。 AMF receives a registration completion message via 5GAN (gNB) (S612). In addition, each device completes this procedure based on the transmission / reception of the registration acceptance message and / or the registration completion message.
 または、各装置は、登録拒絶メッセージの送受信に基づいて、登録手続きを完了してもよい。 Alternatively, each device may complete the registration procedure based on the transmission / reception of the registration refusal message.
 尚、各装置は、登録受諾メッセージ及び/又は登録完了メッセージの送受に基づいて、UEがネットワークに登録された状態(RM_REGISTERED state、又は5GMM-REGISTERED state)への遷移又は維持をしてもよいし、登録拒絶メッセージの送受信に基づいて、UEが現在のPLMNに対して登録拒絶メッセージを受信したアクセス上でネットワークに登録されていない状態(RM_DEREGISTERED state、又は5GMM-DEREGISTERED state)への遷移又は維持をしてもよい。また、各装置の各状態への遷移は、登録完了メッセージの送受信または登録手続きの完了に基づいて行われてもよい。 In addition, each device may transition or maintain the state in which the UE is registered in the network (RM_REGISTERED state or 5GMM-REGISTERED state) based on the transmission / reception of the registration acceptance message and / or the registration completion message. , Transition or maintenance to the state where the UE is not registered in the network (RM_DEREGISTERED state, or 5GMM-DEREGISTERED state) on the access that received the registration refusal message to the current PLMN based on the transmission and reception of the registration refusal message. You may. Further, the transition to each state of each device may be performed based on the transmission / reception of the registration completion message or the completion of the registration procedure.
 さらに、各装置は、登録手続きの完了に基づいて、登録手続きで送受信した情報に基づいた処理を実施してもよい。例えば、UEの一部の要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を送受信した場合、UEの要求が拒絶された理由を認識してもよい。さらに、各装置は、UEの要求が拒絶された理由に基づいて、再度本手続きを実施してもよいし、コアネットワーク_Aや別のセルに対して登録手続きを実施してもよい。 Further, each device may perform processing based on the information transmitted / received in the registration procedure based on the completion of the registration procedure. For example, when sending and receiving information indicating that a part of the UE's request has been rejected, the reason why the UE's request has been rejected may be recognized. Further, each device may carry out this procedure again based on the reason why the request of the UE is rejected, or may carry out the registration procedure for the core network_A or another cell.
 さらに、UEは、登録手続きの完了に基づいて、登録受諾メッセージ、及び/又は登録拒絶メッセージとともに受信した識別情報を記憶してもよいし、ネットワークの決定を認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may store the identification information received with the registration acceptance message and / or the registration refusal message based on the completion of the registration procedure, and may recognize the network decision.
 さらに、UEは、登録手続きの完了に基づいて、記憶する一又は複数のNSSAIを削除してもよい。具体的には、UE_A10は、本手続きの完了に基づき、UE_A10が現在のPLMNに対して両アクセス(3GPPアクセスと非3GPPアクセス)上で非登録状態に遷移した場合、UE_A10は記憶する第1のrejected NSSAI及び/又は第3のrejected NSSAI及び/又は第1のNSSAIを削除してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may delete one or more NSSAIs to be stored based on the completion of the registration procedure. Specifically, UE_A10 is the first to remember when UE_A10 transitions to the unregistered state on both accesses (3GPP access and non-3GPP access) to the current PLMN based on the completion of this procedure. The rejected NSSAI and / or the third rejected NSSAI and / or the first NSSAI may be deleted.
 更に、UE_A10は、本手続きの完了に基づき、UE_A10が現在のPLMNに対してあるアクセス(3GPPアクセスと非3GPPアクセス)上で非登録状態に遷移した場合、又は、UE_A10が新しい登録エリアで登録手続きが成功した場合、又は、UE_A10が新しい登録エリアで登録手続きを実行した結果、あるアクセス上で非登録状態、または登録状態に遷移した場合、UE_A10は現在のPLMNと、現在の登録エリア、及び/又はそのアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられた第2のrejected NSSAIを削除してよい。 Furthermore, UE_A10 will be registered in the new registration area if UE_A10 transitions to the unregistered state on certain access (3GPP access and non-3GPP access) to the current PLMN based on the completion of this procedure. If successful, or if UE_A10 transitions to an unregistered or registered state on a given access as a result of performing a registration procedure in a new registration area, UE_A10 will have the current PLMN and the current registration area, and / Alternatively, the access type and the second rejected NSSAI associated with it may be deleted.
 さらに、各装置は、バックオフタイマの満了、または停止に基づき、再度登録手続きを開始してもよい。 Furthermore, each device may start the registration procedure again based on the expiration or stop of the backoff timer.
 さらに、各装置は、記憶するNSSAIの更新に基づき、再度登録手続きを開始してよい。 Furthermore, each device may start the registration procedure again based on the update of the stored NSSAI.
 さらに、各装置は、UEがネットワークに登録された状態(RM_REGISTERED state、又は5GMM-REGISTERED state)への遷移又は維持に基づき、SMメッセージの送受信により、SM手続きを開始してよい。 Furthermore, each device may start the SM procedure by sending and receiving SM messages based on the transition or maintenance of the UE registered in the network (RM_REGISTERED state or 5GMM-REGISTERED state).
 [3.3. Network Slice-Specific Authentication and Authorization手続き]
 次に、Network Slice-Specific Authentication and Authorization(NSSAA)手続きについて、図7を用いて説明する。以下、NSSAA手続きは本手続きとも称する。本手続きは、コアネットワークが、NSSAA手続きを要するスライスに対するUEの認証及び承認手続きを実行する為の手続きであってよい。ここで、認証手続き及び承認手続きは、再認証手続き、及び再承認手続きであってよい。
[3.3. Network Slice-Specific Authentication and Authorization Procedure]
Next, the Network Slice-Specific Authentication and Authorization (NSSAA) procedure will be described with reference to FIG. Hereinafter, the NSSAA procedure is also referred to as this procedure. This procedure may be a procedure for the core network to carry out UE authentication and approval procedures for slices that require NSSAA procedures. Here, the certification procedure and the approval procedure may be a recertification procedure and a reapproval procedure.
 本手続きは、PLMNにより実行される手続きであり、NSSAA手続きの対象となる、S-NSSAI(mapped S-NSSAI)ごとに、及び/又はUEごとに、実行されてよい。本手続きは、登録手続きの完了状態で、実行されてよい。 This procedure is a procedure executed by PLMN, and may be executed for each S-NSSAI (mapped S-NSSAI) and / or for each UE, which is the target of the NSSAA procedure. This procedure may be executed when the registration procedure is completed.
 本手続きは、AMF140が開始してもよい。例えば、AMF140はUE_A10からの登録要求メッセージの受信に基づいて、本手続きを開始してもよい。AMF140は、UE_A10から要求された少なくとも1つのS-NSSAI又はS-NSSAIのmapped S-NSSAIが、NSSAA手続きを要するS-NSSAIであると記憶し、更に該S-NSSAIのNSSAAの結果を記憶していない場合に、本手続きを開始してもよい。ここで、NSSAAの結果とは、NSSAAが成功したことを示す情報であってもよいし、NSSAAが失敗したことを示す情報であってもよいし、その両方であってもよい。更に、NSSAAが成功したことを示す情報は、allowed NSSAIであってもよい。言い換えると、S-NSSAIがallowed NSSAIとして記憶されていた場合、AMF140はそのS-NSSAIのNSSAAが成功したことを認識してよく、NSSAAの結果を保持していてもよい。 This procedure may be started by AMF140. For example, AMF140 may initiate this procedure based on the receipt of a registration request message from UE_A10. The AMF140 memorizes that at least one S-NSSAI or S-NSSAI mapped S-NSSAI requested by UE_A10 is an S-NSSAI that requires an NSSAA procedure, and further memorizes the result of the S-NSSAI NSSAA. If not, you may start this procedure. Here, the result of NSSAA may be information indicating that NSSAA has succeeded, information indicating that NSSAA has failed, or both. Furthermore, the information indicating the success of NSSAA may be allowed NSSAI. In other words, if the S-NSSAI is stored as allowed NSSAI, the AMF140 may recognize that the S-NSSAI's NSSAA was successful and may retain the NSSAA results.
 または、AMF140は、AAA-S181からの要求に基づき本手続きを開始してもよい。例えば、既に実行されたNSSAA手続きの結果に基づき、AMF140及び/又はNWがallowed NSSAIとしてあるS-NSSAIを管理している状態において、AAA-S181が再度、該S-NSSAIに対してNSSAAの実行を要求する場合に、AMFはAAA-S181からの要求に基づき、本手続きを開始してもよい。この場合、本手続きはAAA-Sより開始されたNSSAA手続きとしてもよい。 Alternatively, AMF140 may start this procedure based on the request from AAA-S181. For example, based on the result of the NSSAA procedure that has already been executed, AAA-S181 again executes NSSAA against the S-NSSAI while AMF140 and / or NW manages S-NSSAI as allowed NSSAI. AMF may initiate this procedure at the request of AAA-S181. In this case, this procedure may be an NSSAA procedure initiated by AAA-S.
 以下、本手続きについて説明する。AMF140はUE_A10へ5G AN(又は、gNB又は、non-3GPPアクセス)を介してEAP ID要求メッセージを送信する(S700)。EAP ID要求メッセージは、NASメッセージである認証要求メッセージ(Authentication request message)に含まれて送信されてもよいし、NASメッセージである認証要求メッセージであってもよい。なお、NASメッセージである認証要求メッセージは、5GSのNETWORK SLICE-SPECIFIC AUTHENTICATION COMMANDメッセージであってもよい。AMF140は、EAP ID要求メッセージ又は、EAP ID要求メッセージが含まれる認証要求メッセージに、このEAP ID要求メッセージに対応するS-NSSAIを1又は複数含めて送信する。ここで、S-NSSAIはHPLMNのS-NSSAI、又はmapped S-NSSAIであってよい。 The procedure will be explained below. The AMF140 sends an EAPID request message to UE_A10 via 5GAN (or gNB or non-3GPP access) (S700). The EAP ID request message may be included in the authentication request message (Authentication request message) which is a NAS message and may be transmitted, or may be an authentication request message which is a NAS message. The authentication request message, which is a NAS message, may be a 5GS NETWORK SLICE-SPECIFIC AUTHENTICATION COMMAND message. The AMF140 transmits one or more S-NSSAI corresponding to this EAPID request message in the EAPID request message or the authentication request message including the EAPID request message. Here, the S-NSSAI may be the HPLMN S-NSSAI or the mapped S-NSSAI.
 AMF140は、EAP ID要求メッセージの送信に基づき、UE_A10へ、1又は複数のS-NSSAIに対してNSSAAを実行するために使用するUEの識別情報として、1又は複数のEAP IDを要求する。 AMF140 requests UE_A10 for one or more EAP IDs as UE identification information used to execute NSSAA for one or more S-NSSAIs based on the transmission of the EAP ID request message.
 UE_A10は、EAP ID要求メッセージの受信、及び/又はS-NSSAIの受信、及び/又は認証要求メッセージの受信に基づき、EAP ID応答メッセージをAMF140へ送信する(S702)。EAP ID応答メッセージは、NASメッセージである認証応答メッセージ(Authentication response message)に含まれて送信されてもよいし、NASメッセージである認証応答メッセージであってもよい。なお、NASメッセージである認証応答メッセージは、5GSのNETWORK SLICE-SPECIFIC AUTHENTICATION COMPLETEメッセージであってよい。UE_A10は、EAP ID応答メッセージ又は、EAP ID応答メッセージが含まれる認証要求メッセージに、AMF140から受信したS-NSSAIを含めて送してよい。UE_A10は、EAP ID応答メッセージに、AMF140から受信したS-NSSAIに対応するUEの識別情報であるEAP IDを含めて送してよい。なお、UE_A10は、EAP ID応答メッセージに複数のEAP IDと複数のS-NSSAIを含めてもよく、各EAP IDと各S-NSSAIは関連付けられて送信されてよい。 UE_A10 sends an EAPID response message to AMF140 based on the reception of the EAPID request message and / or the reception of S-NSSAI and / or the reception of the authentication request message (S702). The EAP ID response message may be included in the authentication response message (Authentication response message), which is a NAS message, and may be transmitted, or may be an authentication response message, which is a NAS message. The authentication response message, which is a NAS message, may be a 5GS NETWORK SLICE-SPECIFIC AUTHENTICATION COMPLETE message. UE_A10 may send the EAPID response message or the authentication request message including the EAPID response message including the S-NSSAI received from the AMF140. UE_A10 may send the EAPID response message including the EAPID which is the identification information of the UE corresponding to the S-NSSAI received from the AMF140. In addition, UE_A10 may include a plurality of EAPIDs and a plurality of S-NSSAIs in the EAPID response message, and each EAPID and each S-NSSAI may be transmitted in association with each other.
 AMF140は、UE_A10からのEAP ID応答メッセージ、及び/又はEAP ID、及び/又はNASメッセージである認証応答メッセージの受信に基づき、AUSF180を介しAAA-S181に、NSSAA認証要求メッセージを送信する(S704,S706)。AM140Fは、UE_A10から受信したEAP ID応答メッセージをNSSAA認証要求メッセージに含めてAUSF180及び/又はAAA-S181へ送信してもよいし、UE_A10から受信したEAP ID応答メッセージに含まれる、EAP ID及び/又はS-NSSAIをNSSAA認証要求メッセージに含めてAUSF180及び/又はAAA-S181へ送信してもよい。 The AMF140 sends an NSSAA authentication request message to AAA-S181 via AUSF180 based on the reception of the EAPID response message from UE_A10 and / or the authentication response message which is the EAPID and / or NAS message (S704, S706). The AM140F may include the EAPID response message received from UE_A10 in the NSSAA authentication request message and send it to the AUSF180 and / or AAA-S181, or the EAPID and / included in the EAPID response message received from UE_A10. Alternatively, S-NSSAI may be included in the NSSAA authentication request message and sent to AUSF180 and / or AAA-S181.
 なお、AMF140からAUSF180へ送信されるNSSAA認証要求メッセージと、AUSF180からAAA-S181へ送信されるNSSAA認証要求メッセージは、同じメッセージであってもよいし、異なるメッセージであってもよい。具体的には、AUSF180は、AMF140から受信したNSSAA認証要求メッセージをAAA-S181へ転送してもよいし、AMF140から受信した認証要求メッセージに含まれるEAP ID及び/又はS-NSSAIをNSSAA認証要求メッセージに含めてAAA-S181へ送信してもよい。 The NSSAA authentication request message sent from AMF140 to AUSF180 and the NSSAA authentication request message sent from AUFF180 to AAA-S181 may be the same message or different messages. Specifically, the AUSF180 may forward the NSSAA authentication request message received from the AMF140 to the AAA-S181, or the EAPID and / or S-NSSAI contained in the authentication request message received from the AMF140 is an NSSAA authentication request. It may be included in the message and sent to AAA-S181.
 AAA-S181は、NSSAA認証要求メッセージ、及び/又はNSSAA認証要求メッセージに含まれる少なくとも1つの情報の受信に基づき、UE_A10とAAA-S181間で、認証に必要なメッセージの交換の手続きを開始してよい(S708)。なお、AAA-S181とUE_A10間のメッセージの交換手続きに用いられるメッセージはEAPメッセージであってもよい。 AAA-S181 initiates the procedure for exchanging messages required for authentication between UE_A10 and AAA-S181 based on the receipt of the NSSAA authentication request message and / or at least one piece of information contained in the NSSAA authentication request message. Good (S708). The message used for the message exchange procedure between AAA-S181 and UE_A10 may be an EAP message.
 次に、AAA-S181は、AMF140から受信した認証要求メッセージの応答として、NSSAA認証応答メッセージを、AUSF180を介してAMF140へ送信する(S710,S712)。 Next, AAA-S181 sends an NSSAA authentication response message to AMF140 via AUFF180 as a response to the authentication request message received from AMF140 (S710, S712).
 なお、AAA-S181からAUSF180へ送信されるNSSAA認証応答メッセージと、AUSF180からAMF140へ送信されるNSSAA認証応答メッセージは、同じメッセージであってもよいし、異なるメッセージであってもよい。具体的には、AUSF180は、AAA-S181から受信したNSSAA認証応答メッセージをAAA-S181へ転送してもよいし、AAA-S181から受信した認証応答メッセージに含まれる認証結果及び/又はS-NSSAIに基づき、NSSAA認証応答メッセージに含めてAMF140へ送信してもよい。 The NSSAA authentication response message transmitted from AAA-S181 to AUFF180 and the NSSAA authentication response message transmitted from AUSF180 to AMF140 may be the same message or different messages. Specifically, the AUSF180 may forward the NSSAA authentication response message received from the AAA-S181 to the AAA-S181, and the authentication result and / or the S-NSSAI included in the authentication response message received from the AAA-S181. May be included in the NSSAA authentication response message and sent to AMF140.
 AUSF180は、NSSAA認証応答メッセージに、認証結果とS-NSSAIを含めて送信する。ここで、認証結果は、成功又は失敗を示す情報であってよい。ここで、NSSAA認証応答メッセージに含まれるS-NSSAIはHPLMNのS-NSSAI、又はmapped S-NSSAIであってよい。 AMF140は、NSSAA認証応答メッセージの受信に基づき、UE_A10へ認証結果メッセージ(Authentication result message)を送信する(S714)。AMF140は認証結果メッセージに、NSSAA認証応答メッセージ、又はNSSAA認証応答メッセージに含まれる認証結果及びS-NSSAIを含めて送信してもよい。 AUSF180 sends the NSSAA authentication response message including the authentication result and S-NSSAI. Here, the authentication result may be information indicating success or failure. Here, the S-NSSAI included in the NSSAA authentication response message may be the HPLMN S-NSSAI or the mapped S-NSSAI. AMF140 sends an authentication result message (Authentication result message) to UE_A10 based on the reception of the NSSAA authentication response message (S714). The AMF140 may send the authentication result message including the NSSAA authentication response message or the authentication result and S-NSSAI contained in the NSSAA authentication response message.
 認証結果メッセージは、5GSのNETWORK SLICE-SPECIFIC AUTHENTICATION RESULTメッセージであってよいし、NETWORK SLICE-SPECIFIC AUTHENTICATION RESULTメッセージに含まれて送信されてもよい。 The authentication result message may be a 5GS NETWORK SLICE-SPECIFIC AUTHENTICATION RESULT message, or may be included in the NETWORK SLICE-SPECIFIC AUTHENTICATION RESULT message and sent.
 各装置は、認証結果メッセージの送受信に基づき、本手続きを完了してもよい。各装置は、本手続きの完了に基づいて、本手続きで送受信した情報に基づいて、記憶している情報を更新してもよい。具体的には、AMF140及び/又はNWは、認証結果の送受信に基づき、S-NSSAIごとの認証結果を記憶してもよい。例えば、AMF140及び/又はNWは、認証結果として「成功」を送受信した場合、認証結果と共に送受信したS-NSSAIと関連付けて、UEの情報として、NSSAAが「成功」している状態として記憶してよい。同様に、AMF140及び/又はNWは、認証結果として「失敗」を送受信した場合、認証結果と共に送受信したS-NSSAIと関連付けて、UEの情報として、NSSAAが「失敗」している状態として記憶してよい。 Each device may complete this procedure based on the transmission and reception of the authentication result message. Each device may update the stored information based on the information transmitted and received in this procedure based on the completion of this procedure. Specifically, AMF140 and / or NW may store the authentication result for each S-NSSAI based on the transmission / reception of the authentication result. For example, when AMF140 and / or NW send and receive "success" as an authentication result, they are associated with S-NSSAI sent and received together with the authentication result and stored as UE information as the state in which NSSAA is "successful". good. Similarly, when AMF140 and / or NW sends and receives "failure" as an authentication result, it is associated with S-NSSAI sent and received together with the authentication result, and is stored as UE information as the state in which NSSAA is "failed". You can do it.
 また、本手続きが、UE_A10からの登録要求メッセージの受信に基づき開始された手続きである場合、AMF140は、認証結果の送受信に基づき、UEに対するallowed NSSAI及び/又はrejected NSSAIを更新してもよい。具体的には、例えば、AMF140は、認証結果として「成功」を送受信した場合、認証結果と共に送受信したS-NSSAIをallowed NSSAIに含めて、又はallowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIのmapped S-NSSAIとして記憶してもよいし、受信したS-NSSAIに「allowed」を関連付けて記憶してもよい。同様に、AMF140は、認証結果として「失敗」を送受信した場合、認証結果と共に送受信したS-NSSAIを第3のrejected NSSAIとして、又は第3のrejected NSSAI に含まれるS-NSSAIのmapped S-NSSAIとして記憶してもよいし、受信したS-NSSAIに「rejected」を関連付けて記憶してもよい。さらに、AMFは、認証結果として「失敗」又は「成功」を送受信した場合、更にUE_A10が認証結果と共に送受信したS-NSSAIをpending NSSAIに含めて、又はpending NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIのmapped S-NSSAIとして記憶していた場合、UE_A10はpending NSSAIからそのS-NSSAIを削除、又はpending NSSAIからそのS-NSSAIと関連付けられたS-NSSAIを削除してよい。 Further, if this procedure is a procedure started based on the reception of the registration request message from UE_A10, the AMF140 may update the allowed NSSAI and / or the rejected NSSAI for the UE based on the transmission / reception of the authentication result. Specifically, for example, when the AMF140 sends and receives "success" as the authentication result, the S-NSSAI sent and received together with the authentication result is included in the allowed NSSAI, or the S-NSSAI mapped S-NSSAI included in the allowed NSSAI. It may be stored as, or it may be stored by associating "allowed" with the received S-NSSAI. Similarly, when the AMF140 sends and receives "failure" as the authentication result, the S-NSSAI sent and received together with the authentication result is used as the third rejected NSSAI, or the S-NSSAI mapped S-NSSAI included in the third rejected NSSAI. It may be stored as, or it may be stored by associating "rejected" with the received S-NSSAI. Furthermore, when AMF sends and receives "failure" or "success" as the authentication result, the S-NSSAI sent and received by UE_A10 together with the authentication result is included in the pending NSSAI, or the S-NSSAI mapped S included in the pending NSSAI. -If stored as NSSAI, UE_A10 may delete the S-NSSAI from the pending NSSAI, or delete the S-NSSAI associated with the S-NSSAI from the pending NSSAI.
 また、UEは、認証結果の送受信に基づき、S-NSSAIごとの認証結果を記憶してもよい。具体的に、例えば、UEは、認証結果として「成功」を送受信した場合、認証結果と共に送受信したS-NSSAIと関連付けて、UEの情報として、NSSAAが「成功」している状態として記憶してよい。同様に、UEは、認証結果として「失敗」を送受信した場合、認証結果と共に送受信したS-NSSAIと関連付けて、UEの情報として、NSSAAが「失敗」している状態として記憶してよい。 The UE may also store the authentication result for each S-NSSAI based on the transmission / reception of the authentication result. Specifically, for example, when the UE sends and receives "success" as the authentication result, it is associated with the S-NSSAI sent and received together with the authentication result, and is stored as the UE information as the state in which NSSAA is "successful". good. Similarly, when the UE sends and receives a "failure" as an authentication result, it may be associated with the S-NSSAI sent and received together with the authentication result and stored as UE information as a state in which NSSAA has "failed".
 また、各装置は、本手続きの完了に基づき、記憶している情報の更新に基づいた処理を実施してよい。例えば、AFMは、本手続きの完了に基づき、UEに対するallowed NSSAI及び/又はrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIに変更があった場合に、UE設定更新手続きまたは、ネットワークが開始する非登録手続きを開始してもよい。AMFはUE設定更新手続きを用いて、新しいallowed NSSAI及び新しいrejected NSSAIをUEに通知してもよい。AMFはネットワークが開始する非登録手続きを用いて、新しいrejected NSSAIをUEに通知してもよい。 In addition, each device may perform processing based on the update of the stored information based on the completion of this procedure. For example, based on the completion of this procedure, AFM will start the UE setting update procedure or the non-registration procedure started by the network when there is a change in the allowed NSSAI and / or the S-NSSAI included in the rejected NSSAI for the UE. You may. The AMF may notify the UE of the new allowed NSSAI and the new rejected NSSAI using the UE setting update procedure. The AMF may notify the UE of the new rejected NSSAI using a network-initiated non-registration procedure.
 尚、本手続きの実行中に、UEがS-NSSAIのサービスエリア外に移動した場合、UE及び/又はコアネットワークの各装置は、本手続きを中止してもよいし、UEは、Pending NSSAIから、当該S-NSSAI及び/又は当該S-NSSAIに関連付けられたエリアに関する情報を削除してもよい。ここで、S-NSSAIに関連付けられたエリアに関する情報は、登録手続きでUEが受信した第3の識別情報であってよい。 If the UE moves out of the service area of S-NSSAI during the execution of this procedure, each device of the UE and / or the core network may cancel this procedure, and the UE may cancel the procedure. , Information about the S-NSSAI and / or the area associated with the S-NSSAI may be deleted. Here, the information about the area associated with S-NSSAI may be the third identification information received by the UE in the registration procedure.
 また、コアネットワークは、UEがS-NSSAIのサービスエリアの外にいる場合、本手続きを実行してはならない。 In addition, the core network must not execute this procedure if the UE is outside the service area of S-NSSAI.
 [3.4. UE設定更新手続き]
 次に、UE設定更新手続き(Generic UE configuration update procedure)について、図8を用いて説明する。以下、UE設定更新手続きは本手続きとも称する。本手続きは、コアネットワークが、UEの設定情報を更新するための手続きである。本手続きは、ネットワークに登録されたUEに対してネットワークが主導して実行するモビリティマネジメントのための手続きであってよい。
[3.4. UE setting update procedure]
Next, the UE configuration update procedure will be described with reference to FIG. Hereinafter, the UE setting update procedure is also referred to as this procedure. This procedure is a procedure for the core network to update the UE setting information. This procedure may be a procedure for mobility management executed by the network for the UE registered in the network.
 さらに、AMF等のコアネットワーク内の装置は、ネットワークの設定の更新、及び/又はオペレータポリシーの更新に基づいて本手続きを開始してもよい。尚、本手続きのトリガは、UEのモビリティの検出であってもよいし、UE、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク、及び/又はコアネットワークの状態変化の検出であってもよいし、ネットワークスライスの状態変化であってもよい。さらに、本手続きのトリガは、DN、及び/又はDNのアプリケーションサーバーからの要求の受信であってもよいし、ネットワークの設定の変化であってもよいし、オペレータポリシーの変化であってもよい。さらに、本手続きのトリガは、実行しているタイマの満了であってもよい。尚、コアネットワーク内の装置が本手続きを開始するトリガはこれらに限らない。言い換えると、本手続きは、前述の登録手続き及び/又はPDUセッション確立手続きが完了した後の任意のタイミングで実行されてよい。さらに、本手続きは、各装置が5GMMコンテキストを確立した状態、及び/又は各装置が5GMM接続モードである状態であれば、任意のタイミングで実行されてよい。 Furthermore, devices in the core network such as AMF may start this procedure based on the update of network settings and / or the update of operator policy. The trigger of this procedure may be the detection of the mobility of the UE, the detection of the state change of the UE and / or the access network and / or the core network, or the state change of the network slice. It may be. Further, the trigger of this procedure may be the reception of a request from the DN and / or the application server of the DN, a change in network settings, or a change in operator policy. .. Further, the trigger of this procedure may be the expiration of the timer being executed. The trigger for the device in the core network to start this procedure is not limited to these. In other words, this procedure may be executed at any time after the above-mentioned registration procedure and / or PDU session establishment procedure is completed. Further, this procedure may be executed at any timing as long as each device has established a 5GMM context and / or each device is in the 5GMM connection mode.
 また、各装置は、本手続き中に、UEの設定情報を変更するための識別情報、及び/又はUEが実行している機能を停止又は変更するための識別情報を含んだメッセージを送受信してもよい。さらに、各装置は、本手続きの完了に基づいて、ネットワークが指示する設定に、設定情報を更新してもよいし、ネットワークが指示する挙動を開始してもよい。 In addition, each device sends and receives a message containing identification information for changing the setting information of the UE and / or identification information for stopping or changing the function executed by the UE during this procedure. May be good. Further, each device may update the setting information to the setting instructed by the network or may start the behavior instructed by the network based on the completion of this procedure.
 UEは、本手続きによって送受信される制御情報を基に、UEの設定情報を更新してもよい。さらに、UEは、UEの設定情報の更新に伴って、実行している機能を停止してもよいし、新たな機能を開始してもよい。言い換えると、コアネットワーク内の装置は、本手続きを主導すること、さらには本手続きの制御メッセージ及び制御情報をUEに送信することより、これらの制御情報を用いて識別可能なUEの設定情報を、UEに更新させてもよい。さらに、コアネットワーク内の装置は、UEの設定情報を更新させることで、UEが実行している機能を停止させてもよいし、UEに新たな機能を開始させてもよい。 The UE may update the setting information of the UE based on the control information transmitted and received by this procedure. Further, the UE may stop the function being executed or start a new function as the setting information of the UE is updated. In other words, the device in the core network leads this procedure, and further, by transmitting the control message and control information of this procedure to the UE, the setting information of the UE that can be identified by using these control information can be obtained. , You may let the UE update. Further, the device in the core network may stop the function executed by the UE or cause the UE to start a new function by updating the setting information of the UE.
 まず、AMF140は、5G AN120(又はgNB)を介してUE_A10に、設定更新コマンド(Configuration update command)メッセージを送信することにより(S800)、UE設定更新手続きを開始する。 First, AMF140 starts the UE setting update procedure by sending a configuration update command message to UE_A10 via 5GAN120 (or gNB) (S800).
 AMF140は、設定更新コマンドメッセージにUE_A10に関する各NSSAI(以下、configured NSSAI、及びallowed NSSAI、及びrejected NSSAI、及びpending NSSAI、及び第1のNSSAIを意味する)の内、1つ以上を含めて送信してもよい。尚、AMFは、各NSSAIの内、1つ以上を送信することで、新しいUEの設定情報を示してもよいし、UEの設定情報の更新を要求してもよい。尚、各機能のサポートを示す情報と、各機能の使用の要求を示す情報は、同じ識別情報として送受信されてもよいし、異なる識別情報として送受信されてもよい。 The AMF140 sends the configuration update command message including one or more of each NSSAI related to UE_A10 (hereinafter referred to as configured NSSAI, allowed NSSAI, rejected NSSAI, pending NSSAI, and the first NSSAI). You may. The AMF may indicate the new UE setting information or request the update of the UE setting information by transmitting one or more of each NSSAI. The information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating the request for using each function may be transmitted / received as the same identification information or may be transmitted / received as different identification information.
 さらに、AMF140は、設定更新コマンドメッセージに新しい登録エリアを示すTAI listを含めて送信してもよい。 Furthermore, the AMF140 may send the setting update command message including the TAI list indicating the new registration area.
 さらに、複数の識別情報が送受信される場合、これらの識別情報の2以上の識別情報は、1以上の識別情報として構成されてもよい。尚、各機能のサポートを示す情報と、各機能の使用の要求を示す情報は、同じ識別情報として送受信されてもよいし、異なる識別情報として送受信されてもよい。 Further, when a plurality of identification information is transmitted and received, two or more identification information of these identification information may be configured as one or more identification information. The information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating the request for using each function may be transmitted / received as the same identification information or may be transmitted / received as different identification information.
 尚、AMF140は、各NSSAI、TAI listを設定更新コマンドメッセージに含めるかを、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMF140が保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、選択、決定してもよい。 In addition, AMF140 includes each NSSAI, TAI list in the setting update command message, each received identification information and / or subscriber information, and / or network capability information, and / or operator policy, and / or. It may be selected and determined based on the state of the network and / or the user's registration information and / or the context held by the AMF140.
 また、AMF140は、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMF140が保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、設定更新コマンドメッセージを送信することで、UE_A10の設定情報の更新の要求を示してもよい。 The AMF140 also receives each identification information and / or subscriber information and / or network capability information, and / or operator policy, and / or network status, and / or user registration information, and / or. A request for updating the setting information of UE_A10 may be indicated by sending a setting update command message based on the context held by the AMF140.
 UE_A10は、5G AN120(又はgNB)介して、AMF140から設定更新コマンドメッセージを受信する(S800)。UE_A10は、設定更新コマンドメッセージ、及び/又は設定更新コマンドメッセージに含まれる識別情報に基づいて、UEの設定情報を更新してもよい。 UE_A10 receives a setting update command message from AMF140 via 5GAN120 (or gNB) (S800). UE_A10 may update the setting information of the UE based on the setting update command message and / or the identification information contained in the setting update command message.
 尚、設定更新コマンドメッセージに含まれるAllowed NSSAI及び/又はRejected NSSAIは、3.2章の登録手続きにおけるAllowed NSSAI及び/又はRejected NSSAIと同様に、これらに含まれるS-NSSAIが第3及び/又は第4の識別情報と関連付けられていてよい。 The Allowed NSSAI and / or Rejected NSSAI included in the setting update command message is the same as the Allowed NSSAI and / or the Rejected NSSAI in the registration procedure in Chapter 3.2, and the S-NSSAI included in them is the third and / or the fourth. It may be associated with the identification information of.
 また、設定更新コマンドメッセージに含まれるAllowed NSSAIは、S-NSSAIと第3の識別情報を含んでよい。 Also, Allowed NSSAI included in the setting update command message may include S-NSSAI and a third identification information.
 また、設定更新コマンドメッセージに含まれるRejected NSSAIは、S-NSSAIと第3の識別情報を含んでよい。そして、UEは、このRejected NSSAIの受信に基づいて、S-NSSAIと第3の識別情報とを対応付けて記憶してよい。また、このS-NSSAIは、第4の識別情報を含んでよく、この第4の識別情報は、例えば、S-NSSAIに接続できる場所にいないことを示してよい。また、UEは、このRejected NSSAIの受信に基づいて、接続しているエリアにおいて、前記S-NSSAIが使用不可能であることを認識してよい。 Further, the Rejected NSSAI included in the setting update command message may include the S-NSSAI and the third identification information. Then, the UE may store the S-NSSAI and the third identification information in association with each other based on the reception of the Rejected NSSAI. Further, the S-NSSAI may include a fourth identification information, and it may be shown that the fourth identification information is not in a place where the S-NSSAI can be connected, for example. Further, the UE may recognize that the S-NSSAI cannot be used in the connected area based on the reception of the Rejected NSSAI.
 尚、UEは、3.2章又は3.3章の手続きにおいて受信した第3の識別情報によって示されるサービスエリアの中から外に移動した場合に、本手続きが実行された場合は、設定更新コマンドメッセージは、さらに、S-NSSAIが現在のエリアで使用不可であることを示す情報を含んでよい。 If the UE moves out of the service area indicated by the third identification information received in the procedure of Chapter 3.2 or 3.3 and this procedure is executed, the setting update command message will be displayed. In addition, it may contain information indicating that S-NSSAI is unavailable in the current area.
 また、UE_A10がTAI listを受信した場合には、受信したTAI listを有効にし、すでにUE_A10が有効なTAI listを記憶していた場合には、古いTAI listを削除または無効にしてよい。以下、有効なTAI listを登録エリアと表現してもよい。なお、UE_A10が有効なTAI listを記憶しておらず、本手続き中にコアネットワークからTAI listを受信しなかった場合には、有効なTAI listは記憶されない状態であってよい。 Also, if UE_A10 receives a TAI list, the received TAI list may be enabled, and if UE_A10 has already stored a valid TAI list, the old TAI list may be deleted or disabled. Hereinafter, a valid TAI list may be expressed as a registration area. If UE_A10 does not store a valid TAI list and does not receive a TAI list from the core network during this procedure, the valid TAI list may not be stored.
 また、UE_A10は受信した各NSSAIを適切に記憶してよい。具体的には、UE_A10はconfigured NSSAIを受信した場合、受信したconfigured NSSAIを「現在のPLMNと関連付けられたconfigured NSSAI」として記憶してよい。つまり、UE_A10は、「UE_A10が記憶する現在のPLMNと関連付けられたconfigured NSSAI」を「受信したconfigured NSSAI」に入れ替えてよい。 Also, UE_A10 may properly memorize each received NSSAI. Specifically, when UE_A10 receives the configured NSSAI, the received configured NSSAI may be stored as "configured NSSAI associated with the current PLMN". That is, UE_A10 may replace "configured NSSAI associated with the current PLMN stored in UE_A10" with "received configured NSSAI".
 更に、UE_A10はconfigured NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶する現在のPLMNと関連付けられたconfigured NSSAI」に含まれるS-NSSAIのmapped S-NSSAIを削除してよい。更に、「受信したconfigured NSSAI」にmapped S-NSSAIが一又は複数含まれる場合、UE_A10は、それら一又は複数のmapped S-NSSAIを記憶してよい。 Furthermore, when UE_A10 receives configured NSSAI, the mapped S-NSSAI of S-NSSAI included in "configured NSSAI associated with the current PLMN stored in UE_A10" may be deleted. Further, when the "received configured NSSAI" includes one or more mapped S-NSSAI, UE_A10 may store one or more of the mapped S-NSSAI.
 更に、UE_A10はconfigured NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、rejected NSSAI」を削除してよい。 Furthermore, when UE_A10 receives configured NSSAI, "rejected NSSAI remembered by UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN" may be deleted.
 又は、UE_A10はconfigured NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、第1のrejected NSSAI」と「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、第2のrejected NSSAI」と「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、第3のrejected NSSAI」のうち、少なくとも1つを削除してよい。 Or, when UE_A10 receives the configured NSSAI, "the first rejected NSSAI remembered by UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN" and "the second rejected remembered by UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". At least one of "NSSAI" and "third rejected NSSAI remembered by UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN" may be deleted.
 更に、UE_A10はconfigured NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶する第1のNSSAI」、及び/又は「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、第1のNSSAI」、及び/又は一又は複数の「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNのEPLMNと関連付けられた、第1のNSSAI」を削除してよい。 In addition, when the UE_A10 receives the configured NSSAI, the "first NSSAI remembered by the UE_A10" and / or the "first NSSAI remembered by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN", and / or one or more. Multiple "first NSSAI remembered by UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN EPLMN" may be deleted.
 更に、UE_A10はconfigured NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶するpending NSSAI」、及び/又は「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、pending NSSAI」、及び/又は一又は複数の「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNのEPLMNと関連付けられた、第1のpending NSSAI」を削除してよい。 Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the configured NSSAI, "pending NSSAI remembered by UE_A10" and / or "pending NSSAI remembered by UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN", and / or one or more "UE_A10". May delete the "first pending NSSAI" that is remembered and associated with the current PLMN EPLMN.
 更に、UE_A10はallowed NSSAIを受信した場合、受信したallowed NSSAIを「現在のPLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられたallowed NSSAI」として記憶してよい。つまり、UE_A10は、UE_A10が記憶する「現在のPLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられたallowed NSSAI」を「受信したallowed NSSAI」に入れ替えてよい。 Furthermore, when UE_A10 receives allowed NSSAI, it may store the received allowed NSSAI as "allowed NSSAI associated with the current PLMN and the current access type". That is, UE_A10 may replace the "allowed NSSAI associated with the current PLMN and the current access type" stored in the UE_A10 with the "received allowed NSSAI".
 更に、UE_A10がTAI listとallowed NSSAIをnew AMF141から受信した場合、更にTAI listに含まれる少なくとも1つのTAIがEPLMNに属す場合、UE_A10は受信したallowed NSSAIを「TAI listに含まれるTAIが属するEPLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられたallowed NSSAI」として記憶してよい。 Furthermore, if UE_A10 receives a TAI list and allowed NSSAI from new AMF141, and if at least one TAI contained in the TAI list belongs to EPLMN, UE_A10 will refer to the received allowed NSSAI as "EPLMN to which TAI contained in TAI list belongs". And the current access type, and may be remembered as "allowed NSSAI" associated with.
 または、UE_A10がTAI listは受信せず、allowed NSSAIをnew AMF141から受信した場合、更にUEが事前に受信し記憶しているTAI listに含まれるTAIがEPLMNに属す場合、UE_A10は受信したallowed NSSAIを「TAI listに含まれるTAIが属するEPLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられたallowed NSSAI」として記憶してよい。 Or, if UE_A10 does not receive the TAI list and receives allowed NSSAI from new AMF141, and if the TAI included in the TAI list received and stored in advance by the UE belongs to EPLMN, UE_A10 receives allowed NSSAI. May be stored as "allowed NSSAI associated with the EPLMN to which the TAI included in the TAI list belongs and the current access type".
 つまり、UE_A10が記憶する登録エリアに含まれるTAIがRPLMNとは異なる一又は複数のPLMNに属する場合、その異なる一又は複数のPLMNがEPLMNであり、UE_A10は「受信したallowed NSSAI」を、各「その異なる一又は複数のPLMNのうちの一つのPLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられた1つのallowed NSSAI」に記憶してよい。 That is, if the TAI contained in the registration area stored in the UE_A10 belongs to one or more PLMNs different from the RPLMN, the different one or more PLMNs are EPLMNs, and UE_A10 sets "received allowed NSSAI" to each " It may be stored in one allowed NSSAI associated with one of the different PLMNs and the current access type.
 言い換えると、UE_A10は、「受信したallowed NSSAI」を各「UE_A10が記憶する登録エリアに含まれるTAIが属するPLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられたallowed NSSAI」に記憶してよい。 In other words, UE_A10 may store the "received allowed NSSAI" in the "allowed NSSAI associated with the PLMN to which the TAI included in the registration area stored by the UE_A10 belongs and the current access type".
 更に/又は、UE_A10が記憶する登録エリアに含まれる複数のTAIがそれぞれ異なるPLMNに属する場合、UE_A10は、UE_A10が記憶する各「登録エリアに含まれるTAIが属する各PLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられたallowed NSSAI」を「受信したallowed NSSAI」に入れ替えてよい。 Further / or if multiple TAIs contained in the registration area stored by UE_A10 belong to different PLMNs, UE_A10 shall be stored with each "PLMN belonging to the TAI contained in the registration area" stored by UE_A10 and the current access type. You may replace "allowed NSSAI" associated with, with "received allowed NSSAI".
 具体的には、UE_A10が記憶する登録エリアにTAI#1とTAI#2が含まれる場合に、TAI#1はRPLMNであるPLMN#1に属し、TAI#2がEPLMNであるPLMN#2に属する場合、UE_A10は、「受信したallowed NSSAI」を、「PLMN#1と現在のアクセスタイプとに関連付けられたallowed NSSAI#1」と、「PLMN#2と現在のアクセスタイプとに関連付けられたallowed NSSAI#2」と、に記憶してよい。 Specifically, when the registration area stored by UE_A10 contains TAI # 1 and TAI # 2, TAI # 1 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is RPLMN, and TAI # 2 belongs to PLMN # 2 which is EPLMN. If UE_A10, the "received allowed NSSAI" is "allowed NSSAI # 1 associated with PLMN # 1 and the current access type" and "allowed NSSAI associated with PLMN # 2 and the current access type". You may memorize it in "# 2".
 又は、UE_A10が記憶する登録エリアに含まれるTAIがRPLMNとは異なる一又は複数のPLMNに属する場合、その異なる一又は複数のPLMNがEPLMNであり、UE_A10は、「受信したallowed NSSAI」を、「登録エリアに含まれるTAIが属するその異なる一又は複数のPLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられた1つのallowed NSSAI」に記憶してよい。 Or, if the TAI contained in the registration area stored in the UE_A10 belongs to one or more PLMNs different from the RPLMN, the different one or more PLMNs are EPLMNs, and UE_A10 sets "received allowed NSSAI" to ". It may be stored in one allowed NSSAI associated with the different PLMNs to which the TAI contained in the registration area belongs and the current access type.
 更に/又は、登録エリアに含まれる2以上のTAIが複数のPLMNに属する場合、UE_A10は、UE_A10が記憶する「登録エリアに含まれるTAIが属する一又は複数のPLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられた1つのallowed NSSAI」を「受信したallowed NSSAI」に入れ替えてよい。 Further / or when two or more TAIs contained in the registration area belong to multiple PLMNs, UE_A10 is stored in the UE_A10 "one or more PLMNs to which the TAI contained in the registration area belongs, and the current access type. One allowed NSSAI associated with may be replaced with a "received allowed NSSAI".
 具体的には、UE_A10が記憶する登録エリアにTAI#1とTAI#2が含まれる場合に、TAI#1はRPLMNであるPLMN#1に属し、TAI#2がEPLMNであるPLMN#1に属する場合、UE_A10は、「受信したallowed NSSAI」を、「PLMN#1とPLMN#2と現在のアクセスタイプとに関連付けられたallowed NSSAI#1」に記憶してよい。 Specifically, when the registration area stored by UE_A10 contains TAI # 1 and TAI # 2, TAI # 1 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is RPLMN, and TAI # 2 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is EPLMN. In that case, UE_A10 may store the "received allowed NSSAI" in the "allowed NSSAI # 1 associated with PLMN # 1 and PLMN # 2 and the current access type".
 又は、UE_A10が記憶する登録エリアに含まれるTAIがRPLMNとは異なる一又は複数のPLMNに属する場合、その異なる一又は複数のPLMNがEPLMNであり、UE_A10は、「受信したallowed NSSAI」を、「RPLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられた1つのallowed NSSAI」のみに記憶してよい。いいかえれば、UE_A10が記憶する登録エリアに含まれるTAIがRPLMNとは異なる一又は複数のPLMNに属する場合であっても、UE_A10は、「受信したallowed NSSAI」を、その異なる一又は複数のPLMNに関連付けられたallowed NSSAIとしては記憶しなくてもよい。 Or, if the TAI contained in the registration area stored in the UE_A10 belongs to one or more PLMNs different from the RPLMN, the different one or more PLMNs are EPLMNs, and UE_A10 sets "received allowed NSSAI" to ". Only one allowed NSSAI associated with the RPLMN and the current access type may be stored. In other words, even if the TAI contained in the registration area stored in the UE_A10 belongs to one or more PLMNs different from the RPLMN, the UE_A10 will transfer the "received allowed NSSAI" to the different one or more PLMNs. It does not have to be remembered as the associated allowed NSSAI.
 更に/又は、登録エリアに含まれる複数のTAIがそれぞれ異なるPLMNに属する場合、UE_A10は、UE_A10が記憶する「RPLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられた1つのallowed NSSAI」を「受信したallowed NSSAI」に入れ替えてよい。 Further / or if multiple TAIs contained in the registration area belong to different PLMNs, the UE_A10 "receives one allowed NSSAI associated with the RPLMN and the current access type" stored by the UE_A10. You may replace it with "allowed NSSAI".
 具体的には、UE_A10が記憶する登録エリアにTAI#1とTAI#2が含まれる場合に、TAI#1はRPLMNであるPLMN#1に属し、TAI#2がEPLMNであるPLMN#1に属する場合、UE_A10は、「受信したallowed NSSAI」を、「PLMN#1と現在のアクセスタイプとに関連付けられたallowed NSSAI#1」にのみ記憶してよい。 Specifically, when the registration area stored by UE_A10 contains TAI # 1 and TAI # 2, TAI # 1 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is RPLMN, and TAI # 2 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is EPLMN. In this case, UE_A10 may store the "received allowed NSSAI" only in the "allowed NSSAI # 1 associated with PLMN # 1 and the current access type".
 なお、UE_A10はallowed NSSAIを記憶する場合、allowed NSSAIを登録エリアと関連付けて記憶してもよいし、allowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを登録エリアと関連付けて記憶してもよい。 When storing allowed NSSAI, UE_A10 may store allowed NSSAI in association with the registration area, or may store S-NSSAI included in allowed NSSAI in association with the registration area.
 更に、UE_A10はallowed NSSAIを受信した場合、「受信に基づき削除したallowed NSSAI」または「受信に基づき更新された古いallowed NSSAI」に含まれるS-NSSAIのmapped S-NSSAIを削除してよい。更に、「受信したallowed NSSAI」にmapped S-NSSAIが含まれる場合、UE_A10はその一又は複数のmapped S-NSSAIを記憶してよい。 Furthermore, when UE_A10 receives allowed NSSAI, it may delete the mapped S-NSSAI of S-NSSAI included in "allowed NSSAI deleted based on reception" or "old allowed NSSAI updated based on reception". Further, when the "received allowed NSSAI" includes the mapped S-NSSAI, UE_A10 may store one or more of the mapped S-NSSAI.
 更に、UE_A10はallowed NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、rejected NSSAI」を削除してよい。 Furthermore, when UE_A10 receives allowed NSSAI, "rejected NSSAI remembered by UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN" may be deleted.
 具体的には、UE_A10はallowed NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、第1のrejected NSSAI」と、「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、第2のrejected NSSAI」と、「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと現在の登録エリアとに関連付けられた、第2のrejected NSSAI」と、「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、第3のrejected NSSAI」のうち少なくとも一つから、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してもよいし、全てのNSSAIから受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してもよい。 Specifically, when the UE_A10 receives the allowed NSSAI, "the first rejected NSSAI remembered by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN" and "the first rejected NSSAI remembered by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". "The second rejected NSSAI" and "the second rejected NSSAI remembered by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN and the current registration area" and "the second rejected NSSAI remembered by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN," You may delete the S-NSSAI contained in the received allowed NSSAI from at least one of the "third rejected NSSAI", or you may delete the S-NSSAI contained in the allowed NSSAI received from all NSSAI. good.
 具体的に、更に、UE_A10はallowed NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNに関連付けられた、第2のrejected NSSAI」から、現在の登録エリアに関連付けられ、更に受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してもよい。 Specifically, when UE_A10 receives an allowed NSSAI, it is associated with the current registration area from the "second rejected NSSAI remembered by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN" and further received allowed NSSAI. You may delete the S-NSSAI contained in.
 更に、UE_A10はallowed NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、pending NSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してよい。更に、UE_A10はallowed NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、全てのPLMNと関連付けられた、pending NSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるmapped S-NSSAまたはS-NSSAIを削除してよい。更に、UE_A10はallowed NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、EPLMNと関連付けられた、pending NSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してよい。 Furthermore, when UE_A10 receives allowed NSSAI, S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from "pending NSSAI stored by UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the allowed NSSAI, the mapped S-NSSA or S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from the "pending NSSAI that the UE_A10 remembers and is associated with all PLMNs". .. Further, when UE_A10 receives allowed NSSAI, S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from "pending NSSAI stored by UE_A10 and associated with EPLMN".
 更に、UE_A10はallowed NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、第1のNSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してよい。または、UE_A10はallowed NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、全てのPLMNと関連付けられた、第1のNSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるmapped S-NSSAまたはS-NSSAIを削除してよい。 Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the allowed NSSAI, the S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from the "first NSSAI stored by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". Or, when UE_A10 receives allowed NSSAI, delete the mapped S-NSSA or S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI from "the first NSSAI that UE_A10 remembers and is associated with all PLMNs". It's okay.
 更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、受信したrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを、そのS-NSSAIが関連付けられた拒絶理由値に基づき「現在のPLMNに関連付けられたrejected NSSAI」として記憶してよい。つまり、UE_A10は、UE_A10が記憶する「現在のPLMNに関連付けられたrejected NSSAI」に「受信したrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAI」を追加してよい。 Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the rejected NSSAI, it stores the S-NSSAI contained in the received rejected NSSAI as "rejected NSSAI associated with the current PLMN" based on the rejection reason value associated with the S-NSSAI. It's okay. That is, UE_A10 may add "S-NSSAI included in the received rejected NSSAI" to the "rejected NSSAI associated with the current PLMN" stored in UE_A10.
 具体的には、UE_A10は拒絶理由値「現在のPLMN又はSNPNで不可であるS-NSSAI」と、拒絶理由値に関連付けられたrejected S-NSSAIを受信した場合、UE_A10はS-NSSAIを、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた第1の拒絶NSSAIに追加してよい。 Specifically, if UE_A10 receives the rejection reason value "S-NSSAI not possible with the current PLMN or SNPN" and the rejected S-NSSAI associated with the rejection reason value, UE_A10 will receive the S-NSSAI now. May be added to the first rejection NSSAI associated with the PLMN of.
 更に、UE_A10は拒絶理由値「現在のレジストレーションエリアで不可であるS-NSSAI」と、拒絶理由値に関連付けられたrejected S-NSSAIを受信した場合、UE_A10は「受信したrejected S-NSSAI」を、「現在のPLMNと、現在の登録エリアと、に関連付けられた第2の拒絶NSSAI」に追加してよい。 Furthermore, if UE_A10 receives the rejection reason value "S-NSSAI not possible in the current registration area" and the rejected S-NSSAI associated with the rejection reason value, UE_A10 will receive the "received rejected S-NSSAI". , May be added to "Second Rejection NSSAI Associated with Current PLMN and Current Registration Area".
 なお、UE_A10がTAI listをrejected NSSAIと一緒に受信した場合、現在の登録エリアは受信したTAI listで示される。一方で、UE_A10がTAI listをrejected NSSAIと一緒に受信しなかった場合、現在の登録エリアは、UE_A10が前回受信し記憶したTAI listで示される。 If UE_A10 receives the TAI list together with the rejected NSSAI, the current registration area will be indicated by the received TAI list. On the other hand, if UE_A10 does not receive the TAI list together with rejected NSSAI, the current registration area is indicated by the TAI list previously received and stored by UE_A10.
 UE_A10が記憶する現在の登録エリアに含まれるTAIがRPLMNと異なる一又は複数のPLMNに属する場合、その異なる一又は複数のPLMNはEPLMNであり、UE_A10は、「拒絶理由値“現在のレジストレーションエリアで不可であるS-NSSAI”と関連付けられて受信したrejected S-NSSAI」を、各「その異なる一又は複数のPLMNのうち1つのPLMNと、現在の登録エリアと、に関連付けられた第2のrejected NSSAI」に記憶、及び/又は追加してよい。 If the TAI contained in the current registration area stored by UE_A10 belongs to one or more PLMNs different from the RPLMN, the different one or more PLMNs are EPLMNs and UE_A10 is the "Rejection Reason Value" Current Registration Area. The rejected S-NSSAI received in association with the "S-NSSAI" which is not possible in the second, associated with each "PLMN of one or more of its different PLMNs and the current registration area". It may be stored and / or added to "rejected NSSAI".
 更に/又は、登録エリアに含まれる一又は複数のTAIがそれぞれ異なるPLMNに属する場合、UE_A10は、UE_A10が記憶する各「登録エリアに含まれるTAIが属する各PLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられた第2のrejected NSSAI」に「 拒絶理由値”現在のレジストレーションエリアで不可であるS-NSSAI”と関連付けられて受信したrejected S-NSSAI」を追加して記憶してよい。 Further / or if one or more TAIs contained in the registration area belong to different PLMNs, the UE_A10 will be stored in each "PLMN to which the TAI contained in the registration area belongs and the current access type." The "rejected S-NSSAI received in association with the rejection reason value" S-NSSAI which is not possible in the current registration area "" may be added to the "associated second rejected NSSAI" and stored.
 具体的には、UE_A10が記憶する登録エリアにTAI#1とTAI#2が含まれる場合に、TAI#1はRPLMNであるPLMN#1に属し、TAI#2がEPLMNであるPLMN#2に属する場合、UE_A10は、「受信した第2のrejected S-NSSAI」を、「PLMN#1と現在の登録エリアとに関連付けられた第2のrejected NSSAI#1」と、「PLMN#2と現在の登録エリアとに関連付けられた第2のrejected NSSAI#2」と、に記憶してよい。 Specifically, when the registration area stored by UE_A10 contains TAI # 1 and TAI # 2, TAI # 1 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is RPLMN, and TAI # 2 belongs to PLMN # 2 which is EPLMN. If UE_A10, the "received second rejected S-NSSAI" is referred to as "the second rejected NSSAI # 1 associated with PLMN # 1 and the current registration area" and "PLMN # 2 and the current registration". It may be stored in the second rejected NSSAI # 2 associated with the area.
 または、登録エリアに含まれるTAIがRPLMNと異なる一又は複数のPLMNに属する場合、その異なる一又は複数のPLMNはEPLMNであり、UE_A10は、「拒絶理由値”現在のレジストレーションエリアで不可であるS-NSSAI“と関連付けられて受信したrejected S-NSSAI」を、「その異なる一又は複数のPLMNと、現在の登録エリアと、に関連付けられた一つの第2のrejected NSSAI」に記憶してよい。 Alternatively, if the TAI contained in the registration area belongs to one or more PLMNs different from the RPLMN, the different one or more PLMNs are EPLMNs and UE_A10 is not possible in the "Rejection Reason Value" current registration area. The "rejected S-NSSAI" received in association with the "S-NSSAI" may be stored in "one second rejected NSSAI associated with the different PLMNs and the current registration area". ..
 更に/又は、登録エリアに含まれる複数のTAIがそれぞれ異なるPLMNに属する場合、UE_A10は、UE_A10が記憶する「それら複数のPLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられた1つの第2のrejected NSSAI」に「拒絶理由値“現在のレジストレーションエリアで不可であるS-NSSAI”と関連付けられて受信したrejected S-NSSAI」を追加して記憶してよい。 Further / or if multiple TAIs contained in the registration area belong to different PLMNs, the UE_A10 will be stored by the UE_A10 as one second rejected associated with the multiple PLMNs and the current access type. You may add and memorize "Rejected S-NSSAI received in association with the rejection reason value" S-NSSAI which is not possible in the current registration area "" to "NSSAI".
 具体的には、UE_A10が記憶する登録エリアにTAI#1とTAI#2が含まれる場合に、TAI#1はRPLMNであるPLMN#1に属し、TAI#2がEPLMNであるPLMN#2に属する場合、UE_A10は、「受信した第2のrejected S-NSSAI」を、「PLMN#1とPLMN#2と現在の登録エリアとに関連付けられた第2のrejected NSSAI#1」に記憶してよい。 Specifically, when the registration area stored by UE_A10 contains TAI # 1 and TAI # 2, TAI # 1 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is RPLMN, and TAI # 2 belongs to PLMN # 2 which is EPLMN. In that case, UE_A10 may store the "received second rejected S-NSSAI" in the "second rejected NSSAI # 1 associated with PLMN # 1 and PLMN # 2 and the current registration area".
 更に、現在の登録エリアを示すTAI listに含まれるTAIがEPLMNに属す場合、UE_A10は受信した拒絶理由値「現在のレジストレーションエリアで不可であるS-NSSAI」に関連付けられるS-NSSAIを「TAI listに含まれるTAIが属するEPLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられた第2のrejected NSSAI」として記憶してよい。 Furthermore, if the TAI included in the TAI list indicating the current registration area belongs to EPLMN, UE_A10 will set the S-NSSAI associated with the received rejection reason value "S-NSSAI not possible in the current registration area" to "TAI". It may be stored as a second rejected NSSAI associated with the EPLMN to which the TAI contained in the list belongs and the current access type.
 または、UE_A10が記憶する登録エリアに含まれるTAIがRPLMNとは異なる一又は複数のPLMNに属する場合、その異なる一又は複数のPLMNはEPLMNであり、UE_A10は、「受信した第2のrejected S-NSSAI」を、「RPLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられた1つの第2のrejected NSSAI」のみに記憶してよい。いいかえれば、UE_A10が記憶する登録エリアに含まれるTAIがRPLMNとは異なる一又は複数のPLMNに属する場合であっても、UE_A10は、「受信した第2のrejected S-NSSAI」を、その異なる一又は複数のPLMNに関連付けられた第2のrejected NSSAIとしては記憶しなくてもよい。 Alternatively, if the TAI contained in the registration area stored by UE_A10 belongs to one or more PLMNs different from the RPLMN, the different one or more PLMNs are EPLMNs and UE_A10 is the "second rejected S- received. "NSSAI" may be stored only in "one second rejected NSSAI associated with the RPLMN and the current access type". In other words, even if the TAI contained in the registration area stored in the UE_A10 belongs to one or more PLMNs different from the RPLMN, the UE_A10 will display the "received second rejected S-NSSAI" as the different one. Alternatively, it does not have to be stored as the second rejected NSSAI associated with multiple PLMNs.
 更に/又は、登録エリアに含まれる複数のTAIがそれぞれ異なるPLMNに属する場合、UE_A10は、UE_A10が記憶する「RPLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられた1つの第2のrejected NSSAI」を「受信した第2のrejected S-NSSAI」に入れ替えてよい。 Further / or if multiple TAIs contained in the registration area belong to different PLMNs, UE_A10 will store one second rejected NSSAI associated with the "RPLMN and the current access type" stored by the UE_A10. It may be replaced with "received second rejected S-NSSAI".
 具体的には、UE_A10が記憶する登録エリアにTAI#1とTAI#2が含まれる場合に、TAI#1はRPLMNであるPLMN#1に属し、TAI#2がEPLMNであるPLMN#1に属する場合、UE_A10は、「受信した第2のrejected S-NSSAI」を、「PLMN#1と現在のアクセスタイプとに関連付けられた第2のrejected NSSAI#1」にのみ記憶、及び/又は追加してよい。 Specifically, when the registration area stored by UE_A10 contains TAI # 1 and TAI # 2, TAI # 1 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is RPLMN, and TAI # 2 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is EPLMN. If so, UE_A10 stores and / or adds the "received second rejected S-NSSAI" only to the "second rejected NSSAI # 1 associated with PLMN # 1 and the current access type". good.
 更に、UE_A10は拒絶理由値「NSSAAの失敗または取り消しのために不可であるS-NSSAI」と、拒絶理由値に関連付けられたrejected S-NSSAIを受信した場合、UE_A10はS-NSSAIを、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた第3の拒絶NSSAIに追加してよい。 In addition, if UE_A10 receives the rejection reason value "S-NSSAI not possible due to NSSAA failure or cancellation" and the rejected S-NSSAI associated with the rejection reason value, UE_A10 will receive the S-NSSAI, the current May be added to the third rejection NSSAI associated with the PLMN.
 更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、allowed NSSAI」から、受信したrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してよい。 Furthermore, when UE_A10 receives rejected NSSAI, S-NSSAI included in the received rejected NSSAI may be deleted from "allowed NSSAI stored by UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN".
 更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、pending NSSAI」から、受信したrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してよい。更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、全てのPLMNと関連付けられた、pending NSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるmapped S-NSSAまたはS-NSSAIを削除してよい。更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、EPLMNと関連付けられた、pending NSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してよい。 Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the rejected NSSAI, the S-NSSAI included in the received rejected NSSAI may be deleted from the "pending NSSAI stored by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the rejected NSSAI, the mapped S-NSSA or S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from the "pending NSSAI that the UE_A10 remembers and is associated with all PLMNs". .. Further, when UE_A10 receives rejected NSSAI, S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from "pending NSSAI stored by UE_A10 and associated with EPLMN".
 更に、UE_A10はallowed NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、第1のNSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してよい。または、UE_A10はallowed NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、全てのPLMNと関連付けられた、第1のNSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるmapped S-NSSAまたはS-NSSAIを削除してよい。 Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the allowed NSSAI, the S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from the "first NSSAI stored by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". Or, when UE_A10 receives allowed NSSAI, delete the mapped S-NSSA or S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI from "the first NSSAI that UE_A10 remembers and is associated with all PLMNs". It's okay.
 更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、pending NSSAI」から、受信したrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してよい。更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、全てのPLMNと関連付けられた、pending NSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるmapped S-NSSAまたはS-NSSAIを削除してよい。更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、EPLMNと関連付けられた、pending NSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してよい。 Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the rejected NSSAI, the S-NSSAI included in the received rejected NSSAI may be deleted from the "pending NSSAI stored by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the rejected NSSAI, the mapped S-NSSA or S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from the "pending NSSAI that the UE_A10 remembers and is associated with all PLMNs". .. Further, when UE_A10 receives rejected NSSAI, S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from "pending NSSAI stored by UE_A10 and associated with EPLMN".
 更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、第1のNSSAI」から、受信したrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してよい。更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、全てのPLMNと関連付けられた、第1のNSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるmapped S-NSSAまたはS-NSSAIを削除してよい。更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、EPLMNと関連付けられた、第1のNSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してよい。 Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the rejected NSSAI, the S-NSSAI included in the received rejected NSSAI may be deleted from the "first NSSAI stored by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". Furthermore, when UE_A10 receives rejected NSSAI, it deletes the mapped S-NSSA or S-NSSAI contained in the received allowed NSSAI from "the first NSSAI that UE_A10 remembers and is associated with all PLMNs". It's okay. Further, when UE_A10 receives rejected NSSAI, S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from "the first NSSAI stored by UE_A10 and associated with EPLMN".
 なお、上記に示すUEが_A10各識別情報の受信に基づき実行する各処理は、本手続き中、又は本手続き完了後に実行されてもよいし、本手続き完了後に、本手続き完了に基づき実行されてもよい。さらに、UEは、設定更新コマンドメッセージに含まれる識別情報に基づいて、設定更新コマンドメッセージに対する応答メッセージとして、設定更新完了(Configuration update complete)メッセージを、5G AN(gNB)を介して、AMF140に送信してもよい(S802)。 In addition, each process that the UE shown above executes based on the reception of each _A10 identification information may be executed during this procedure or after the completion of this procedure, or is executed based on the completion of this procedure after the completion of this procedure. You may. Further, the UE sends a configuration update complete message to the AMF140 via 5GAN (gNB) as a response message to the configuration update command message based on the identification information contained in the configuration update command message. May (S802).
 AMF140は、UE_A10が設定更新完了コマンドメッセージを送信した場合、5G AN(gNB)を介して、設定更新完了メッセージを受信する(S802)。また、各装置は、設定更新コマンドメッセージ、及び/又は設定更新完了メッセージの送受信に基づき、本手続きを完了する。 When UE_A10 sends a setting update completion command message, AMF140 receives a setting update completion message via 5GAN (gNB) (S802). In addition, each device completes this procedure based on the transmission / reception of the setting update command message and / or the setting update completion message.
 さらに、各装置は、本手続きの完了に基づいて、本手続きで送受信した情報に基づいた処理を実施してもよい。例えば、設定情報に対する更新情報を送受信した場合、各装置は、設定情報を更新してもよい。さらに、登録手続きの実行が必要であることを示す情報を送受信した場合、UE_A10は、本手続きの完了に基づいて、登録手続きを開始してもよい。 Further, each device may perform processing based on the information transmitted / received in this procedure based on the completion of this procedure. For example, when the update information for the setting information is transmitted and received, each device may update the setting information. Further, when sending and receiving information indicating that the registration procedure needs to be executed, UE_A10 may start the registration procedure based on the completion of this procedure.
 さらに、UE_A10は、本手続きの完了に基づいて、設定情報コマンドメッセージとともに受信した識別情報を記憶してもよいし、ネットワークの決定を認識してもよい。また、UEは本手続き完了に基づき、記憶した情報に基づいて、各手続きを実行してもよい。 Furthermore, UE_A10 may store the identification information received together with the setting information command message based on the completion of this procedure, or may recognize the network decision. In addition, the UE may execute each procedure based on the stored information based on the completion of this procedure.
 以上の手続きにおいて、設定更新コマンドメッセージの送受信により、コアネットワーク内の装置は、UEに対して、UEが既に適用している設定情報の更新を指示することができるし、UEが実行している機能の停止又は変更を指示することができる。 In the above procedure, by sending and receiving the setting update command message, the device in the core network can instruct the UE to update the setting information already applied by the UE, and the UE is executing. You can instruct to stop or change the function.
 [3.5. ネットワークが開始する非登録手続き]
 次に、ネットワークが開始する非登録手続き(Network-initiated de-registration procedure)について、図9を用いて説明する。以下、本手続きはネットワークが開始する非登録手続きを指す。ネットワークが開始する非登録手続きは、ネットワークが手動して、アクセスネットワーク_A、及び/又はコアネットワーク_A、アクセスネットワーク_B、及び/又はコアネットワーク_B、及び/又はDN、及び/又はPDNへ登録を解除する為の手続きである。本手続きは、ネットワークに登録されたUEに対してネットワークが主導して実行するモビリティマネジメントのための手続きであってよい。
[3.5. Network-initiated non-registration procedure]
Next, the network-initiated de-registration procedure will be described with reference to FIG. Hereinafter, this procedure refers to the non-registration procedure initiated by the network. The network-initiated non-registration procedure is manually performed by the network to access network_A and / or core network_A, access network_B, and / or core network_B, and / or DN, and / or PDN. This is the procedure for canceling the registration. This procedure may be a procedure for mobility management executed by the network for the UE registered in the network.
 AMFは、UEがネットワークに登録されている状態(RM-REGISTERED state又は5GMM-REGISTEDED state)であれば、任意のタイミングで本手続きを実行する事ができる。例えば、AMFはUEの登録情報の更新に伴い、本手続きを開始してもよい。さらに具体的に、AMFは、NSSAA手続きの完了に基づき、UEの登録情報にallowed NSSAIがなくなった場合に、本手続きを開始してもよい。言い換えると、AMFは、UEに許可するS-NSSAIはなく、今後、他の手続き(例えばNSSAA手続き)により、allowed NSSAIにS-NSSAIを追加する予定がない場合、本手続きを開始してよい。 AMF can execute this procedure at any time as long as the UE is registered in the network (RM-REGISTERED state or 5GMM-REGISTEDED state). For example, AMF may start this procedure with the update of UE registration information. More specifically, the AMF may initiate this procedure when the UE registration information no longer has allowed NSSAI based on the completion of the NSSAA procedure. In other words, AMF may initiate this procedure if there is no S-NSSAI allowed to the UE and there are no plans to add S-NSSAI to allowed NSSAI by other procedures (eg NSSAA procedures) in the future.
 まず、AMF140は、非登録要求(De-registration request)メッセージをUE_A10に送信する(S900)ことにより、本手続きを開始してよい。ここで、非登録要求メッセージは、N1インターフェース上で送受信されるNASメッセージであるが、UEと5G AN(gNB)間はRRCメッセージに含まれて送受信される。 First, AMF140 may start this procedure by sending a de-registration request message to UE_A10 (S900). Here, the non-registration request message is a NAS message sent and received on the N1 interface, but is included in the RRC message and sent and received between the UE and 5GAN (gNB).
 AMF140は、非登録要求メッセージに各NSSAI(以下、rejected NSSAI、及びpending NSSAI、及び第1のNSSAIを意味する)のうち少なくとも1つの識別情報を含めて送信してもよい。AMFは、非登録要求メッセージに更に理由値、及び/又は登録を解除するアクセスタイプを示す情報を含めて送信してもよい。ここで、理由値は、5GMM causeであってよい。さらに、本手続きが、NSSAA手続きの結果に基づき開始された場合、又はNSSAAの完了により理由値は、利用可能なネットワークスライスがないことを示す値であってよい。その場合、5GSの5GMM cause value#62“No network slices available”であってもよい。 The AMF140 may send the non-registration request message including at least one identification information of each NSSAI (hereinafter, rejected NSSAI, and pending NSSAI, and the first NSSAI). The AMF may send the non-registration request message with additional reason value and / or information indicating the access type to be deregistered. Here, the reason value may be 5 GMM cause. Further, if the procedure is initiated based on the result of the NSSAA procedure, or upon completion of the NSSAA, the reason value may be a value indicating that no network slice is available. In that case, it may be 5GS 5GMM cause value # 62 “No network slices available”.
 尚、AMF140は、これらの識別情報及び/又は非登録メッセージを送信することで、ネットワークが各機能をサポートしていない事を示してもよいし、非登録状態への遷移を要求してもよいし、AMF140の変更を通知してもよいし、続けて登録手続きの開始を指示してもよいし、これらを組み合わせた情報を示してもよい。さらに、複数の識別情報が送受信される場合、これらの識別情報の2以上の識別情報は、1以上の識別情報として構成されてもよい。尚、各機能のサポートを示す情報と、各機能の使用の要求を示す情報は、同じ識別情報として送受信されてもよいし、異なる識別情報として送受信されてもよい。 The AMF140 may indicate that the network does not support each function by transmitting these identification information and / or an unregistered message, or may request a transition to the unregistered state. However, the change of AMF140 may be notified, the registration procedure may be continuously instructed, or the combined information may be shown. Further, when a plurality of identification information is transmitted and received, two or more identification information of these identification information may be configured as one or more identification information. The information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating the request for using each function may be transmitted / received as the same identification information or may be transmitted / received as different identification information.
 UE_A10は各NSSAIのうち少なくとも1つの受信、及び/又は理由値の受信、及び/又は他の識別情報の受信、及び/又はUEの状態、に基づき、rejected S-NSSAI及び拒絶の理由を認識、及び記憶、及びUEの挙動の決定をしてよい。 UE_A10 recognizes the rejected S-NSSAI and the reason for rejection based on the reception of at least one of each NSSAI and / or the reception of the reason value and / or the reception of other identification information and / or the state of the UE. And memory, and the behavior of the UE may be determined.
 更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、受信したrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを、そのS-NSSAIが関連付けられた拒絶理由値に基づき「現在のPLMNに関連付けられたrejected NSSAI」として記憶してよい。つまり、UE_A10は、UE_A10が記憶する「現在のPLMNに関連付けられたrejected NSSAI」に「受信したrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAI」を追加してよい。 Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the rejected NSSAI, it stores the S-NSSAI contained in the received rejected NSSAI as "rejected NSSAI associated with the current PLMN" based on the rejection reason value associated with the S-NSSAI. It's okay. That is, UE_A10 may add "S-NSSAI included in the received rejected NSSAI" to the "rejected NSSAI associated with the current PLMN" stored in UE_A10.
 具体的には、UE_A10は拒絶理由値「現在のPLMN又はSNPNで不可であるS-NSSAI」と、拒絶理由値に関連付けられたrejected S-NSSAIを受信した場合、UE_A10はS-NSSAIを、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた第1の拒絶NSSAIに追加してよい。 Specifically, if UE_A10 receives the rejection reason value "S-NSSAI not possible with the current PLMN or SNPN" and the rejected S-NSSAI associated with the rejection reason value, UE_A10 will receive the S-NSSAI now. May be added to the first rejection NSSAI associated with the PLMN of.
 更に、UE_A10は拒絶理由値「現在のレジストレーションエリアで不可であるS-NSSAI」と、拒絶理由値に関連付けられたrejected S-NSSAIを受信した場合、UE_A10は「受信したrejected S-NSSAI」を、「現在のPLMNと、現在の登録エリアと、に関連付けられた第2の拒絶NSSAI」に追加してよい。 Furthermore, if UE_A10 receives the rejection reason value "S-NSSAI not possible in the current registration area" and the rejected S-NSSAI associated with the rejection reason value, UE_A10 will receive the "received rejected S-NSSAI". , May be added to "Second Rejection NSSAI Associated with Current PLMN and Current Registration Area".
 なお、UE_A10がTAI listをrejected NSSAIと一緒に受信した場合、現在の登録エリアは受信したTAI listで示される。一方で、UE_A10がTAI listをrejected NSSAIと一緒に受信しなかった場合、現在の登録エリアは、UE_A10が前回受信し記憶したTAI listで示される。 If UE_A10 receives the TAI list together with the rejected NSSAI, the current registration area will be indicated by the received TAI list. On the other hand, if UE_A10 does not receive the TAI list together with rejected NSSAI, the current registration area is indicated by the TAI list previously received and stored by UE_A10.
 UE_A10が記憶する現在の登録エリアに含まれるTAIがRPLMNと異なる一又は複数のPLMNに属する場合、その異なる一又は複数のPLMNはEPLMNであり、UE_A10は、「拒絶理由値“現在のレジストレーションエリアで不可であるS-NSSAI”と関連付けられて受信したrejected S-NSSAI」を、各「その異なる一又は複数のPLMNのうち1つのPLMNと、現在の登録エリアと、に関連付けられた第2のrejected NSSAI」に記憶、及び/又は追加してよい。 If the TAI contained in the current registration area stored by UE_A10 belongs to one or more PLMNs different from the RPLMN, the different one or more PLMNs are EPLMNs and UE_A10 is the "Rejection Reason Value" Current Registration Area. The rejected S-NSSAI received in association with the "S-NSSAI" which is not possible in the second, associated with each "PLMN of one or more of its different PLMNs and the current registration area". It may be stored and / or added to "rejected NSSAI".
 更に/又は、登録エリアに含まれる一又は複数のTAIがそれぞれ異なるPLMNに属する場合、UE_A10は、UE_A10が記憶する各「登録エリアに含まれるTAIが属する各PLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられた第2のrejected NSSAI」に「 拒絶理由値”現在のレジストレーションエリアで不可であるS-NSSAI”と関連付けられて受信したrejected S-NSSAI」を追加して記憶してよい。 Further / or if one or more TAIs contained in the registration area belong to different PLMNs, the UE_A10 will be stored in each "PLMN to which the TAI contained in the registration area belongs and the current access type." The "rejected S-NSSAI received in association with the rejection reason value" S-NSSAI which is not possible in the current registration area "" may be added to the "associated second rejected NSSAI" and stored.
 具体的には、UE_A10が記憶する登録エリアにTAI#1とTAI#2が含まれる場合に、TAI#1はRPLMNであるPLMN#1に属し、TAI#2がEPLMNであるPLMN#2に属する場合、UE_A10は、「受信した第2のrejected S-NSSAI」を、「PLMN#1と現在の登録エリアとに関連付けられた第2のrejected NSSAI#1」と、「PLMN#2と現在の登録エリアとに関連付けられた第2のrejected NSSAI#2」と、に記憶してよい。 Specifically, when the registration area stored by UE_A10 contains TAI # 1 and TAI # 2, TAI # 1 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is RPLMN, and TAI # 2 belongs to PLMN # 2 which is EPLMN. If UE_A10, the "received second rejected S-NSSAI" is referred to as "the second rejected NSSAI # 1 associated with PLMN # 1 and the current registration area" and "PLMN # 2 and the current registration". It may be stored in the second rejected NSSAI # 2 associated with the area.
 または、登録エリアに含まれるTAIがRPLMNと異なる一又は複数のPLMNに属する場合、その異なる一又は複数のPLMNはEPLMNであり、UE_A10は、「拒絶理由値”現在のレジストレーションエリアで不可であるS-NSSAI“と関連付けられて受信したrejected S-NSSAI」を、「その異なる一又は複数のPLMNと、現在の登録エリアと、に関連付けられた一つの第2のrejected NSSAI」に記憶してよい。 Alternatively, if the TAI contained in the registration area belongs to one or more PLMNs different from the RPLMN, the different one or more PLMNs are EPLMNs and UE_A10 is not possible in the "Rejection Reason Value" current registration area. The "rejected S-NSSAI" received in association with the "S-NSSAI" may be stored in "one second rejected NSSAI associated with the different PLMNs and the current registration area". ..
 更に/又は、登録エリアに含まれる複数のTAIがそれぞれ異なるPLMNに属する場合、UE_A10は、UE_A10が記憶する「それら複数のPLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられた1つの第2のrejected NSSAI」に「拒絶理由値“現在のレジストレーションエリアで不可であるS-NSSAI”と関連付けられて受信したrejected S-NSSAI」を追加して記憶してよい。 Further / or if multiple TAIs contained in the registration area belong to different PLMNs, the UE_A10 will be stored by the UE_A10 as one second rejected associated with the multiple PLMNs and the current access type. You may add and memorize "Rejected S-NSSAI received in association with the rejection reason value" S-NSSAI which is not possible in the current registration area "" to "NSSAI".
 具体的には、UE_A10が記憶する登録エリアにTAI#1とTAI#2が含まれる場合に、TAI#1はRPLMNであるPLMN#1に属し、TAI#2がEPLMNであるPLMN#2に属する場合、UE_A10は、「受信した第2のrejected S-NSSAI」を、「PLMN#1とPLMN#2と現在の登録エリアとに関連付けられた第2のrejected NSSAI#1」に記憶してよい。 Specifically, when the registration area stored by UE_A10 contains TAI # 1 and TAI # 2, TAI # 1 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is RPLMN, and TAI # 2 belongs to PLMN # 2 which is EPLMN. In that case, UE_A10 may store the "received second rejected S-NSSAI" in the "second rejected NSSAI # 1 associated with PLMN # 1 and PLMN # 2 and the current registration area".
 更に、現在の登録エリアを示すTAI listに含まれるTAIがEPLMNに属す場合、UE_A10は受信した拒絶理由値「現在のレジストレーションエリアで不可であるS-NSSAI」に関連付けられるS-NSSAIを「TAI listに含まれるTAIが属するEPLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられた第2のrejected NSSAI」として記憶してよい。 Furthermore, if the TAI included in the TAI list indicating the current registration area belongs to EPLMN, UE_A10 will set the S-NSSAI associated with the received rejection reason value "S-NSSAI not possible in the current registration area" to "TAI". It may be stored as a second rejected NSSAI associated with the EPLMN to which the TAI contained in the list belongs and the current access type.
 または、UE_A10が記憶する登録エリアに含まれるTAIがRPLMNとは異なる一又は複数のPLMNに属する場合、その異なる一又は複数のPLMNはEPLMNであり、UE_A10は、「受信した第2のrejected S-NSSAI」を、「RPLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられた1つの第2のrejected NSSAI」のみに記憶してよい。いいかえれば、UE_A10が記憶する登録エリアに含まれるTAIがRPLMNとは異なる一又は複数のPLMNに属する場合であっても、UE_A10は、「受信した第2のrejected S-NSSAI」を、その異なる一又は複数のPLMNに関連付けられた第2のrejected NSSAIとしては記憶しなくてもよい。 Alternatively, if the TAI contained in the registration area stored by UE_A10 belongs to one or more PLMNs different from the RPLMN, the different one or more PLMNs are EPLMNs and UE_A10 is the "second rejected S- received. "NSSAI" may be stored only in "one second rejected NSSAI associated with the RPLMN and the current access type". In other words, even if the TAI contained in the registration area stored in the UE_A10 belongs to one or more PLMNs different from the RPLMN, the UE_A10 will display the "received second rejected S-NSSAI" as the different one. Alternatively, it does not have to be stored as the second rejected NSSAI associated with multiple PLMNs.
 更に/又は、登録エリアに含まれる複数のTAIがそれぞれ異なるPLMNに属する場合、UE_A10は、UE_A10が記憶する「RPLMNと、現在のアクセスタイプと、に関連付けられた1つの第2のrejected NSSAI」を「受信した第2のrejected S-NSSAI」に入れ替えてよい。 Further / or if multiple TAIs contained in the registration area belong to different PLMNs, UE_A10 will store one second rejected NSSAI associated with the "RPLMN and the current access type" stored by the UE_A10. It may be replaced with "received second rejected S-NSSAI".
 具体的には、UE_A10が記憶する登録エリアにTAI#1とTAI#2が含まれる場合に、TAI#1はRPLMNであるPLMN#1に属し、TAI#2がEPLMNであるPLMN#1に属する場合、UE_A10は、「受信した第2のrejected S-NSSAI」を、「PLMN#1と現在のアクセスタイプとに関連付けられた第2のrejected NSSAI#1」にのみ記憶、及び/又は追加してよい。 Specifically, when the registration area stored by UE_A10 contains TAI # 1 and TAI # 2, TAI # 1 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is RPLMN, and TAI # 2 belongs to PLMN # 1 which is EPLMN. If so, UE_A10 stores and / or adds the "received second rejected S-NSSAI" only to the "second rejected NSSAI # 1 associated with PLMN # 1 and the current access type". good.
 更に、UE_A10は拒絶理由値「NSSAAの失敗または取り消しのために不可であるS-NSSAI」と、拒絶理由値に関連付けられたrejected S-NSSAIを受信した場合、UE_A10はS-NSSAIを、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた第3の拒絶NSSAIに追加してよい。 In addition, if UE_A10 receives the rejection reason value "S-NSSAI not possible due to NSSAA failure or cancellation" and the rejected S-NSSAI associated with the rejection reason value, UE_A10 will receive the S-NSSAI, the current May be added to the third rejection NSSAI associated with the PLMN.
 更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、allowed NSSAI」から、受信したrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してよい。 Furthermore, when UE_A10 receives rejected NSSAI, S-NSSAI included in the received rejected NSSAI may be deleted from "allowed NSSAI stored by UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN".
 更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、pending NSSAI」から、受信したrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してよい。更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、全てのPLMNと関連付けられた、pending NSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるmapped S-NSSAまたはS-NSSAIを削除してよい。更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、EPLMNと関連付けられた、pending NSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してよい。 Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the rejected NSSAI, the S-NSSAI included in the received rejected NSSAI may be deleted from the "pending NSSAI stored by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the rejected NSSAI, the mapped S-NSSA or S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from the "pending NSSAI that the UE_A10 remembers and is associated with all PLMNs". .. Further, when UE_A10 receives rejected NSSAI, S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from "pending NSSAI stored by UE_A10 and associated with EPLMN".
 更に、UE_A10はallowed NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、第1のNSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してよい。または、UE_A10はallowed NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、全てのPLMNと関連付けられた、第1のNSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるmapped S-NSSAまたはS-NSSAIを削除してよい。 Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the allowed NSSAI, the S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from the "first NSSAI stored by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". Or, when UE_A10 receives allowed NSSAI, delete the mapped S-NSSA or S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI from "the first NSSAI that UE_A10 remembers and is associated with all PLMNs". It's okay.
 更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、pending NSSAI」から、受信したrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してよい。更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、全てのPLMNと関連付けられた、pending NSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるmapped S-NSSAまたはS-NSSAIを削除してよい。更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、EPLMNと関連付けられた、pending NSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してよい。 Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the rejected NSSAI, the S-NSSAI included in the received rejected NSSAI may be deleted from the "pending NSSAI stored by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the rejected NSSAI, the mapped S-NSSA or S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from the "pending NSSAI that the UE_A10 remembers and is associated with all PLMNs". .. Further, when UE_A10 receives rejected NSSAI, S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from "pending NSSAI stored by UE_A10 and associated with EPLMN".
 更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、現在のPLMNと関連付けられた、第1のNSSAI」から、受信したrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してよい。更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、全てのPLMNと関連付けられた、第1のNSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるmapped S-NSSAまたはS-NSSAIを削除してよい。更に、UE_A10はrejected NSSAIを受信した場合、「UE_A10が記憶し、EPLMNと関連付けられた、第1のNSSAI」から、受信したallowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIを削除してよい。 Furthermore, when the UE_A10 receives the rejected NSSAI, the S-NSSAI included in the received rejected NSSAI may be deleted from the "first NSSAI stored by the UE_A10 and associated with the current PLMN". Furthermore, when UE_A10 receives rejected NSSAI, it deletes the mapped S-NSSA or S-NSSAI contained in the received allowed NSSAI from "the first NSSAI that UE_A10 remembers and is associated with all PLMNs". It's okay. Further, when UE_A10 receives rejected NSSAI, S-NSSAI included in the received allowed NSSAI may be deleted from "the first NSSAI stored by UE_A10 and associated with EPLMN".
 なお、上記に示すUEが_A10各識別情報の受信に基づき実行する各処理は、本手続き中、又は本手続き完了後に実行されてもよいし、本手続き完了後に、本手続き完了に基づき実行されてもよい。 In addition, each process that the UE shown above executes based on the reception of each _A10 identification information may be executed during this procedure or after the completion of this procedure, or is executed based on the completion of this procedure after the completion of this procedure. You may.
 UE_A10は、5G AN(gNB)介して、非登録要求メッセージを受信する。UE_A10は、非登録要求メッセージを受信することで、非登録要求メッセージに含まれる各種の識別情報の内容を認識することができる。 UE_A10 receives a non-registration request message via 5GAN (gNB). By receiving the non-registration request message, UE_A10 can recognize the contents of various identification information included in the non-registration request message.
 UE_A10は、非登録要求メッセージの受信に伴い、AMF140に非登録受諾メッセージ(DEREGISTRAION ACCEPT message)を5G AN(又はgNB)を介して送信してよい。尚、非登録受諾メッセージは、N1インターフェース上で送受信されるNASメッセージである。また、RRCメッセージは、UEと5G AN(又はgNB)との間で送受信される制御メッセージであってよい。 UE_A10 may send a non-registration acceptance message (DEREGISTRAION ACCEPT message) to AMF140 via 5GAN (or gNB) in response to the reception of the non-registration request message. The non-registration acceptance message is a NAS message sent and received on the N1 interface. Further, the RRC message may be a control message transmitted / received between the UE and 5GAN (or gNB).
 各装置は、登録受諾メッセージの送受信に基づいて、UEがネットワークに登録されていない状態(RM_DEREGISTERED state、又は5GMM-DEREGISTERED state)への遷移をしてもよい。また、各装置の各状態への遷移は、本手続きの完了に基づいて行われてもよい。 Each device may transition to a state in which the UE is not registered in the network (RM_DEREGISTERED state or 5GMM-DEREGISTERED state) based on the transmission / reception of the registration acceptance message. Further, the transition of each device to each state may be performed based on the completion of this procedure.
 さらに、各装置は、非登録手続きの完了に基づいて、本手続きで送受信した情報に基づいた処理を実施してもよい。例えば、UE_A10は、非登録手続きの完了に基づいて、登録手続きを開始してよい。 Furthermore, each device may perform processing based on the information transmitted / received in this procedure based on the completion of the non-registration procedure. For example, UE_A10 may initiate the registration procedure based on the completion of the non-registration procedure.
 尚、非登録要求メッセージに含まれるRejected NSSAIは、3.2章の登録手続きにおけるRejected NSSAIと同様に、これに含まれるS-NSSAIが第3及び/又は第4の識別情報と関連付けられていてよい。 As for the Rejected NSSAI included in the non-registration request message, the S-NSSAI included in the Rejected NSSAI in the registration procedure in Chapter 3.2 may be associated with the third and / or the fourth identification information.
 また、非登録要求メッセージに含まれるRejected NSSAIは、S-NSSAIと第3の識別情報を含んでよい。そして、UEは、このRejected NSSAIの受信に基づいて、S-NSSAIと第3の識別情報とを対応付けて記憶してよい。また、このS-NSSAIは、第4の識別情報を含んでよく、この第4の識別情報は、例えば、S-NSSAIに接続できる場所にいないことを示してよい。また、UEは、このRejected NSSAIの受信に基づいて、接続しているエリアにおいて、前記S-NSSAIが使用不可能であることを認識してよい。 Further, the Rejected NSSAI included in the non-registration request message may include the S-NSSAI and the third identification information. Then, the UE may store the S-NSSAI and the third identification information in association with each other based on the reception of the Rejected NSSAI. Further, the S-NSSAI may include a fourth identification information, and it may be shown that the fourth identification information is not in a place where the S-NSSAI can be connected, for example. Further, the UE may recognize that the S-NSSAI cannot be used in the connected area based on the reception of the Rejected NSSAI.
 尚、UEは、3.2章から3.4章の手続きにおいて受信した第3の識別情報によって示されるサービスエリアの中から外に移動した場合に、本手続きが実行された場合は、設定更新コマンドメッセージは、さらに、S-NSSAIが現在のエリアで使用不可であることを示す情報を含んでよい。 If the UE moves out of the service area indicated by the third identification information received in the procedures in Chapters 3.2 to 3.4 and this procedure is executed, the setting update command message will be displayed. In addition, it may contain information indicating that S-NSSAI is unavailable in the current area.
 [4.本発明の一態様における実施形態]
 本発明の一態様における実施形態は、1以上の3章で説明した手続きの組み合わせであってよい。例えば、本実施形態では、3章で説明した初期登録手続きの完了後に、NSSAA手続きを実施し、UE設定更新手続きが実行されてもよい。
[4. Embodiment in one aspect of the present invention]
An embodiment of the present invention may be a combination of procedures described in one or more chapters 3. For example, in this embodiment, after the initial registration procedure described in Chapter 3 is completed, the NSSAA procedure may be performed and the UE setting update procedure may be executed.
 更に、各装置(UE及びコアネットワーク内装置)が初期登録手続きの完了に基づき、移動及び定期的な登録手続きを1以上が実行されてよい。または、3章で説明した初期登録手続きの完了後に、NSSAA手続きを実施し、ネットワークが開始する非登録手続きが実施されてもよい。 Furthermore, each device (UE and device in the core network) may perform one or more movement and periodic registration procedures based on the completion of the initial registration procedure. Alternatively, after the initial registration procedure described in Chapter 3 is completed, the NSSAA procedure may be carried out and the network-initiated non-registration procedure may be carried out.
 以下、具体的な本発明の一態様の実施形態の一例を説明する。なお、以下に記載する、複数の実施形態の挙動を各装置は組み合わせて実施してもよい。 Hereinafter, an example of a specific embodiment of the present invention will be described. In addition, each apparatus may carry out the behavior of a plurality of embodiments described below in combination.
 以下、次節において、UEがS-NSSAIのサービスエリアの内から外に移動した場合、及びUEがS-NSSAIのサービスエリアの内から外に移動した場合について述べる。 Hereinafter, in the next section, the case where the UE moves from the inside to the outside of the S-NSSAI service area and the case where the UE moves from the inside to the outside of the S-NSSAI service area will be described.
 [4.1.第1の実施形態]
 以下、第1の実施形態(以下、本実施形態)について説明する。本実施形態では、UEがS-NSSAIのサービスエリアの内から外へ移動した場合のUE及び各装置の挙動の一例を説明する。
[4.1. First Embodiment]
Hereinafter, the first embodiment (hereinafter referred to as the present embodiment) will be described. In this embodiment, an example of the behavior of the UE and each device when the UE moves from the inside to the outside of the service area of S-NSSAI will be described.
 UEは、3.2章の登録手続きにおいて、第2の識別情報及び/又はallowed NSSAI又はPending NSSSAIに含まれる各S-NSSAIに関連付けられた第3の識別情報を含んだ登録受諾メッセージを受信してよい。ここで、allowed NSSAI又はPending NSSSAIに含まれる各S-NSSAIは第4の識別情報に関連付けられていなくてよく、UEはallowed NSSAI又はPending NSSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIのサービスエリア内にいる状態であってよく、UE及び各装置はこれを認識していてよい。 The UE may receive a registration acceptance message containing the second identification information and / or the third identification information associated with each S-NSSAI contained in allowed NSSAI or Pending NSSSAI during the registration procedure in Chapter 3.2. .. Here, each S-NSSAI included in allowed NSSAI or Pending NSSSAI does not have to be associated with the fourth identification information, and the UE is in the service area of S-NSSAI included in allowed NSSAI or Pending NSSSAI. The UE and each device may be aware of this.
 次に、例えば、AMFは、Pending NSSAIに含まれる特定のS-NSSAI(S-NSSAI#1-1)に対して、3.3章のNSSAA手続きを実行してよい。NSSAAを実行中にUEがS-NSSAIのサービスエリア外に移動した場合、UE及び/又はコアネットワークの各装置は、本手続きを中止してもよいし、UEは、pending NSSAIから、当該S-NSSAI及び/又は当該S-NSSAIに関連付けられたエリアに関する情報を削除してもよい。ここで、S-NSSAIに関連付けられたエリアに関する情報は、登録手続きでUEが受信した第3の識別情報であってよい。 Next, for example, AMF may execute the NSSAA procedure in Chapter 3.3 for a specific S-NSSAI (S-NSSAI # 1-1) included in Pending NSSAI. If the UE moves out of the service area of S-NSSAI while NSSAA is being executed, each device of the UE and / or the core network may cancel this procedure, and the UE may cancel this procedure from the pending NSSAI. Information about the NSSAI and / or the area associated with the S-NSSAI may be deleted. Here, the information about the area associated with S-NSSAI may be the third identification information received by the UE in the registration procedure.
 これにより、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外に移動し、S-NSSAI#1-1が利用できないことを認識してもよい。 As a result, the UE may move out of the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 and recognize that S-NSSAI # 1-1 cannot be used.
 また、例えば、UEはallowed NSSAIに含まれる特定のS-NSSAI(S-NSSAI#1-2)へのPDUセッションを確立してもよい。ここで、UEが、S-NSSAI#1-2のサービスエリアの外に移動した場合、3.5章で述べたrejected NSSAIを含む非登録要求メッセージを受信してよい。ここで、非登録要求メッセージ中のrejected NSSAIはS-NSSAI#1-2を含んでいてよく、更に、第3及び/又は第4の識別情報がS-NSSAI#1-2に関連付けられていてよい。 Also, for example, the UE may establish a PDU session to a specific S-NSSAI (S-NSSAI # 1-2) included in allowed NSSAI. Here, when the UE moves out of the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-2, it may receive the non-registration request message including the rejected NSSAI described in Chapter 3.5. Here, the rejected NSSAI in the non-registration request message may include S-NSSAI # 1-2, and further, the third and / or the fourth identification information is associated with S-NSSAI # 1-2. good.
 これにより、UEはS-NSSAI#1-2のサービスエリアの外に移動し、S-NSSAI#1-2が利用できないことを認識してもよい。 As a result, the UE may move out of the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-2 and recognize that S-NSSAI # 1-2 cannot be used.
 尚、UEは、任意のタイミングで、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内から、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外に移動してもよい。 The UE may move from within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 to outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 at any time.
 さらに、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内に位置している場合、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたPDUセッション確立手続き、及び/又はPDUセッション変更手続きの開始が許可されていてもよい。さらに、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内に位置している場合、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたPDUセッション確立手続き、及び/又はPDUセッション変更手続きを開始してもよい。 Furthermore, if the UE is located within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, it is permitted to start the PDU session establishment procedure and / or the PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may have been done. Furthermore, if the UE is located within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, it initiates the PDU session establishment procedure and / or the PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1. May be good.
 さらに、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内に位置している場合、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたPDUセッション確立手続き、及び/又はPDUセッション変更手続きの開始が許可されるように設定していてもよい。言い換えると、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内に位置している場合、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたPDUセッション確立手続き、及び/又はPDUセッション変更手続きが開始可能なように設定していてもよい。 Furthermore, if the UE is located within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, it is permitted to start the PDU session establishment procedure and / or the PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be set to be done. In other words, if the UE is located within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, the PDU session establishment procedure and / or PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1 can be started. It may be set as follows.
 さらに、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外に位置している場合、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたPDUセッション確立手続き、及び/又はPDUセッション変更手続きの開始が禁止されていてもよい。 Furthermore, if the UE is located outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, it is prohibited to start the PDU session establishment procedure and / or the PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may have been done.
 さらに、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外に位置している場合、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたPDUセッション確立手続き、及び/又はPDUセッション変更手続きの開始が禁止されるように設定していてもよい。さらに、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外に位置している場合、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたPDUセッション確立手続き、及び/又はPDUセッション変更手続きが開始されないように設定していてもよい。 Furthermore, if the UE is located outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, it is prohibited to start the PDU session establishment procedure and / or the PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be set to be done. Furthermore, if the UE is located outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, the PDU session establishment procedure and / or PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1 will not be started. It may be set to.
 さらに、UE、及び/ネットワークは、UEの、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内から、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外への移動に基づいて、S-NSSAI#1-1に対応付けられたPDUセッション、及び/又は前記PDUセッションに対応付けられたユーザプレーンリソースを解放するための手続きを開始してもよい。ここで、S-NSSAI#1-1に対応付けられたPDUセッションを解放するための手続きは、PDUセッション解放手続きであってよい。さらに、ネットワークは、ネットワーク内の装置であってもよい。具体的には、ネットワークは、AMFを指してもよいし、SMFを指してもよい。 In addition, the UE and / network will be based on the movement of the UE from within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 to outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. A procedure for releasing the PDU session associated with -1 and / or the user plane resource associated with the PDU session may be initiated. Here, the procedure for releasing the PDU session associated with S-NSSAI # 1-1 may be the PDU session release procedure. Further, the network may be a device in the network. Specifically, the network may point to AMF or SMF.
 さらに、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内から、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外への移動に基づいて、UEが記憶しているAllowed NSSAIからS-NSSAI#1-1を削除してもよい。さらに、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内から、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外への移動に基づいて、S-NSSAI#1-1を、Rejected NSSAIに含めて記憶してもよい。尚、前記Rejected NSSAIは、現在のエリアにおいて使用不可能なS-NSSAIを管理するためのRejected NSSAIであってよい。 In addition, the UE will move from Allowed NSSAI to S-NSSAI, which the UE remembers, based on the movement from within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 to the outside of the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. You may delete # 1-1. In addition, the UE will change S-NSSAI # 1-1 to Rejected NSSAI based on the move from within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 to the outside of the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. You may include it and memorize it. The Rejected NSSAI may be a Rejected NSSAI for managing an S-NSSAI that cannot be used in the current area.
 さらに、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内から、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外への移動に基づいて、UEが記憶しているPending NSSAIからS-NSSAI#1-1を削除してもよい。さらに、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内から、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外への移動に基づいて、S-NSSAI#1-1を、Rejected NSSAIに含めて記憶してもよい。尚、前記Rejected NSSAIは、現在のエリアにおいて使用不可能なS-NSSAIを管理するためのRejected NSSAIであってよい。 In addition, the UE will move from the Pending NSSAI to the S-NSSAI that the UE remembers, based on the move from within the S-NSSAI # 1-1 service area to outside the S-NSSAI # 1-1 service area. You may delete # 1-1. In addition, the UE will change S-NSSAI # 1-1 to Rejected NSSAI based on the move from within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 to the outside of the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. You may include it and memorize it. The Rejected NSSAI may be a Rejected NSSAI for managing an S-NSSAI that cannot be used in the current area.
 さらに、UE、及び/ネットワークは、UEの、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内から、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外への移動に基づいて、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたNSSAA手続きの実行を中止してもよい。 In addition, the UE and / network will be based on the movement of the UE from within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 to outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. Execution of the NSSAA procedure using -1 may be aborted.
 さらに、UE、及び/ネットワークは、UEの、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内から、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外への移動に基づいて、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたNSSAA手続きが実行されないように設定してもよい。さらに、UE、及び/ネットワークは、UEの、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内から、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外への移動に基づいて、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたNSSAA手続きの実行が禁止されるように設定してもよい。 In addition, the UE and / network will be based on the movement of the UE from within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 to outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. You may set it so that the NSSAA procedure using -1 is not executed. In addition, the UE and / network will be based on the movement of the UE from within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 to outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be set so that the execution of the NSSAA procedure using -1 is prohibited.
 [4.1.第2の実施形態]
 以下、第2の実施形態(以下、本実施形態)について説明する。本実施形態では、特定のS-NSSAI(S-NSSAI#2)のサービスエリア外で登録手続きを実行したUEが、当該S-NSSAI#2のサービスエリア内に移動した場合の、各装置の挙動の一例を説明する。
[4.1. Second Embodiment]
Hereinafter, the second embodiment (hereinafter referred to as the present embodiment) will be described. In the present embodiment, the behavior of each device when the UE that has executed the registration procedure outside the service area of a specific S-NSSAI (S-NSSAI # 2) moves into the service area of the S-NSSAI # 2. An example will be described.
 S-NSSAI#2のサービスエリア外で登録手続きを実行し、コアネットワークからrejected NSSAI及び、第3及び/又は第4の識別情報を含む制御メッセージを受信したUEは、第3の識別情報が示す、S-NSSAI#2のサービスエリアを記憶する。 A UE that has executed a registration procedure outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 2 and received a control message containing rejected NSSAI and the third and / or fourth identification information from the core network is indicated by the third identification information. , Memorize the service area of S-NSSAI # 2.
 具体的には、UEは、3.2章の登録手続きにおいて、rejected NSSSAIに含まれる各S-NSSAIに関連付けられた第3及び/又は第4の識別情報を含んだ登録受諾メッセージ又は登録拒絶メッセージを受信してよい。ここで、rejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIのサービスエリア内にいる状態であってよく、UE及び各装置はこれを認識していてよい。 Specifically, in the registration procedure in Chapter 3.2, the UE receives a registration acceptance message or registration refusal message containing the third and / or fourth identification information associated with each S-NSSAI included in rejected NSSSAI. You can do it. Here, the user may be in the service area of S-NSSAI included in rejected NSSAI, and the UE and each device may be aware of this.
 次に、当該S-NSSAIのサービスエリア内に移動したことを認識したUEは、rejected NSSIAに含まれるいずれかのS-NSSAIのサービスエリア内に移動した場合、UEは、rejected NSSAIから当該S-NSSAIを削除し、更に、当該S-NSSAIをallowed NSSAIに記憶してもよい。例えば、UEがrejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAI#2のサービスエリア内に移動した場合、UEは、rejected NSSAIからS-NSSAI#2を削除し、allowed NSSAIにS-NSSAI#2を追加してもよい。 Next, when the UE that recognizes that it has moved into the service area of the S-NSSAI moves into the service area of any S-NSSAI included in the rejected NSSIA, the UE moves from the rejected NSSAI to the S-. NSSAI may be deleted and the S-NSSAI may be stored in allowed NSSAI. For example, if the UE moves into the service area of S-NSSAI # 2 included in rejected NSSAI, the UE removes S-NSSAI # 2 from rejected NSSAI and adds S-NSSAI # 2 to allowed NSSAI. May be good.
 更に、UEは、S-NSSAI#2を用いたPDUセッション確立手続き及び、PDUセッション変更手続きの実行の開始が許可又は、可能な状態に遷移してよいし、S-NSSAI#2へのPDUセッション確立手続きを実行してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may transition to a state in which it is permitted or possible to start the execution of the PDU session establishment procedure using S-NSSAI # 2 and the PDU session change procedure, and the PDU session to S-NSSAI # 2. You may perform the establishment procedure.
 尚、UEは、任意のタイミングで、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外から、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内に移動してもよい。 The UE may move from outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 to inside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 at any time.
 さらに、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内に位置している場合、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたPDUセッション確立手続き、及び/又はPDUセッション変更手続きの開始が許可されていてもよい。さらに、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内に位置している場合、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたPDUセッション確立手続き、及び/又はPDUセッション変更手続きを開始してもよい。 Furthermore, if the UE is located within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, it is permitted to start the PDU session establishment procedure and / or the PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may have been done. Furthermore, if the UE is located within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, it initiates the PDU session establishment procedure and / or the PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1. May be good.
 さらに、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内に位置している場合、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたPDUセッション確立手続き、及び/又はPDUセッション変更手続きの開始が許可されるように設定していてもよい。言い換えると、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内に位置している場合、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたPDUセッション確立手続き、及び/又はPDUセッション変更手続きが開始可能なように設定していてもよい。 Furthermore, if the UE is located within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, it is permitted to start the PDU session establishment procedure and / or the PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be set to be done. In other words, if the UE is located within the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, the PDU session establishment procedure and / or PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1 can be started. It may be set as follows.
 さらに、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外に位置している場合、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたPDUセッション確立手続き、及び/又はPDUセッション変更手続きの開始が禁止されていてもよい。 Furthermore, if the UE is located outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, it is prohibited to start the PDU session establishment procedure and / or the PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may have been done.
 さらに、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外に位置している場合、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたPDUセッション確立手続き、及び/又はPDUセッション変更手続きの開始が禁止されるように設定していてもよい。さらに、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外に位置している場合、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたPDUセッション確立手続き、及び/又はPDUセッション変更手続きが開始されないように設定していてもよい。 Furthermore, if the UE is located outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, it is prohibited to start the PDU session establishment procedure and / or the PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be set to be done. Furthermore, if the UE is located outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, the PDU session establishment procedure and / or PDU session change procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1 will not be started. It may be set to.
 さらに、UE、及び/ネットワークは、UEの、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外から、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内への移動に基づいて、S-NSSAI#1-1に対応付けられたPDUセッション、及び/又は前記PDUセッションに対応付けられたユーザプレーンリソースを再確立するための手続きを開始してもよい。ここで、S-NSSAI#1-1に対応付けられたPDUセッションを再確立するための手続きは、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたPDUセッション確立手続きであってよい。さらに、ネットワークは、ネットワーク内の装置であってもよい。具体的には、ネットワークは、AMFを指してもよいし、SMFを指してもよい。 In addition, the UE and / network will be based on the movement of the UE from outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 into the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. The procedure for reestablishing the PDU session associated with -1 and / or the user plane resource associated with the PDU session may be initiated. Here, the procedure for reestablishing the PDU session associated with S-NSSAI # 1-1 may be the PDU session establishment procedure using S-NSSAI # 1-1. Further, the network may be a device in the network. Specifically, the network may point to AMF or SMF.
 さらに、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外から、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内への移動に基づいて、UEが記憶しているRejected NSSAIからS-NSSAI#1-1を削除してもよい。さらに、UEは、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外から、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内への移動に基づいて、S-NSSAI#1-1を、Allowed NSSAIに含めて記憶してもよい。尚、前記Rejected NSSAIは、現在のエリアにおいて使用不可能なS-NSSAIを管理するためのRejected NSSAIであってよい。 In addition, the UE will move from Rejected NSSAI to S-NSSAI, which the UE remembers, based on the movement from outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 into the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. You may delete # 1-1. In addition, the UE will convert S-NSSAI # 1-1 to Allowed NSSAI based on the move from outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 into the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. You may include it and memorize it. The Rejected NSSAI may be a Rejected NSSAI for managing an S-NSSAI that cannot be used in the current area.
 さらに、UE、及び/ネットワークは、UEの、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外から、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内への移動に基づいて、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたNSSAA手続きを開始してもよい。 In addition, the UE and / network will be based on the movement of the UE from outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 into the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. The NSSAA procedure using -1 may be initiated.
 さらに、UE、及び/ネットワークは、UEの、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外から、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内への移動に基づいて、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたNSSAA手続きが実行されるように設定してもよい。さらに、UE、及び/ネットワークは、UEの、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外から、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内への移動に基づいて、S-NSSAI#1-1を用いたNSSAA手続きの実行が許可されるように設定してもよい。 In addition, the UE and / network will be based on the movement of the UE from outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 into the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. The NSSAA procedure using -1 may be set to be executed. In addition, the UE and / network will be based on the movement of the UE from outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 into the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. It may be set to allow the execution of NSSAA procedures using -1.
 さらに、ネットワークは、UEの、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外から、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内への移動に基づいて、少なくとも、S-NSSAI#1-1と第4の識別情報とを用いた、UE設定更新手続き、又は非登録(de-registration)手続きを開始してもよい。言い換えると、さらに、ネットワークは、UEの、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの外から、S-NSSAI#1-1のサービスエリアの内への移動に基づいて、少なくとも、S-NSSAI#1-1と第4の識別情報とを含む、設定更新コマンドメッセージ、又は非登録要求(DEREGISTRATION REQUEST)メッセージを、UEに送信してもよい。この場合、第4の識別情報は、現在のエリアにおいて、S-NSSAI#1-1が使用不可であることを示す情報であってもよい。 In addition, the network is at least based on the movement of the UE from outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 into the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1, at least S-NSSAI # 1-1. The UE setting update procedure or the de-registration procedure may be started using the and the fourth identification information. In other words, the network is, at least, based on the movement of the UE from outside the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1 into the service area of S-NSSAI # 1-1. A configuration update command message or a DEREGISTRATION REQUEST message containing 1-1 and the fourth identification information may be sent to the UE. In this case, the fourth identification information may be information indicating that S-NSSAI # 1-1 cannot be used in the current area.
 [5. 変形例]
 本発明に関わる装置で動作するプログラムは、本発明に関わる実施形態の機能を実現するように、Central Processing Unit(CPU)等を制御してコンピュータを機能させるプログラムであってもよい。プログラムあるいはプログラムによって取り扱われる情報は、一時的にRandom Access Memory(RAM)等の揮発性メモリあるいはフラッシュメモリ等の不揮発性メモリやHard Disk Drive(HDD)、あるいはその他の記憶装置システムに格納される。
[5. Modification example]
The program that operates in the apparatus according to the present invention may be a program that controls a Central Processing Unit (CPU) or the like to operate a computer so as to realize the functions of the embodiments according to the present invention. The program or the information handled by the program is temporarily stored in volatile memory such as Random Access Memory (RAM), non-volatile memory such as flash memory, Hard Disk Drive (HDD), or other storage device system.
 尚、本発明に関わる実施形態の機能を実現する為のプログラムをコンピュータが読み取り可能な記録媒体に記録してもよい。この記録媒体に記録されたプログラムをコンピュータシステムに読み込ませ、実行する事によって実現してもよい。ここでいう「コンピュータシステム」とは、装置に内蔵されたコンピュータシステムであって、オペレーティングシステムや周辺機器等のハードウェアを含むものとする。また、「コンピュータが読み取り可能な記録媒体」とは、半導体記録媒体、光記録媒体、磁気記録媒体、短時間動的にプログラムを保持する媒体、あるいはコンピュータが読み取り可能なその他の記録媒体であってもよい。 Note that the program for realizing the function of the embodiment according to the present invention may be recorded on a computer-readable recording medium. It may be realized by loading a program recorded on this recording medium into a computer system and executing the program. The term "computer system" as used herein is a computer system built into a device and includes hardware such as an operating system and peripheral devices. Further, the "computer-readable recording medium" is a semiconductor recording medium, an optical recording medium, a magnetic recording medium, a medium that dynamically holds a program for a short time, or another recording medium that can be read by a computer. May be good.
 また、上述した実施形態に用いた装置の各機能ブロック、または諸特徴は、電気回路、たとえば、集積回路あるいは複数の集積回路で実装または実行され得る。本明細書で述べられた機能を実行するように設計された電気回路は、汎用用途プロセッサ、デジタルシグナルプロセッサ(DSP)、特定用途向け集積回路(ASIC)、フィールドプログラマブルゲートアレイ(FPGA)、またはその他のプログラマブル論理デバイス、ディスクリートゲートまたはトランジスタロジック、ディスクリートハードウェア部品、またはこれらを組み合わせたものを含んでよい。汎用用途プロセッサは、マイクロプロセッサでもよいし、従来型のプロセッサ、コントローラ、マイクロコントローラ、またはステートマシンであってもよい。前述した電気回路は、デジタル回路で構成されていてもよいし、アナログ回路で構成されていてもよい。また、半導体技術の進歩により現在の集積回路に代替する集積回路化の技術が出現した場合、本発明の一又は複数の態様は当該技術による新たな集積回路を用いる事も可能である。 Further, each functional block or various features of the device used in the above-described embodiment can be implemented or executed by an electric circuit, for example, an integrated circuit or a plurality of integrated circuits. Electrical circuits designed to perform the functions described herein can be general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), or others. Programmable Logic Devices, Discrete Gate or Transistor Logic, Discrete Hardware Components, or Combinations thereof. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor, a conventional processor, a controller, a microcontroller, or a state machine. The electric circuit described above may be composed of a digital circuit or an analog circuit. Further, when an integrated circuit technology that replaces the current integrated circuit appears due to the progress of semiconductor technology, one or a plurality of aspects of the present invention can also use a new integrated circuit according to the technology.
 なお、本願発明は上述の実施形態に限定されるものではない。実施形態では、装置の1例を記載したが、本願発明は、これに限定されるものではなく、屋内外に設置される据え置き型、または非可動型の電子機器、たとえば、AV機器、キッチン機器、掃除・洗濯機器、空調機器、オフィス機器、自動販売機、その他生活機器等の端末装置もしくは通信装置に適用出来る。 The invention of the present application is not limited to the above-described embodiment. In the embodiment, an example of the device has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the present invention is not limited to this, and the stationary or non-movable electronic device installed indoors or outdoors, for example, an AV device or a kitchen device. , Cleaning / washing equipment, air conditioning equipment, office equipment, vending machines, and other terminal devices or communication devices such as living equipment.
 以上、この発明の実施形態に関して図面を参照して詳述してきたが、具体的な構成はこの実施形態に限られるものではなく、この発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲の設計変更等も含まれる。また、本発明は、請求項に示した範囲で種々の変更が可能であり、異なる実施形態にそれぞれ開示された技術的手段を適宜組み合わせて得られる実施形態についても本発明の技術的範囲に含まれる。また、上記各実施形態に記載された要素であり、同様の効果を奏する要素同士を置換した構成も含まれる。

 
Although the embodiment of the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the drawings, the specific configuration is not limited to this embodiment and includes design changes and the like within a range not deviating from the gist of the present invention. Further, the present invention can be variously modified within the scope of the claims, and the technical scope of the present invention also includes embodiments obtained by appropriately combining the technical means disclosed in the different embodiments. Will be. Further, the elements described in each of the above-described embodiments are included, and a configuration in which elements having the same effect are replaced with each other is also included.

Claims (11)

  1.  制御部と送受信部とを備えるUE(User Equipment)であって、
     前記送受信部は、制御装置から、第1の識別情報を含む制御メッセージを受信し、
     前記制御メッセージが、登録受諾メッセージ、又は設定更新コマンドである場合、前記第1の識別情報は、Allowed NSSAI(Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)、又はRejected NSSAIであり、
     前記制御メッセージが、登録拒絶メッセージ、又は非登録要求メッセージである場合、前記第1の識別情報は、Rejected NSSAIであり、
     前記第1の識別情報は、S-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)とエリア情報とを含み、
     前記制御部は、前記第1の識別情報の受信に基づいて、前記S-NSSAIと前記エリア情報とを対応付けて記憶し、
     前記第1の識別情報が、Rejected NSSAIである場合、
      前記S-NSSAIは、理由値を含み、
      前記理由値は、前記S-NSSAIに接続できる場所にいないことを示し、
      前記第1の識別情報の受信に基づいて、さらに、接続しているエリアにおいて、前記S-NSSAIが使用不可能であることを認識する、
     ことを特徴とするUE。
    It is a UE (User Equipment) equipped with a control unit and a transmission / reception unit.
    The transmission / reception unit receives a control message including the first identification information from the control device, and receives the control message.
    When the control message is a registration acceptance message or a setting update command, the first identification information is Allowed NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) or Rejected NSSAI.
    When the control message is a registration refusal message or a non-registration request message, the first identification information is Rejected NSSAI.
    The first identification information includes S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) and area information.
    The control unit stores the S-NSSAI and the area information in association with each other based on the reception of the first identification information.
    When the first identification information is Rejected NSSAI,
    The S-NSSAI includes a reason value and
    The reason value indicates that the user is not in a place where he / she can connect to the S-NSSAI.
    Based on the reception of the first identification information, it further recognizes that the S-NSSAI cannot be used in the connected area.
    UE characterized by that.
  2.  前記エリア情報が示すエリアの内から、前記エリア情報が示すエリアの外に移動した場合に、
      前記送受信部は、第2の制御メッセージを受信し、
      前記第2の制御メッセージは、設定更新コマンド、又は非登録要求メッセージであり、
      前記第2の制御メッセージは、前記S-NSSAIが現在のエリアで使用不可であることを示す情報を含む、
     ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載のUE。
    When moving from within the area indicated by the area information to outside the area indicated by the area information,
    The transmitting / receiving unit receives the second control message and receives the second control message.
    The second control message is a setting update command or a non-registration request message.
    The second control message contains information indicating that the S-NSSAI is unavailable in the current area.
    The UE according to claim 1, wherein the UE is characterized in that.
  3.  コアネットワーク装置であって、
     制御部と、送受信部とを備え、
     前記送受信部は、
      UE(User Equipment)から、UEの能力情報を含む登録要求メッセージを受信し、
      前記UEに、第1の識別情報を含む登録受諾メッセージを送信し、
     前記第1の識別情報は、Allowed NSSAI(Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)、Rejected NSSAI、又はPending NSSAIであり、
     前記第1の識別情報は、S-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)を含み、
     前記UEの能力情報が、前記UEがarea of serviceをサポートしていることを示す場合、前記第1の識別情報は、さらに、前記S-NSSAIに関連づけられたエリア情報を含む、
     ことを特徴とするコアネットワーク装置。
    It is a core network device
    It has a control unit and a transmission / reception unit.
    The transmitter / receiver
    Receive a registration request message containing UE capability information from the UE (User Equipment),
    A registration acceptance message containing the first identification information is sent to the UE.
    The first identification information is Allowed NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information), Rejected NSSAI, or Pending NSSAI.
    The first identification information includes S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information).
    When the capability information of the UE indicates that the UE supports an area of service, the first identification information further includes area information associated with the S-NSSAI.
    A core network device characterized by that.
  4.  UE(User Equipment)であって、
     制御部と、送受信部とを備え、
     前記送受信部は、制御装置から、第1の識別情報とネットワークの能力情報を含む制御メッセージを受信し、
     前記ネットワークの能力情報が、ネットワークがarea of serviceをサポートしていることを示す場合、
      前記第1の識別情報は、S-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)とエリア情報とを含み、
      前記制御部は、前記第1の識別情報の受信に基づいて、前記S-NSSAIと前記エリア情報とを対応付けて記憶する、
     ことを特徴とするUE。
    UE (User Equipment)
    It has a control unit and a transmission / reception unit.
    The transmission / reception unit receives a control message including the first identification information and network capability information from the control device, and receives the control message.
    When the capacity information of the network indicates that the network supports the area of service,
    The first identification information includes S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) and area information.
    The control unit stores the S-NSSAI and the area information in association with each other based on the reception of the first identification information.
    UE characterized by that.
  5.  UE(User Equipment)であって、
     記憶部と、制御部と、送受信部とを備え、
     前記記憶部は、S-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)とエリア情報とを対応付けて記憶し、
     前記制御部は、前記S-NSSAIに対応付けたPDU(Protocol Data Unit)セッションを確立し、
     前記UEが、前記エリア情報が示すエリアの内から、前記エリア情報が示すエリアの外に移動した場合、
      前記送受信部は、前記PDUセッションを解放するための、PDUセッション解放手続きを実施し、
      前記制御部は、
       allowed NSSAIから、前記S-NSSAIを削除し、
       rejected NSSAIに、前記S-NSSAIに記憶し、
       前記S-NSSAIを用いた、PDUセッション確立手続き、及びPDUセッション変更手続きの開始が禁止されるように、前記送受信部を設定する、
     ことを特徴とするUE。
    UE (User Equipment)
    It has a storage unit, a control unit, and a transmission / reception unit.
    The storage unit stores S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) in association with the area information.
    The control unit establishes a PDU (Protocol Data Unit) session associated with the S-NSSAI and establishes a PDU (Protocol Data Unit) session.
    When the UE moves from the area indicated by the area information to the outside of the area indicated by the area information.
    The transmission / reception unit carries out a PDU session release procedure for releasing the PDU session, and the transmission / reception unit performs a PDU session release procedure.
    The control unit
    Delete the above S-NSSAI from allowed NSSAI,
    Rejected NSSAI, memorized in the above S-NSSAI,
    The transmission / reception unit is set so that the start of the PDU session establishment procedure and the PDU session change procedure using the S-NSSAI is prohibited.
    UE characterized by that.
  6.  UE(User Equipment)であって、
     記憶部と、制御部と、送受信部とを備え、
     前記記憶部は、S-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)とエリア情報とを対応付けて記憶し、
     前記UEが、前記エリア情報が示すエリアの外から、前記エリア情報が示すエリアの内に移動した場合、
      前記制御部は、
       rejected NSSAI(Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)から、前記S-NSSAIを削除し、
       allowed NSSAIに、前記S-NSSAIに記憶し、
       前記S-NSSAIを用いた、PDUセッション確立手続き、及びPDUセッション変更手続きの開始が許可されるように、前記送受信部を設定する、
     ことを特徴とするUE。
    UE (User Equipment)
    It has a storage unit, a control unit, and a transmission / reception unit.
    The storage unit stores S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) in association with the area information.
    When the UE moves from outside the area indicated by the area information to inside the area indicated by the area information.
    The control unit
    Deleted the S-NSSAI from rejected NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information).
    In allowed NSSAI, memorize in the above S-NSSAI,
    The transmission / reception unit is set so that the start of the PDU session establishment procedure and the PDU session change procedure using the S-NSSAI is permitted.
    UE characterized by that.
  7.  UE(User Equipment)であって、
     制御部と、送受信部とを備え、
     前記送受信部は、制御装置から、Pending NSSAI(Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)を含む登録受諾メッセージを受信し、
     前記Pending NSSAIは、S-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)とエリア情報とを含み、
     前記送受信部、前記Pending NSSAIの受信に基づいて、前記S-NSSAIを用いたネットワークスライス認証承認手続きを実行し、
     前記制御部は、前記ネットワークスライス認証承認手続きの実行中に、前記エリア情報が示すエリア外に移動した場合に、前記Pending NSSAIから前記S-NSSAIと前記エリア情報を削除する、
     ことを特徴とするUE。
    UE (User Equipment)
    It has a control unit and a transmission / reception unit.
    The transmission / reception unit receives a registration acceptance message including Pending NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) from the control device, and receives the registration acceptance message.
    The Pending NSSAI includes S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) and area information.
    Based on the reception of the transmitting / receiving unit and the Pending NSSAI, the network slice authentication approval procedure using the S-NSSAI is executed.
    The control unit deletes the S-NSSAI and the area information from the Pending NSSAI when the control unit moves out of the area indicated by the area information during the execution of the network slice authentication approval procedure.
    UE characterized by that.
  8.  コアネットワーク装置であって、
     制御部と、送受信部とを備え、
     前記送受信部は、UE(User Equipment)に、Pending NSSAI(Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)を含む登録受諾メッセージを送信し、
     前記Pending NSSAIは、S-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)とエリア情報とを含み、
     前記送受信部は、前記UEが、前記エリア情報が示すエリアの内に位置している場合、前記S-NSSAIを用いたネットワークスライス認証承認手続きを実行し、
     前記UEが、前記S-NSSAIを用いたネットワークスライス認証承認手続き中に、前記エリア情報が示すエリアの内から、前記エリア情報が示すエリアの外に移動した場合、前記ネットワークスライス認証承認手続きを中止する、
     ことを特徴とするコアネットワーク装置。
    It is a core network device
    It has a control unit and a transmission / reception unit.
    The transmission / reception unit sends a registration acceptance message including Pending NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) to the UE (User Equipment).
    The Pending NSSAI includes S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) and area information.
    When the UE is located in the area indicated by the area information, the transmission / reception unit executes a network slice authentication approval procedure using the S-NSSAI.
    If the UE moves from the area indicated by the area information to the outside of the area indicated by the area information during the network slice authentication approval procedure using the S-NSSAI, the network slice authentication approval procedure is canceled. do,
    A core network device characterized by that.
  9.  AMF(Access and Mobility Management Function)であって、
     送受信部と、記憶部と、制御部とを備え、
     前記送受信部は、UE(User Equipment)から、第1のエリアを介して、S-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)を含むrequested NSSAI(Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)を受信し、
     前記記憶部は、前記S-NSSAIと、前記S-NSSAIに関連付けられたエリア情報を記憶し、
     前記制御部は、
      前記S-NSSAIの受信に基づき、前記エリア情報を確認し、
      前記エリア情報に、前記第1のエリアが含まれていた場合、前記UEが前記エリア情報で示されるエリアにいると判断し、
      前記エリア情報に、前記第1のエリアが含まれてない場合、前記UEが前記エリア情報で示されるエリアにないと判断する、
     ことを特徴とするAMF。
    AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function)
    It has a transmission / reception unit, a storage unit, and a control unit.
    The transmitting / receiving unit receives requested NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) including S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) from the UE (User Equipment) via the first area.
    The storage unit stores the S-NSSAI and the area information associated with the S-NSSAI, and stores the area information.
    The control unit
    Based on the reception of the S-NSSAI, the area information is confirmed and
    When the area information includes the first area, it is determined that the UE is in the area indicated by the area information.
    If the area information does not include the first area, it is determined that the UE is not in the area indicated by the area information.
    AMF characterized by that.
  10.  AMF(Access and Mobility Management Function)であって、
     送受信部と、記憶部と、制御部とを備え、
     前記送受信部は、UE(User Equipment)から、第1のエリアを介して、登録要求メッセージを受信し、
     前記記憶部は、前記UEに設定されたS-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)と、前記S-NSSAIに関連付けられたエリア情報を記憶し、
     前記制御部は、
      前記登録要求メッセージにrequested NSSAI(Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)が含まれていない場合、
      前記エリア情報に、前記第1のエリアが含まれていた場合、前記UEが前記エリア情報で示されるエリアにいると判断し、
      前記エリア情報に、前記第1のエリアが含まれてない場合、前記UEが前記エリア情報で示されるエリアにないと判断する、
     ことを特徴とするAMF。
    AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function)
    It has a transmission / reception unit, a storage unit, and a control unit.
    The transmission / reception unit receives a registration request message from the UE (User Equipment) via the first area, and receives the registration request message.
    The storage unit stores S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) set in the UE and area information associated with the S-NSSAI.
    The control unit
    If the registration request message does not include requested NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information),
    When the area information includes the first area, it is determined that the UE is in the area indicated by the area information.
    If the area information does not include the first area, it is determined that the UE is not in the area indicated by the area information.
    AMF characterized by that.
  11.  SMF(Session Management Function)であって、
     制御部と、送受信部とを備え、
     前記送受信部は、PDU(Protocol Data Unit)セッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きを実行し、
     前記制御部は、前記PDUセッションとエリア情報とを対応付けて管理し、
     前記送受信部は、UE(User Equipment)が、前記エリア情報が示すエリア内から前記エリア情報が示すエリア外に移動したことを示す第1の識別情報をAMF(Access and Mobility Management Function)から受信し、
     前記制御部は、前記第1の識別情報の受信に基づいて、前記PDUセッションを解放する、又は前記PDUセッションに対応付けられたユーザプレーンリソースを解放する、
     ことを特徴とするSMF。

     
    SMF (Session Management Function)
    It has a control unit and a transmission / reception unit.
    The transmission / reception unit executes a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU (Protocol Data Unit) session.
    The control unit manages the PDU session in association with the area information.
    The transmission / reception unit receives first identification information from the AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function) indicating that the UE (User Equipment) has moved from the area indicated by the area information to the outside of the area indicated by the area information. ,
    The control unit releases the PDU session or releases the user plane resource associated with the PDU session based on the reception of the first identification information.
    SMF characterized by that.

PCT/JP2021/016867 2020-05-29 2021-04-28 User equipment (ue), core network device, access and mobility management function (amf), and session management function (smf) WO2021241114A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022527610A JPWO2021241114A1 (en) 2020-05-29 2021-04-28

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-093907 2020-05-29
JP2020093907 2020-05-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021241114A1 true WO2021241114A1 (en) 2021-12-02

Family

ID=78745279

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/016867 WO2021241114A1 (en) 2020-05-29 2021-04-28 User equipment (ue), core network device, access and mobility management function (amf), and session management function (smf)

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2021241114A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2021241114A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023106347A1 (en) * 2021-12-09 2023-06-15 Nec Corporation Method of user equipment (ue), method of communication apparatus, ue and communication apparatus
WO2023238806A1 (en) * 2022-06-10 2023-12-14 Nec Corporation Method of first communication apparatus, method of communication apparatus, first communication apparatus and communication apparatus
WO2024048398A1 (en) * 2022-09-01 2024-03-07 シャープ株式会社 User equipment (ue)

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Services and System Aspects; System architecture for the 5G System (5GS); Stage 2 (Release 16)", 3GPP STANDARD; TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION; 3GPP TS 23.501, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. V16.4.0, 27 March 2020 (2020-03-27), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , pages 1 - 430, XP051861090 *
ERICSSON: "Slice configuration at NG and Xn Setup", 3GPP DRAFT; R3-173931_SLICING_NG_SETUP, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG3, no. Prague, Czech Republic; 20171009 - 20171013, 9 October 2017 (2017-10-09), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051344343 *
LG ELECTRONICS INC.: "Considering slice related information during Xn-based handover", 3GPP DRAFT; R3-172565, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG3, no. Qingdao; 20170627 - 20170629, 26 June 2017 (2017-06-26), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051302504 *

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023106347A1 (en) * 2021-12-09 2023-06-15 Nec Corporation Method of user equipment (ue), method of communication apparatus, ue and communication apparatus
WO2023238806A1 (en) * 2022-06-10 2023-12-14 Nec Corporation Method of first communication apparatus, method of communication apparatus, first communication apparatus and communication apparatus
WO2024048398A1 (en) * 2022-09-01 2024-03-07 シャープ株式会社 User equipment (ue)

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2021241114A1 (en) 2021-12-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021132505A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2021241114A1 (en) User equipment (ue), core network device, access and mobility management function (amf), and session management function (smf)
WO2021205955A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication method for ue
WO2021215228A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and access and mobility management function (amf)
WO2022097703A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication control method performed by ue
WO2021132288A1 (en) User Equipment (UE)
WO2023013276A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2022004699A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication control method for ue
WO2021132502A1 (en) Ue, control device, and communication control method
JP2021166360A (en) UE (User Equipment)
WO2022004700A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication method for ue
WO2022030473A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2021215227A1 (en) Ue (user equipment)
WO2022097701A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication control method performed by ue
WO2022097702A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication control method executed by ue
WO2021132287A1 (en) User Equipment (UE)
WO2022030474A1 (en) Ue (user equipment)
WO2023013277A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2023013278A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2022154062A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2022154063A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication control method
WO2023127733A1 (en) Ue (user equipment) and communication control method executed using ue
WO2023127744A1 (en) Ue (user equipment) and communication control method executed using ue
WO2022154064A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication control method
WO2023127745A1 (en) Ue (user equipment) and communication control method executed by ue

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21813214

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022527610

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21813214

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1